IN CONTEXT: Current Events

IN CONTEXT: Current Events

News – Opinion – Editorial


373 thoughts on “IN CONTEXT: Current Events

  1. “A concerted U.S.’ effort to censor, target independent media economically, withdraw their reader base, and falsify history.

    Let us sum up some of the main issues. The incestuous relationship between the NSA and major corporations like Google, Apple, Facebook and Microsoft is a well-documented fact. Many of the smaller companies, including web-hosting companies, Internet security providers, and advertising companies are either in part owned by one of these major corporations ore they are heavily dependent on cooperation and partnerships with them for their economic survival. nsnbc has already experienced being closed down and have its only source of income withdrawn from one day to the other. Others, including Voltairenet have regularly been flagged as containing malware. Media like New Eastern Outlook, IMEMC, and others risk being targeted in similar manner. Others whom Google and a U.S. Senate Hearing falsely accused of containing malware are The Drudge Report and Infowars. One can only guess how many of the smaller blogs, who are too small to raise alarm bells have been targeted. The conclusion is that the United States is engaged in an aggressive campaign that targets independent media and falsifies history. The question is, whether independent media have the political will to stand united in addressing the problem and in using the fact that they serve a growing part of , for example, the advertising market as leverage.”~Dr. Christof Lehmann


  2. Along Time in the shadows Fascism in Amerika is finally out of the closet:

    “Fascism will come to America in the name of anti-fascism’. I’m afraid, based on my own long experience, that fascism will come to America in the name of national security.”~Sen. Huey Long

    “The next step in a fascist government is the combination under an energetic leader of a number of men who possess more than the average share of leisure, brutality, and stupidity. The next step is to fascinate fools and muzzle the intelligent, by emotional excitement on the one hand and terrorism on the other.” ~Bertrand Russell

    The American fascists are most easily recognized by their deliberate perversion of truth and fact. Their newspapers and propaganda carefully cultivate every fissure of disunity, every crack in the common front against fascism… They claim to be super-patriots, but they would destroy every liberty guaranteed by the Constitution. They demand free enterprise, but are the spokesmen for monopoly and vested interest. Their final objective toward which all their deceit is directed is to capture political power so that, using the power of the state and the power of the market simultaneously, they may keep the common man in eternal subjection.”~Henry A. Wallace, 1944

    “That which the fascists hate above all else, is intelligence.”~Miguel de Unamuno

    “Reality? Well, according to George Bush’s little brother and Florida governor Jeb Bush, some people just can’t handle the truth. Jeb once told retired Naval Intelligence Officer Al Martin: “The truth is useless. You have to understand this right now. You can’t deposit the truth in a bank. You can’t buy groceries with the truth. You can’t pay rent with the truth. The truth is a useless commodity that will hang around your neck like an albatross — all the way to the homeless shelter. And if you think that the million or so people in this country that are really interested in the truth about their government can support people who would tell them the truth, you got another think coming. Because the million or so people in this country that are truly interested in the truth don’t have any money.”~Uri Dowbenko

    “Friendly Fascism portrays two conflicting trends in the United States and other countries of the so-called “free world”. The first is a slow and powerful drift toward greater concentration of power and wealth in a repressive Big Business-Big Government partnership. This drift leads down the road toward a new and subtly manipulative form of corporatist serfdom.”~Bertram Gross, Friendly Fascism

    “So you know what we have to do is stop looking for leadership from the top, because the least among us make their way into those positions of power… So what we have to do is knock off this fantasy of being citizens inside a democratic state, I mean, what we are, are the propagandized masses inside a fascist dictatorship.”~Terence McKenna


      • Benevolent fascism versus the fascism we’re seeing now? Fascism as our friend? Now fascism isn’t being friendly? How else do we explain it? Read the 1783 Paris Treaty, that was fascism, they set up a corporation for the purpose of building this Empire. They needed you and I. Now they don’t need us anymore because they have all the power? And they lied to us while they were doing it, created a myth that we were the people and the posterity when that was not the case. Did your great great grandaddy act as a signatory at any of those deals that brought us all this vast wealth of lands and resources? If you get the time on the INFORMERS page you’ll see the GENEVA PAPERS.. See how they faked the financial collapse prior to WWII sending this populace into that “Great Orchestrated Depression.” They break us not themselves. So how can fascism come here when it has been here all along? Don’t you just love being one of their milk cows? I really am a useless eater because they ain’t making a dime off of me..

  3. Inappropriately Contented

    Is humanity really so divested of its own self interests to simply acquiesce and become destitute flotsam swirling in the swampy pools of the waste-waters of the New World Order?

    “They do it over there but they don’t do it here.”
    That is what Amerikans are taught to believe about fascism…beep beep.

  4. No, there is no body. That is there is no body to the entry of the headline. No story.

    What? (she said)…
    Do I need to spell it out for you? (he said)…
    Yes! (she said)…

    Okay, this page doesn’t begin with story or commentary because this page is meant solely for current events and topical commentary to do with. That is there is no topic but the general malaise felt by living in this fucked up manipulated psycho-society. And that is what I will be talking about here. (he said)…

    I’m disappointed. It’s disjointed. (she said)…

    Who the fuck are you anyway? (he said)…

    There is no proof of a crime without the body. (she said)…

    Well, I can’t argue with that. (he said)…


  5. Well that’s a good spread; from the northern tip of Alaska to New Zealand … even Brazil has joined the party!

    Welcome Brazil.

    So anyway, don’t you wonder sometimes? About sound and vision? I was just thinking about thinking. And that led to a lot of wonder. About all sorts of things. Two of those things ala currents and not jetties or berries (except maybe jingoberries) – is ISIS and Ebola. Both seem to be gracing-or-stalking “the news” right now. And when this happens I always wonder about the connections.

    How are ISIS and Ebola connected?

    Does ISIS have Ebola? Is ISIS really Ebola in disguise? (You got the devil in yer eyes!) Oh, are “they” trying to deceive us again? Well the proper answer to that is; When aren’t ‘they’ trying to deceive us?
    It is not a multiple choice test. I want a 500 or less word essay for an answer.

    fk'n hard

    And when you’ve finished doing that, take out the dog and bring in the cat.


  6. China Claims US Behind Hong Kong Protests

    Posted: 12 Oct 2014 10:00 PM PDT
    A commentary in the official newspaper of the Chinese Communist Party on Saturday accused the U.S. of trying to foment a “color revolution” in Hong Kong. The commentary, which was entitled “Why is the U.S. so keen on ‘Color Revolutions’?”, appeared on the front page of the The People’s Daily overseas editions on Saturday. The People’s Daily is the official newspaper of the Chinese Communist Party.


    James Corbett had some interesting insights as to this assertion on a podcast the other day – I forget which. But he thought it dangerous to become too cynical as to people really wanting their freedom, and to not automatically assume things such as this are true without considering all aspects of a situation.

    I agree with James on this. We mustn’t become too formulaic. By leaping to conclusions we are apt to draw
    mediocre pictures and join the rank ranks of widgetry contamitadros and promote whoopinschitzel, no better than the MSM and carny hawkers.

    “Got yer Bibles?”


    “During the last decade, the U.S. military, along with its interagency and international partners, has generated significant capability to counter the irregular threats presented by non-state terrorists, insurgents, and criminal groups. During these same years, a distinct challenge to America and its partners in NATO and beyond has arisen through an innovative mix of such irregular threats. This challenge is Hybrid Warfare combining conventional, irregular, and asymmetric means, to include the persistent manipulation of political and ideological conflict. Foreshadowed by Iranian actions throughout the Middle East and by Chinese “unrestricted warfare” strategists in the 1990s, Hybrid Warfare has now reached its most brazen form in Russia’s support for separatist insurgents in Ukraine.

    Hybrid Warfare involves a state or state-like actor’s use of all available diplomatic, informational, military, and economic means to destabilize an adversary. Whole-of-government by nature, Hybrid Warfare as seen in the Russian and Iranian cases places a particular premium on unconventional warfare (UW). As such, a response capitalizing on America’s own irregular and unconventional warfare skills, as part of a whole-of-government and multinational strategy, can best counter actions of emergent adversaries to destabilize global security. Counter-Unconventional Warfare (C-UW) should thus prove central to U.S./NATO security policy and practice over the next several decades.

    The Geopolitical Context: From Resurgent UW to Counter-UW

    C-UW is a relatively new term coined by veterans of global special operations, who have combined a keen grasp of emerging challenges to international security with lessons learned from our struggle against violent extremism from rising states and non-state actors. C-UW begins with an understanding of unconventional warfare (UW) itself, defined in Joint doctrine as “activities conducted to enable a resistance movement or insurgency to coerce, disrupt, or overthrow a government or occupying power by operating through or with an underground, auxiliary, and guerrilla force in a denied area.” Central to Irregular Warfare (IW), UW involves external parties aiding indigenous actors against governments. Such aid can involve training, organizing, recruiting, operational advising, coordinated diplomatic support, and even use of kinetic action and logistical support to increase the advantage of indigenous insurgents or rebels….”
    46 pages – September 26, 2014


    • logoOf course the entire “white paper” above is laughable Newspeak bullshit, as the perspective and analysis of this blog and many other ‘dissident sites’ illustrate very clearly.

      Consider this paragraph from the paper:
      “Over the past decade, both states and non-state actors in Iraq, Syria, Afghanistan, Georgia, and other areas have conducted this kind of UW to coerce, disrupt, and overthrow established governments. Novel forms of UW persist even to the present moment. Among non-state actors, Sunni Jihadi extremists claiming a boundless “Islamic State” now seek to overthrow national governments, local administrations, and social-political structures in a wide swathe from eastern Syria to northwestern Iraq, replacing them with a Muslim Caliphate across the region.”

      What this is about is now popularly referred to as ISIS. The bottom line to “ISIS” is the same as that of “al Qaeda” – both are subsidiary cut-outs of Western Intelligence – NATO, US Army Special Operations … the people who wrote this propaganda paper.
      Like the “Cold War” before it, the “War on Terror” is just bullshit theater covering for the mechanisms of control for Empire.
      The empire is that of the International Banking Cartel that has it’s purse strings wrapped tight around everyone’s balls.

    • “Among state actors and on the very frontiers of NATO, Russia’s actions in Ukraine embrace UW fully. Russia currently employs special operations forces, intelligence agents, political provocateurs, and media representatives, as well as transnational criminal elements in eastern and southern Ukraine. Funded by the Kremlin and operating with differing degrees of deniability or even acknowledgement, the Russian government uses “little green men” for classic UW objectives.”~White paper

      This is particularly ludicrous, and given away by the very first sentence; “on the very frontiers of NATO”. The truth of the matter is that the novel situation is in fact, NATO is now on the ‘very frontiers of’ Russia. One would need be practically comatose with the historical memory of a fruit-fly to be unaware of this.
      Yes, we are deep in the era of ‘Doublethink’ Orwellian parlor tricks here, blithering sociopolitical madness.

    • “Develop Strategies and Policies. We have seen that the future operating environment will feature state competition for regional and global influence, frequently in the form of ideological battles in the human domain. Russia, China, and Iran currently conduct political warfare activities to further their individual goals. By contrast, the U.S. has “gotten out of the habit of waging political warfare since the end of the Cold War” focusing instead on “public diplomacy aimed at ‘telling America’s story.’”–White Paper

      Hahahaha!! No seriously kids… read that last sentence over again and put it in context of the entire paper.
      All that last sentence says is that they are redefining ‘waging political warfare’ as, “public diplomacy aimed at ‘telling America’s story.” The whole document is about ‘unconventional warfare’ and developing the new lexicon of PR to define it. The white paper itself is a form of unconventional warfare. It may as well have been written by Emmanuel Goldstein himself.

  8. Alien Creature“During a spacewalk intended to clean the International Space Station, Russian astronauts took samples from the exterior of the station for a routine analysis. The results of the experiment were quite surprising. Astronauts expected to find nothing more than contaminants created by the engines of incoming and outgoing spacecraft, but instead found that living organisms were clinging to outside of the ISS. The astronauts identified the organisms as sea plankton that likely originated from Earth, but the team couldn’t find a concrete explanation as to how these organisms made it all the way up to the space station — or how they managed to survive.”~EXTREME TECH…/37449/0/0/0/Y/M.html?morestories=obinsite

    Say whut?

  9. Front row seats at the show

    Will the US succeed in breaking Russia to maintain dollar hegemony?…
    originally published August 25th, 2014

    October 9th, 2014
    In Why they are making an enemy of Russia? we looked at two of the key reasons why the US is making an enemy of Russia, namely the promotion of conflict by the powerful Defense industry lobby in order to keep its order books full, and the value of conjuring up an external enemy as a hate figure for the masses, in order to take the heat off the government. In this article we are going to look at what is arguably an even bigger reason, that was largely omitted in the earlier article, which is that Russia, in alliance with China, is threatening to bring an end to the dollar as the global reserve currency, which would mean the end of the American empire.
    We are witness to the greatest struggle of our age – the battle to maintain global dollar hegemony, and with it US economic, military and political dominance of the entire planet – and this struggle is now coming to a head.

    Notwithstanding its undeniably great accomplishments of the past hundred years, the relationship of the United States to the rest of the world is parasitic. This is because it creates money and debt instruments out of nothing, requiring virtually no effort, which it then swaps for goods and services with other countries. Because the US dollar is the global reserve currency, it is able to rack up astronomic deficits that would be untenable for any other country. US debts are now at such levels that if the US dollar loses its reserve currency status, the United States economy will implode and it will quickly be reduced to the status of a banana republic – hence the sense of urgency in the face of growing threats.

    Any state that moves to opt out of using the dollar as a medium of exchange is dealt with, forcibly if deemed necessary. The tactics are threefold – economic blockade (sanctions), the funding of an internal revolution, perhaps assisted by US special forces, and an outright military invasion, or perhaps a combination of the three. This is what happened in Iraq and Libya, both of which planned to trade their oil in currencies other than the dollar. Perhaps the greatest irony of all is that the world’s savings, via the Treasury market, are used to fund the vast US military machine with its hundreds of bases spread across the world which forcibly makes sure they stay yoked to this system.

    Enter Russia (and China), the biggest threat yet to dollar dominance. These large powerful neighbors have entered into various major currency and trade agreements in the recent past that do not involve the dollar, and therefore pose a serious threat to the dollar’s reserve currency status that left unchallenged would bring it to an end. Once you understand that you understand the reason for the recent propaganda blitz against Russia. In addition China has been busy mopping up the global gold supply for several years, as early preparation for the eventual backing of its currency by gold, which will put the final nail in the US’ coffin, as the unbacked dollar will collapse completely when this happens.

    A sad irony for the American people is that even though the US has the ability to swap unlimited intrinsically worthless paper for goods and services from the the rest of the world, the infrastructure of the country is crumbling and many Americans already live in poverty on “food stamps”, and even the great US middle class is being squeezed. This is because the elites don’t care about the country or the masses – all they care about is power and the amassing of personal fortunes.

    If you are any good at playing chess you should find it very easy to understand the power game as it now stands. The US wants to “deal with Russia” which has made substantial moves to operate outside the confines of the dollar based trading system. If it could attack it militarily and bomb it into submission, as it has done with various smaller states, it would, but because Russia is a big powerful country with a sizeable military of its own, and nukes, that is not an option. Efforts to subvert the Russian government from within and foment revolution probably wouldn’t work, because the Russian secret services are good at rooting out subversives, and probably as ruthless as the US black ops. That only leaves the option of an economic blockade – sanctions, in an effort to isolate and mortally weaken the Russia economy, and as we know, these sanctions are already in place. But what excuse do you use to impose sanctions? – after all, it doesn’t sound too good to go on BBC World News and say “Russia has decided to implement trade agreements that don’t involve the US dollar, so we are going to blockade it economically” – enter the Ukraine.

    The US searched for a geographic doorway through which to attack Russia – the North and east routes don’t work because they are either ocean or China, countries like Poland in Europe wouldn’t do either, because they are firmly in the Western camp now, but the Ukraine was perfect for the job because of its being a large country on the SW flank of Russia that is torn in two directions, having old loyalties and blood ties to Russia, and aspirations to a closer union with Europe – the perfect place to foment a pro-Western revolution and perhaps a civil war that would draw Russia in and could then be used as an excuse to implement sanctions. That is exactly what has happened.

    So now we have sanctions, but the problem for the US is this – they probably won’t work. They will cause damage, especially to the fools in Europe who have slavishly followed their orders from Washington to implement them, but they probably won’t destroy the Russian economy as the US is hoping. This is because the Russian economy is very big and can if necessary operate on a self-sufficient basis, especially as it has its own oil and gas, and an important supportive factor is that it has a big powerful neighbor in the form of China which knows it will be “in the firing line” after Russia, and is thus quite happy to enter into a mutually supportive relationship with Russia. China and Russia look set to form a “dollar free” axis and tough it out with Washington. The Chinese have worked all this out in advance, as has Putin, which is why, in addition to mopping up all the gold available on the market in recent times to later back its currency, it has been beefing up its military in readiness to counter future threats from the US military, which is already making moves to reopen bases in the Philippines, and engaging in other expansionary measures in the west Pacific.

    Meanwhile, in the Mid-East, we have the Islamic State movement, which appears to have arisen spontaneously to fill the power vacuum that was created when US forces quit Iraq. We should not forget that although Iraq has existed for many decades, the country is an artificial creation of the British after the collapse of the Ottoman Empire in order to control the region and its oil reserves. The US is trying to stop them with air power, but without “boots on the ground” they are unlikely to succeed. Although Israel is looking on with satisfaction as Arab kills Arab, it had better hope that the dollar doesn’t lose its reserve currency status, or they could be in big trouble as the conveyor belt of money and arms across the Atlantic from the US could grind to a halt.

    The situation between the US and Russia (and in the future China) is potentially very dangerous – is already very dangerous. Are they (the US elites and NATO) crazy enough to start a World War? – World War III? Sure they are and you can see the potential for it in the continual provocation and brinksmanship that is already going on, a fine example of which being the rabid and almost hysterical reaction to the Russian aid convey that just went across the border into eastern Ukraine. What they could have said to Russia, if they were reasonable, is “Thank you for going to the trouble and expense of organizing a big relief convoy for the besieged people of the cities of eastern Ukraine, who have no electricity, food or water.” Instead their reaction was one of sanctimonious outrage – “How dare you cross the border of this sovereign state without the permission of their government? – This is a grave escalation.” etc and are using it as an excuse to crank up sanctions even more.

    The situation in eastern Ukraine and involving the Russian aid convey is a classic example of how propaganda can be used to turn white into black. The way it worked is this; the humanitarian situation for countless thousands of people holed up in big cities in eastern Ukraine, like Donetsk and Luhansk, is dire. They have been relentlessly shelled and have little or no electricity, food or water. Many of these people are either Russian speaking or of Russian descent, so it is natural for Russia to want to go to their aid. So Russia went to the trouble and expense of organizing a big relief convoy. The controlled Western media have downplayed this crisis which affects countless thousands, hardly reporting on it at all, but they have had plenty of airtime – much more – for one American reporter gruesomely executed by a British Jihadist. They have done this because they don’t want people to be aware of the attacks being carried by the Ukraine government against its own people, which they back, and they don’t want people to understand the reason for the Russian aid convoy, so that they can then misrepresent the reasons for the aid convoy. The allegations by the Western media that the aid convoy has military objectives is absurd – you don’t need to be a truck driver to know that it’s very difficult to squeeze a tank or an armored troop carrier into an average sized truck. The protest that Russia is “violating Ukraine’s territorial integrity” by driving the trucks on through without permission is hypocritical cant and humbug, especially coming from a country that invaded Iraq on false pretenses, the mythical “weapons of mass destruction”. If Kiev wasn’t massacring its own citizens in eastern Ukraine, the aid convoy wouldn’t be necessary, and the reason that the trucks pressed on into Ukraine is that they were being deliberately messed about for a week at the border, when vetting the trucks should have taken 2 days maximum. So there you see a fine example of propaganda by omission, the purpose being to misrepresent the objectives of the Russian aid convoy, in order to present it as an act of aggression by Russia and therefore as a justification for a further tightening of sanctions.

    Let’s go back to first principles for a moment and ask ourselves why the US is so concerned about what happens in the Ukraine, which is a country on the other side of the world from the US and therefore none of its business, unless that is it fancies itself as the new Roman Empire – perhaps Barack Obama believes himself to be a latter day Julius Caesar, which conjures up the vision of him entering Congress as if it was the Coliseum, dressed in a white robe and sandals, with a laurel wreath on his head. The US does in fact command an empire, and uses the dollar reserve currency system and its massive military to control its dominions, punishing severely any that try to break out of it. However, its dominions do not include China and Russia, which cannot be subjugated due to their big economies and their ability to physically defend themselves with nukes, if need be, and they are destined to dethrone the dollar and collapse the empire, which is completely rotted out internally, stricken as it is with massive debts and hopelessly corrupt government, as evidenced by the recent train of deplorable leaders.

    It is hard to overstate the stupidity of Europe in toadying to the US and imposing sanctions on Russia (in other words starting a trade war). Russia is not some Third World banana republic, it is an important world power, and the act of imposing sanctions on it by Europe and the US is a gross insult and extreme provocation that will have disastrous consequences, particularly since it is now allied with China, with which it will now work assiduously to completely bypass the dollar. China knows that if the US succeeds in destroying Russia economically and subjugating it, then it’s next, so we can expect China and Russia to forge a very powerful alliance. Europe’s economy is already extremely fragile, and it stands to lose far more over the short to medium-term than the US by picking a fight it can’t win with its huge neighbor. Europe now faces a plunging currency and disintegration with the rise of far right political parties leading eventually to tribal wars – European countries have a long tradition of idiotic destructive attritional wars. Russia will probably get along alright, with its big internal economy and new trade agreements with China.

    The rabid propaganda now being bandied about in Western media, especially with respect to Russia, is so crude and primitive that it would have even made the Nazi propaganda maestro, Dr Goebbels, blush with embarrassment, and you couldn’t accuse him of underestimating the stupidity of the masses. We haven’t seen this sort of thing since before the 2nd World War. What does it mean? – it means that the Western elites are DESPERATE, desperate in the face of a looming collapse of the dollar caused by its losing its reserve currency status – so desperate that you can practically see the perspiration running down their faces. It’s true that the dollar is rallying now temporarily because of the gathering collapse of Europe, and may continue to benefit from this for a while, and possibly soon from stockmarket liquidation too, but they are looking beyond that. Once the dollar goes their empire is finished – it will no longer be possible to maintain careening astronomic deficits, there will be no more limitless funds for the military machine many of whose bases could end up looking like the town of Pripyat near Chernobyl, no more imposing their will by force anywhere in the world, no more imposing fines on foreign banks and institutions for not doing things their way, no more money and arms for Israel, no more massive bonuses on Wall St etc. The rapid spread of destitution and poverty amongst the masses in the US means that a state of anarchy could well erupt that sees the mansions and citadels of the elites ransacked by the mob, and they are well aware of this possibility, which is the reason for the militarization of police forces across the country, as recently demonstrated in Ferguson, Missouri, and the stockpiling of vast quantities of ammo.

    The biggest danger arising out of all this is that desperate people do desperate things, and the recent crude “gloves off” propaganda blitz is certainly a sign of desperation. It’s been a long time since a really big war and you can see from their increasingly reckless words and actions that they are lusting for it. It is one of the supreme ironies of this time that amidst all the maudlin sentimentality over the start of the 1st World War exactly 100 years ago, they are bringing us to the brink of another. Could it cross the line and go nuclear? – given the reckless aggression and brinksmanship already being displayed, that is certainly a possibility.

    They can mass all the arms and missile batteries along Russia’s western border they like, perhaps promoting the paranoid notion that Russia wants to take back Eastern Europe, which it doesn’t, but it will never amount to anything more than a costly bluff, because if they ever dared attack Russia, then European cities would disappear under mushroom clouds. The underlying reason for such operations would probably be more lucrative contracts for the defense industry.

    Remember, it wasn’t the elites who got killed in the 1st World War, it was the hapless young fools who thought they were doing the honorable thing going off to fight for their countries. So you’d better get good at seeing through the thick smog of propaganda in order that you understand what’s really going on and can take the necessary steps to protect yourself – if you don’t it could cost you and your loved ones more than just your property and investments, it could cost you your lives.

    Many people suffer from vague uncertainties – they know something is wrong, but can’t put their finger on it. This is because they are not privy to “The Grand Plan” and believe the lies and misinformation carefully and skillfully served up to them by the compliant media, whose masters view the masses as sheep and treat them like mushrooms – “Feed them shit and keep them in the dark”. But once you become aware of the game plan, it is liberating, and spotting the lies and misinformation in the media becomes a kind of sport. Knowledge is power, and if you figure out that the dollar is going to collapse after its current rally – which could have quite a way to go incidentally – then you know to position yourself to escape the catastrophic effects of its eventual collapse and even profit handsomely from it – that is when gold and silver will do their moonshot of course, and it could coincide with the Chinese backing their currency with gold.

    In conclusion, the answer to the question posed by this article “Will the US succeed in breaking Russia to maintain dollar hegemony?” is: “No, it won’t”, which means that the dollar is going to collapse, probably right after its swansong “death of Europe” rally, which is currently in progress.

    • “Many people suffer from vague uncertainties – they know something is wrong, but can’t put their finger on it. This is because they are not privy to “The Grand Plan” and believe the lies and misinformation carefully and skillfully served up to them by the compliant media, whose masters view the masses as sheep and treat them like mushrooms – “Feed them shit and keep them in the dark”.~Clive Maund

      I like that! You have used that; “Feed them shit and keep them in the dark” quite a few times yourself Veri.
      Thanks, for an important article


  10. The Distinction between Rights & Privileges

    “A privilege is a special entitlement to immunity granted by the state or another authority to a restricted group, either by birth or on a conditional basis. It can be revoked in certain circumstances. In modern democratic states, a privilege is conditional and granted only after birth. By contrast, a right is an inherent, irrevocable entitlement held by all citizens or all human beings from the moment of birth. Various older privileges, such as the old common law privilege to title deeds, may still exist, but be of little relevance today.[1] Etymologically, a privilege (privilegium) means a “private law”, or rule relating to a specific individual or institution.”~Wiki


    Liberty is not an invention of revolution – Liberty is the discovery of enlightened thinking.


    October 11, 2014

    Earlier this year, journalist Nick Turse cataloged some of the website’s “flawed history” at TomDispatch, prompting the government to revise its description of the My Lai massacre from “My Lai Incident” to “American Division Kills Hundreds of Vietnamese Citizens at My Lai.”

    When history is revised, Turse wrote, there’s more at stake than inaccurate facts:

    The United States of America Vietnam War Commemoration website asserts that its “content will not contain misleading information or unsubstantiated claims,” but instead be “evaluated for fairness and acceptability as being in the best interest of the public.” The site goes on to claim that it will “provide the American public with historically accurate materials and interactive experiences,” but the timeline suggests other motives at play.

    You don’t need cybernetic eye implants and immersive propaganda portals to alter history. You don’t need a digital David Petraeus or a President Bush avatar to distract you from the truth. You don’t need to wait decades to have disinformation beamed into your head. You just need a constant stream of misleading information, half truths, and fictions to be promoted, pushed, and peddled until they are accepted as fact.,_the_pentagon_makes_history_the_first_casualty/

    Why,,,hooda thunkit?

  12. Gulf of Tonkin

    “The official story, the one that kicked off a cycle of U.S. military escalations that led to millions of casualties in Indochina, went like this: the USS Maddox, a destroyer, was innocently sailing through the Gulf of Tonkin when it was attacked by North Vietnamese torpedo boats on August 2, 1964. President Lyndon Johnson, showing great restraint, refused to respond militarily. Two nights later, the North Vietnamese attacked again, targeting the Maddox and the USS Turner Joy and prompting the president to take to the airways to announce that “renewed hostile actions against United States ships on the high seas in the Gulf of Tonkin have today required me to order the military forces of the United States to take action in reply.” Johnson sought and Congress quickly passed the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution — giving the president carte blanche to repeatedly intensify the war in the years to come.

    But as it turned out, there was nothing innocent about those U.S. ships in the Gulf of Tonkin (as the President had implied). A claim of two separate attacks on U.S. Navy ships turned out to be untrue and the congressional resolution had not been drafted in the wake of the supposed attacks, but had been written months before, in anticipation of an opportune incident. In addition, the single attack by those torpedo boats occurred in the wake of a maritime raid on the North Vietnamese coast — part of a covert program of attacks that Johnson had approved months earlier.

    After reviewing the history of the incident, it seemed to me that the timeline was on distinctly shaky ground, but I decided to get a second opinion and went to the man who wrote the book on the subject, Edwin Moïse, author of Tonkin Gulf and the Escalation of the Vietnam War. He did me not one, but two better. He also pointed out apparent errors in the July 11, 1964, entry, “Joint Chiefs of Staff Unveiled ‘94 Target List,’” and criticized the August 4, 1964, entry, which offers nothing more than a title: “Two U.S. Aircraft Downed.”

    “I think this is simply false,” he told me by email. “I am not aware of any U.S. aircraft downed that day and I think I would know.” These planes, he suspected, were actually lost the following day while flying missions “in retaliation for the (imaginary) second Tonkin Gulf Incident on August 4th.” The August 2nd Tonkin Gulf entry, he added, was “not quite accurate” either and was only “marginally useful” insofar as it was “close enough to the truth to allow readers to go looking for more information.”

    With that in mind, I turned to Fredrik Logevall, winner of the 2013 Pulitzer Prize for History for his book Embers of War: The Fall of an Empire and the Making of America’s Vietnam and author of Choosing War: The Lost Chance for Peace and the Escalation of War in Vietnam, a landmark study of American policymaking on Vietnam from 1963 to 1965. When it came to the Commemoration’s take on the Gulf of Tonkin Incident, he told me that “some context for this entry is sorely needed.”

    “There’s little doubt in my mind that the administration entered the month of August [1964] looking for a pretext to flex a little muscle in Vietnam,” he added. “Finally, it should be said the administration misrepresented what occurred in the Gulf, particularly with respect to the alleged second attack on August 4th, which evidence even at the time showed almost certainly never happened.”

    None of this essential context can, of course, be found anywhere in the timeline. Still, everyone makes mistakes, so I meandered through the Pentagon’s chronology looking at other key entries.”~Nick Turse

  13. My Lai

    “On March 15, 1968, members of the 23rd Infantry Division’s Charlie Company, 1st Battalion, 20th Infantry, were briefed by their commanding officer, Captain Ernest Medina, ahead of an operation in an area they knew as “Pinkville.” As unit member Harry Stanley recalled, Medina “ordered us to ‘kill everything in the village.’” Infantryman Salvatore LaMartina remembered Medina’s words only slightly differently: they were to “kill everything that breathed.” What stuck in artillery forward observer James Flynn’s mind was a question one of the other soldiers asked: “Are we supposed to kill women and children?” And Medina’s reply: “Kill everything that moves.”

    The next morning, roughly 100 soldiers were flown by helicopter to the outskirts of a small Vietnamese hamlet called My Lai in South Vietnam’s Quang Ngai Province and followed Medina’s orders to a T. Over a period of four hours, the Americans methodically slaughtered more than 500 Vietnamese civilians. Along the way, they also raped women and young girls, mutilated the dead, systematically burned homes, and fouled the area’s drinking water. It took a year and a half for a cover-up that extended from soldiers in the field to generals at the top of the division to unravel — thanks in large measure to veterans Ron Ridenhour and Ron Haberle and crack investigative reporter Seymour Hersh.

    The military took great pains to contain the fallout from the My Lai revelations, offering basement-level estimates of the death toll and focusing its attention on Lieutenant William Calley, the lowest ranking officer who could conceivably shoulder the blame, while also burying other atrocity allegations, deep-sixing inquiries, classifying documents, and obstructing investigations in order to cast My Lai as a one-off aberration. In their meticulously researched 1992 book Four Hours at My Lai, Michael Bilton and Kevin Sim write:

    “What was first a ‘massacre’ quickly became a ‘tragedy’ and was then referred to as an ‘incident.’ General [William R.] Peers, whose exhaustive inquiry into the events at My Lai remains the best source for what really happened there, was warned by his superiors not to use the word ‘massacre’ at the press conference held on the publication of his report [in 1970].”

    More than 40 years later, the Department of Defense is still operating from the same playbook. The Vietnam War Commemoration’s interactive timeline refers to My Lai as an “incident” not a massacre, the death toll is listed at “more than 200” instead of more than 500, and it singles out only Lieutenant Calley (who certainly had plenty of blood on his hands) as if the deaths of all those Vietnamese civilians, carried out by dozens of men at the behest of higher command, could be the fault of just one junior officer.

    Given the Pentagon’s take on the My Lai massacre, I was hardly surprised by the one-sentence timeline entry on Operation Speedy Express, which says little more than that the six-month operation in the Mekong Delta “yield[ed] an enemy body count of 11,000.” This has long been the military’s official position, but the Defense Department knows full well that it isn’t the whole story.” ~Turse

  14. Operation Menu was a coldly titled collection of B-52 bomber raids against suspected Vietnamese enemy “base areas” — given the codenames “Breakfast,” “Lunch,” “Snack,” “Dinner,” “Dessert,” and “Supper.” As William Shawcross demonstrated in Sideshow: Kissinger, Nixon, and the Destruction of Cambodia, it was kept secret from the American people, Congress, and even some top military brass via a conspiracy of silence, phony cover stories, the burning of documents, coded messages, and a dual bookkeeping system that logged the strikes as occurring in South Vietnam, not Cambodia. Not exactly the kind of thing presidents tend to talk about on TV. (Even the Nixon Presidential Library and Museum’s timeline describes the attacks as “secret bombings.”) The image in the Commemoration timeline is actually from an April 30, 1970 press conference in which Nixon announced the “incursion” of U.S. and South Vietnamese forces into Cambodia. It would take until August 1973, more than four years after it began, for the president to admit to the clandestine bombing campaign.

    The covert attacks on Cambodia eventually became the basis for the first motion to impeach Nixon, and a resulting investigation revealed documents that proved the president himself had ordered its cover-up. The motion was voted down due to political considerations — in favor of articles of impeachment for the Watergate crimes and abuse of power, including wiretaps that resulted from the cover-up of the secret bombing — but 10 members of Congress who backed the motion filed a dissenting view that read, in part:

    “It is difficult to imagine Presidential misconduct more dangerously in violation of our constitutional form of government than Mr. Nixon’s decision secretly and unilaterally to order the use of American military power against another nation, and to deceive and mislead the Congress about this action.”~Nick Turse

  15. “In a presidential proclamation kicking off the 50th anniversary commemoration of the Vietnam War, President Barack Obama distilled the conflict down to troops slogging “through jungles and rice paddies… fighting heroically to protect the ideals we hold dear as Americans.” He talked of “patriots” and “heroes,” “courage” and “valor.” He said the war was “a chapter in our nation’s history that must never be forgotten.”

    A few days later, in a speech at the Vietnam War Memorial in Washington, D.C., Obama continued praising Vietnam veterans, lauding their “sacrifices” and “courage,” their “valor,” “patriotism,” and “honor.” He welcomed them home and commended them for helping “build the America that we love and that we cherish.” He told the veterans present, “You earned your place among the greatest generations.” Obama even gave a passing nod to the civilian toll “not just in Vietnam, but in all wars,” even if he then followed it up with some eyebrow-raising lines. “We hate war,” he intoned, though a history of almost constant warfare and overseas military interventions suggests otherwise. “When we fight,” he continued, “we do so to protect ourselves because it’s necessary.” The tacit suggestion being that, somehow, barefoot Vietnamese guerrillas seeking national reunification also had designs on the United States.”~Turse



    So here we are 50 years after the war of US aggression against Southeast Asia, and the official narrative is magically converted back to the same old jingo bullshit story the so-called “government” and the Public Relations Regime was spewing back then. Regardless of how putrid the scum in this petri dish, it is hailed as a glorious meal and called “history”.

  16. “No other item in the 1960s compared to the incident that occurred at Lackland in February 1966 with the death of a basic trainee. An airman died of spinal meningitis and while ten other cases were confirmed, no other deaths were reported. Virtually all non-essential activities requiring gatherings of basic trainees were canceled. To control the issue further, a cadre of personnel was assigned to activate the 3330th Basic Military Training School at Amarillo Air Force Base in Amarillo, Texas, in February 1966. As a result of the continuing expansion of the USAF, Amarillo AFB continued to conduct basic training until December 1968.”

    I was in basic at Lackland when this incident occurred. Everyone on the base had to have a test for meningitis after the airman died. The whole camp was abuzz and mixed up at this time. I had been there just short of a month when this came down. The whole experience at Lackland was surreal for me.
    I had joined the Air Force as a fluke, to get away from a bad crowd that I had become entangled with after HS. A complex story I have gone into before, on COTO and some mention here.

    I effectively quit the Air Force by noncompliance. A dangerous tactic during the time of the Vietnam War. If it had been any other branch of the service I would likely have been physically abused, and would have fought back and ended up in prison and a bad court-martial ending with a dishonorable discharge. As it was I got a General Discharge Under Honorable Conditions; being deemed a ‘conscientious objector’ by the base commander after a long interview.

    All the guys I grew up with joined the Marines right after graduating HS. Of course this was effectively volunteering for combat duty in “Nam” … they were all idiot John Wayne wannabe’s and jingoistic so-called “patriots”. The kind of brainwashed shitheads that did My Lai. Fuck’m!

  17. Did some military time. Did basic training when I was 17 years old. Where I’m from, we didn’t have a Vietnam. My training wasn’t “RA RA RA rip off their head, shit down their neck” psychobabel. It was a great way for me to come of age. Sixties was happening, went the other way.
    This isn’t the reason for this comment. The article that follows is.

    Tuesday, October 14, 2014
    Another Foreign News Outlet Links U.S. Bio-Warfare Labs to Ebola Outbreak
    Melissa Melton
    Activist Post

    Russian news outlet Ria Novosti recently featured an interview with Professor Francis Boyle, University of Illinois College of Law, implicating the United States military-industrial complex in the current Ebola outbreak which the World Health Organization claims has now taken over 4,000 lives in West Africa.

    Via Ria Novosti :

    “US government agencies have a long history of carrying out allegedly defensive biological warfare research at labs in Liberia and Sierra Leone. This includes the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), which is now the point agency for managing the Ebola spill-over into the US,” Prof. Francis Boyle said.

    “Why has the Obama administration dispatched troops to Liberia when they have no training to provide medical treatment to dying Africans? How did Zaire/Ebola get to West Africa from about 3,500km away from where it was first identified in 1976?”
    “Why is the CDC not better-prepared for this emergency after the US government spent about $70 billion since the anthrax attacks of October 2001 to prepare for this exact contingency?” Boyle said.

    Great question…how exactly did the Ebola virus get to West Africa from 3,500 km away where it was first discovered in the Democratic Republic of the Congo?

    Why isn’t anyone else asking that question? That question should be asked by every talking head on every mainstream media outlet on repeat 500 times a day every day until it is answered. Of course, predictably, none of the Western establishment media puppets are asking any of the tough questions about Ebola.

    Questions like what happens if a mosquito bites an infected person, then flies off and bites someone else. Can Ebola spread then? Bill Gates certainly seemed to think so when he was funding research into mosquitoes as vaccine deployment systems .

    Aside from that, billions of dollars have been poured into the CDC over the years. Mac Slavo of recently asked similar questions to those of Professor Boyle after CDC Head Dr. Thomas Frieden claimed that it was a protocol breach which led to the first ever diagnosis of Ebola caught within the U.S. in the case of the Dallas Hospital nurse who reportedly tested positive after caring for Patient Zero Thomas Duncan.

    Duncan’s nurse somehow contracted the deadly virus despite reportedly wearing all the requisite protective gear. In response, Director Frieden claimed it was a breach in protocol, despite Frieden’s nearly continuous reassurances in the media leading up to the diagnosis that there was “rigorous protocol” in place to stop the disease both before and after Duncan brought it here.

    Quite obviously the CDC’s “rigorous protocol” has utterly failed. Now Frieden, a man who contradicted himself live on CNN as to how the virus is even spread, has once again changed his tune, responding that, “We have to rethink the way we address Ebola infection control.”

    Four decades and billions of dollars later and now the CDC has to rethink the whole darn thing, huh?

    “The 2014 budget for the Centers for Disease Control is $6.6 billion,” Slavo wrote . “What, exactly, have these people been doing since Ebola was first discovered nearly 40 years ago? You’d think for $6.6 billion a year we’d have already thought through the infection control protocols.”

    Yes. You would. (Unless, of course, the government is being intentionally evasive or dishonest about the way in which Ebola is spread…)

    Back when Duncan first brought the virus with him to the U.S. from Liberia, Dr. Frieden repeatedly told the media almost on loop that he was “confident” that officials could stop Ebola from that point on, even claiming, “We will stop it in its tracks.”

    The CDC has yet to specify exactly what specific protocol was supposedly breached in the case of Duncan’s nurse, but the virus has definitely not been stopped in its tracks. The alternative media is reporting the truth: that most U.S. hospitals are ill-equipped to safely handle Ebola patients and stop the virus from spreading.

    Even though the CDC and the National Institutes of Health have both gone on record to say that any American hospital should be able to adequately and safely handle a deadly disease like Ebola, Duncan was the only patient not treated at one of the nation’s hospitals with specialized units specifically designed for dealing with such a highly infectious disease, and he is the only one out of six patients treated for Ebola here who has died thus far.

    Then again, the entire government response to Ebola in America has been like watching a bad scary movie from the start.

    Ria Novosti isn’t the first foreign news outlet to openly implicate the U.S. government in the 2014 West African Ebola outbreak, either. Dr. Cyril Broderick, Professor of Plant Pathology at the University of Liberia’s College of Agriculture and Forestry, recently wrote the article, “ Ebola, AIDS Manufactured by Western Pharmaceuticals, US DoD? Scientists Allege ,” in which he made the following five points out the outbreak:
    1. Ebola is a genetically modified organism (GMO)
    2. Ebola has a terrible history, and testing has been secretly taking place in Africa
    3. Sites around Africa, and in West Africa, have over the years been set up for testing emerging diseases, especially Ebola
    4. The need for legal action to obtain redress for damages incurred due to the perpetuation of injustice in the death, injury and trauma imposed on Liberians and other Africans by the Ebola and other disease agents
    5. African leaders and African countries need to take the lead in defending babies, children, African women, African men, and the elderly. These citizens do not deserve to be used as guinea pigs!
    When Western media outlets responded to this article and its points, they largely attempted to portray the people of these nations as woefully ignorant, but as Broderick himself points out, “African people are not ignorant and gullible, as is being implicated.” I’ve written before about how large swaths of the West African population have believed and still believe this Ebola outbreak is a government conspiracy .

    Perhaps that’s why such a massive 24/7 propaganda campaign has been launched there to inundate the population with the message first and foremost that, indeed, Ebola is real.

    Then again, you won’t hear about any of this in the mainstream press over here.


  18. More cherry picking this is a good one

    So Where Are We Now?
    EmpowermentMind ControlPolice StateSocial Engineeringby Zen Gardner – Oct 11, 201468 536

    by Zen Gardner

    It only gets weirder by the day. As the engineered ebola scare rolls out and ISIS supposedly closes in, the US and NATO are slipping into Syria as if no one is looking. Meanwhile, insane Israel is openly planning another Gaza massacre while the Ukrainian genocide continues. If that’s not enough, the economy is on the verge of collapsing, our food, air and water continue to be poisoned, our oceans and atmosphere are dying, communities are being fracked, and Fukushima continues to erupt while the massive Yellowstone caldera threatens to.

    Talk about engineered overload!

    Most people’s heads are spinning wildly and they’re trying to not think about this assault on their minds, hearts and senses. This is just the environment the manipulators want – an overloaded, stunned and compliant populace, ready to be swayed like limp seaweed in the tide of their polluted propaganda.

    This is a very important time to be aware consciously and not engage this news and information without remaining as aware and emotionally detached as possible. Keep an eye on things but do not partake of the poison between the lines. It is usually easily identifiable for the awakened but when there’s an avalanche of wave after wave of sensational events and news we can lose perspective and unwittingly fall prey to their toxic designs and intentions.

    Ebola Conditioning and the Knee-jerk Effect
    Whether ebola is real or not doesn’t really matter. As in all false flags and engineered events, there’s going to be some sort of seemingly credible evidence from which they base their next wave of assault. After that all you need is “reported” cases or “potential” threats. And so it rolls out. The main thing is to not get sucked into the react mode. The media of all types immediately jumped into the reactive cycle when this news first broke, with the intended purpose of shock and fear. We have to shake that mindset rigorously in order to be able to see clearly. It’s just another problem, reaction solution scenario using the programmed “deadly pandemic” excuse.

    But just watch what they do. If you thought the bogus shoe and underpants bombers were effective in changing security procedures worldwide, you ain’t seen nothin’ yet.

    Already Connecticut has gone into a civil lockdown without even a single case being reported there. It may appear to be just precautionary measures, but apparently the mental metal of the public has been deemed soft and malleable enough to go ahead and get the ball rolling in the compliant Sandy Hooked state. Now airport workers are striking and leaving their jobs not wanting to sanitize planes or check incoming passengers.

    The wheels are in motion.

    Ebola bin Laden
    Ebola has been rolled out exactly the same way the previous bogeyman was. Bin Laden was reportedly behind carefully staggered embassy bombings and military attacks throughout the 90’s and conveniently propped up as the boogeyman who would eventually take the fall for the staged 9/11 attacks. The idea has to be planted in minds ahead of time, so measured ebola outbreaks in unconnected parts of Africa have been in the news for decades now and arose at almost the same time and frequency as the reported bin Laden attacks. Images of this deadly dreaded ebola idea were flashed with careful timing, scaring the crap out of people, but kept at a convenient distance while the inoculation of lies took effect conditioning the mental immune system.

    Meanwhile, CIA and Zionist controlled Hollywood has been doing the background work reinforcing this meme with movies like Outbreak, I Am Legend and most recently World War Z. All conditioning. And what else has come along in the meantime? The zombie craze, with police actually using this theme for security drills.

    Just a coincidence? Never.

    Depopulation – It’s Under Our Noses
    Almost ironically, and especially in the light of a potential pandemic, many are waiting for some kind of mass extermination event to fulfill the Georgia Guidestones and other elitist declarations to drastically reduce the world’s “cumbersome” population. The fact is it’s already happening, you just don’t see it because it’s on a different long term timeline and mostly being accomplished by carefully planned sterilization. It’s fully under way, slow and sure, right under humanity’s nose. Much of the entertainment, political, corporate and scare industry’s focus is to keep humanity’s minds preoccupied and on the defensive so they won’t see or be able to react to what’s being done to them on a daily basis.

    Children and adults are being sterilized by EMFs and vaccines, by GMOs, radiation, adulterated water, foods and pharmaceuticals etc., while the population is quietly being replaced by robotics, to name a few mechanisms at play. This doesn’t even take into account the engineered proliferation of cancer and a host of other diseases promoted by corporate and governmental plans.

    They even publicly state they have a target date of 2050 for this overall plan to be fully in place. In 36 years at the rate we’re being poisoned, unless this gets turned around, there won’t be many able to survive, never mind reproduce, pandemic or not. The point is, now is the time to clearly identify what’s actually going on and act accordingly.

    I wrote about the nature of their long term plan in The Serpentine Stealth of the Long Range Planners and it’s as true today as ever. People need to wake up in more realistic ways – not just intellectually, but practically, as they continue their fight for truth and awareness. The mesmerization is very deep and delays resultant action and true conscious awareness.

    There is no future plan – drastically reducing the world’s population is an ongoing program taking place while the world is deceived, sidetracked and entertained by fabricated illusory animated scripts playing before their eyes.

    Ivana NWO
    Light at the End of the Tornado
    I know this may seem dark, but it’s realistic. The vast majority of Americans and many in the west live on the defensive, reacting to anything issued by the usurping governmental powers that be. Ultimately Truth will win out, but when a tornado, from whatever origin, is bearing down on your home it’s not a time to argue with the source or the reasoning behind it. It’s too late for that. And for America it’s been too late for decades. Not only is the sleeping giant virtually dead, but karma has a way of coming around to collect her bills. Americans have by their silence and energetic and financial support been complicit in the genocide of millions around the globe for decades, as well as the rape of the planet’s resources.

    What goes around…

    We’ve seen all of their various potential scenarios detailed for years in the alternative media. There’s no doubt about what they are up to, their plans and intentions, and the various methods at play in the ongoing subjugation of humanity. People are waking up rapidly and that’s wonderful, but we’re about to pass through a phase that needs to be addressed rationally and consciously.

    Not everyone can move to higher ground or escape the north, I understand that. Just beware the defensive mindset and go about what needs to be done in peace and confidence. It works against you if your preparations and ongoing activities aren’t done fully consciously. But at the same time, to sit and point at an oncoming tornado as if understanding its origins and intricacies will dispel it is utter insanity. It’s time for preemptive action, both in activism and personal preparation.

    That’s the loving thing to do for yourself, your loved ones and your planet.

    That’s how I see it. The storm clouds and accompanying turbulent winds are here and picking up quickly and it’s not about to get better anytime soon; they have much too much at stake and in motion. They are psychopaths whose bottom line is the famous Samson option – “If we can’t have it, nobody can” – and they’ll gladly bring the house down around everyone’s ears if the situation warrants.

    We don’t need to dwell on these ugly realities but to ignore them is tantamount to outright denial. It’s a difficult time and place to be in many ways, but we have chosen to be here and we should handle the challenge courageously. Personally, I wouldn’t have missed being here for these unfolding events for anything!

    The awakening has power they know not of and I can hardly wait to see how it manifests, in whatever form! We each just need to do our part, that’s the crux of the matter.

    Stay happy and and be well. All is within the Cosmic design. It’s ours to manifest the Divine intention and so bring real “order” out of their corrupt, engineered chaos. All of the wonderful, creative Universe is working with us! Just be prepared for anything, both spiritually and physically.

    Much love always, Zen

  19. As I mentioned, as part of a member of Pacifica in LA (KPFK) I had seen Lee Hamilton speak in Santa Monica. At the same venue a week or so later I also saw Lt Col Bo Gritz speak. In 1986, after a trip to Burma to interview drug kingpin Khun Sa regarding possible locations of U.S. POWs, Gritz returned from Burma with a videotaped interview of Khun Sa purporting to name several officials in the Reagan administration involved in narcotics trafficking in Southeast Asia. Among those named was Richard Armitage, who most recently served as Deputy Secretary of State during George W. Bush’s first term as president. Gritz believed that those same officials were involved in a coverup of missing American POWs.

    During this period Gritz established contacts with the Christic Institute, a progressive group which was then pursuing a lawsuit against the U.S. government over charges of drug trafficking in both Southeast Asia and Central America. KPFK greatly supported the Christic Institute efforts, and Gritz was in town for their benefit.

    His story runs parallel to the following from Andrew Gavin Marshal:

    The Global Drug Trade and the CIA

    “As a central facet of the covert financing and training of the Afghan Mujahideen, the role of the drug trade became invaluable. The global drug trade has long been used by empires for fuelling and financing conflict with the aim of facilitating imperial domination.

    In 1773, the British colonial governor in Bengal “established a colonial monopoly on the sale of opium.” As Alfred W. McCoy explained in his masterful book, The Politics of Heroin:

    As the East India Company expanded production, opium became India’s main export. [. . . ] Over the next 130 years, Britain actively promoted the export of Indian opium to China, defying Chinese drug laws and fighting two wars to open China’s opium market for its merchants. Using its military and mercantile power, Britain played a central role in making China a vast drug market and in accelerating opium cultivation throughout China. By 1900 China had 13.5 million addicts consuming 39,000 tons of opium.[51]

    In Indochina in the 1940s and 50s, the French intelligence services “enabled the opium trade to survive government suppression efforts,” and subsequently, “CIA activities in Burma helped transform the Shan states from a relatively minor poppy-cultivating area into the largest opium-growing region in the world.”[52] The CIA did this by supporting the Kuomintang (KMT) army in Burma for an invasion of China, and facilitated its monopolization and expansion of the opium trade, allowing the KMT to remain in Burma until a coup in 1961, when they were driven into Laos and Thailand.[53] The CIA subsequently played a very large role in the facilitation of the drugs trade in Laos and Vietnam throughout the 1960s and into the 1970s.[54]

    It was during the 1980s that “the CIA’s covert war in Afghanistan transformed Central Asia from a self-contained opium zone into a major supplier of heroin for the world market,” as:

    Until the late 1970s, tribal farmers in the highlands of Afghanistan and Pakistan grew limited quantities of opium and sold it to merchant caravans bound west for Iran and east to India. In its decade of covert warfare against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, the CIA’s operations provided the political protection and logistics linkages that joined Afghanistan’s poppy fields to heroin markets in Europe and America.[55]
    ~Andrew Gavin Marshall


  20. In Context to the situation developing with ISIS today, there is the history of US support and subsidy of al Qaeda and the Taliban. Many of the same agencies used then are involved now is similar background facilitation:

    In the 1980s, one program undertaken by the United States was to finance Mujahideen propaganda in textbooks for Afghan schools. The US gave the Mujahideen $43 million in “non-lethal” aid for the textbook project alone, which was given by USAID: “The U.S. Agency for International Development, [USAID] coordinated its work with the CIA, which ran the weapons program,” and “The U.S. government told the AID to let the Afghan war chiefs decide the school curriculum and the content of the textbooks.”[64]

    The textbooks were “filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings,” and “were filled with talk of jihad and featured drawings of guns, bullets, soldiers and mines.” Even since the covert war of the 1980s, the textbooks “have served since then as the Afghan school system’s core curriculum. Even the Taliban used the American-produced books.” The books were developed through a USAID grant to the “University of Nebraska-Omaha and its Center for Afghanistan Studies,” and when the books were smuggled into Afghanistan through regional military leaders, “Children were taught to count with illustrations showing tanks, missiles and land mines.” USAID stopped this funding in 1994.[65]

    [64] Carol Off, Back to school in Afghanistan. CBC: May 6, 2002:

    [65] Joe Stephens and David B. Ottaway, From U.S., the ABC’s of Jihad. The Washington Post: March 23, 2002:


  21. Interview 954 – Sibel Edmonds Explains “The Lone Gladio”
    Posted: 14 Oct 2014 06:05 PM PDT

    “FBI whistleblower, founder and author of the new spy mystery novel “The Lone Gladio” Sibel Edmonds sits down with James Corbett to discuss her book, how it was written, and how its fictional events and characters intersect with reality. From the power of self-publishing to subvert the traditional corporate media gatekeeper system to Operation Gladio and staged terror, this conversation covers it all.”~Corbett

  22. “Over these 13 years, physicists, chemists, architects, engineers, and first responders have provided massive evidence that completely disproves the official account of the failure of the three skyscrapers. The response to experts has been for non-experts to call experts “conspiracy theorists.” In other words, the defenders of the government’s story have no scientific or factual basis on which to stand. So they substitute name-calling.

    Justice is something that exists outside the borders of the United States. Never expect to find justice within the United States.

    Most Americans are unaware of the extent to which the federal government owns the experts who can contradict its fairy tales. For example, no competent physicist can possibly believe the official story of the destruction of the three WTC buildings. But physics departments in US universities are heavily dependent on federal money. Any physicist who speaks his mind jeopardizes not only his own career but also the career of all of his colleagues. Physicist Steven Jones, who first pointed to the use of thermite in the destruction of the two towers had to agree to having his university buy out his tenure or his university was faced with losing all federal financing.”~Paul Craig Roberts

    Illustration by James Bennett “Be careful in the company of monsters that you don’t become one.”
    -title by Cindy Gerard


    • Central Bank – Central Government – Central Intelligence – Central Education = Central POV; a singular regimented & homogenized point of view.

      halloween 1
      Illistration by Douglas Smith


  23. Halloween rushes upon us! Man’o’man this year shot by fast!!

    “‘Tis now the very witching time of night,
    When churchyards yawn and hell itself breathes out
    Contagion to this world”
    -William Shakespear


  24. Through terrifying headlines and shocking videos, ISIS is being used as a tool to justify war in the Middle East and to cause fear and panic worldwide. No, this is not a “crazy conspiracy theory”, it is simply the oldest trick in the book. ISIS was created by the very forces that are fighting it.

    Ever since the creation of democratic nations – where public opinion somewhat matters – the political class is faced with a dilemma: War is needed to gain power, riches, and control, but the general public has a tendency to be against it. What to do? The answer was found decades ago and is still used successfully today: Create an enemy so terrifying that the masses will beg their government to go to war.

    This is why ISIS exists. This is why the beheading videos are so “well-produced” and publicized worldwide through mainstream media. This is why news sources regularly come up with alarmist headlines about ISIS. They are used to serve the best interests of the world elite. The current objectives are: Sway public opinion to favor the invasion of countries in the Middle East, provide a pretext for “coalition” intervention across the world, and manufacture a domestic threat that will be used to take away rights and increase surveillance. In short, ISIS is yet another instance of the age-old tactic of creating a terrifying enemy to scare the masses.

    “Moreover, as America becomes an increasingly multi-cultural society, it may find it more difficult to fashion a consensus on foreign policy issues, except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat.”~Zbigniew Brzezinski, The Grand Chessboard
    The outcry was immediate. How could it not be? Shot in high-def, with perfect cinematic lightening, the beheading videos are setup to generate a visceral feeling of horror and terror. Dressed in an orange attire reminiscent of Guantanamo Bay, a helpless Western journalist is executed by a barbaric fanatic dressed in black, dramatically waving a tiny knife as weapon. No propagandist could think of a better way of swaying public opinion for war. As a “bonus” effect, the video stirs up anti-Muslim hysteria across the world, a sentiment that is constantly exploited by the world elite.

    Very soon afterwards, war against ISIS was declared, almost as if it had been planned for months. In an interview with USA Today, Ex-CIA director Leon Panetta stated that Americans should brace themselves for a 30-year war that it will extend well beyond Syria:

    “I think we’re looking at kind of a 30-year war,” he says, one that will have to extend beyond Islamic State to include emerging threats in Nigeria, Somalia, Yemen, Libya and elsewhere.
    – USA Today, Panetta: ’30-year war’ and a leadership test for Obama

    Basically, in the span of a few months, a terrorist group literally popped out of nowhere, causing mayhem in the very regions the US and its allies have been looking to attack for years. Its name: Islamic State in Syria, or ISIS. The name itself is symbolic and revealing. Why is an “Islamic” group named after an Ancient Egyptian goddess? Perhaps because it is a favorite figure of the occult elite – the true culprits that are behind the horrors of ISIS.

    A Continuation of History

    The idea of the CIA funding an Islamic group to further its political interests isn’t exactly “far-fetched”. In fact, there are several obvious instances in recent history where the US openly supported extremist Islamist groups (dubbed “freedom fighters” in mass media). The most flagrant and well-documented example is the creation of the Mujaheddin in Afghanistan, a group that was created by the CIA to lure the USSR in an “Afghan trap”. The term Mujaheddin describes “Muslims who struggle in the path of Allah” and comes from the root word “jihad”. The “great enemy” of today was the friend of the past. An important architect of this policy was Zbigniew Brzezinski one of the most influential statesman in U.S. History. From JFK to Obama, Brzezinski has been an important figure shaping U.S. policy across the world. He also created the Trilateral commission with David Rockefeller. In the following excerpt from a 1998 interview, Brzezinski explains how the Mujaheddin were used in Afghanistan:

    Question: The former director of the CIA, Robert Gates, stated in his memoirs [“From the Shadows”], that American intelligence services began to aid the Mujahadeen in Afghanistan 6 months before the Soviet intervention. In this period you were the national security adviser to President Carter. You therefore played a role in this affair. Is that correct?

    Brzezinski: Yes. According to the official version of history, CIA aid to the Mujahadeen began during 1980, that is to say, after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan, 24 Dec 1979. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise Indeed, it was July 3, 1979 that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. And that very day, I wrote a note to the president in which I explained to him that in my opinion this aid was going to induce a Soviet military intervention.
    – Le Nouvel Observateur, The CIA’s Intervention in Afghanistan

    isis map

    This map shows current ISIS strongholds. As you can see, they are located exactly where the coalition has been looking to invade for years.
    As the ISIS threat spreads to neighboring countries, it will allow unprovoked military strikes against various nations. It is only a matter of time before airstrikes will be deemed ineffective and ground troops become necessary. In the end, these operations will complete a long-term plan of re-organizing the Middle East, eliminating any threats to Israel and significantly increasing pressure on Iran, the region’s remaining Islamic force.

    More, and worth the read at:


    • In Conclusion

      “ISIS has all of the hallmarks of a CIA-sponsored jihadist group, created to facilitate war abroad and repression at home. Whether we look at the “divide and conquer” history of the Middle-East or the suspicious details regarding ISIS and the repercussions of its existence in the Western world, one can easily see how ISIS is a continuation of an obvious pattern. The most important question one can ask is this: Who benefits from the existence of ISIS and the terror it generates? What does ISIS gain by creating videos taunting the most powerful armies in the world? Air strikes? On the other hand, what does the ruling class in the Western world have to gain? Continuing to make money through war and weapons, taking control of the Middle East while supporting Israel, increasing oppression and surveillance on domestic populations and, finally, keeping the masses constantly terrified and under control.

      Isis Egypt

      In short, stoking panic around the world by provoking a state of chaos in the Middle East has been deemed necessary to implement a new world order. ‘Isis’, the Egyptian goddess and mother of Horus, is the name of the one of the most important figures for the Masonic elite . Their motto? Ordo ab Chao … Order out of Chaos.”~Ibid

  25. Grand Ruse

    ‘The Beautification of the Psycho-killer’ and the dialectic ‘Excommunication of the Saint’.


    Obama the Savior/Obama the Antichrist.
    Obama Nobel Peace-Prize laureate/Obama Warmonger.

    Their technique of design masquerading as diagnosis.

    • Very inspiring reminder! Thanks Veri … you know why I just watched this today. The past restrictions are a thing of the past!!!


  26. Bacteria that cause bubonic plague. The disease is spread by Xenopsylla cheopis fleas, whose main host is the black rat. Photograph: Rocky Mountain Laboratories/AP

    plague micro

    Bubonic plague (Yersinia pestis) is spread by the fleas from black rats, Xenopsylla cheopis. Black rats are known by various names. Ship rat, roof rat, house rat, Alexandrine rat and old English rat are all names commonly used to describe Rattus rattus, the black rat. These rats are found on all continents and the United States is no exception. The fleas from the black rat can live several weeks without feeding and are none to fussy where they get their next meal from. Wild animals, domestic pets and humans are all acceptable food sources. What makes fleas such a formidable vector for carrying disease is their ability to lie dormant for weeks, or even months, if the conditions are favorable, waking again when they sense vibration, heat and carbon dioxide, the three things that tell them a host, and therefore a meal, is close by.

    See more at:


  27. “Ronald A. “Ron” Klain is an American lawyer and political operative best known for serving as Chief of Staff to two Vice Presidents – Al Gore (1995–1999) and Joseph Biden (2009–2011). He is an influential Democratic Party insider. Earlier in his career, he was a law clerk for Supreme Court Justice Byron White during the Court’s 1987 and 1988 Terms and worked on Capitol Hill, where he was Chief Counsel to the Senate Judiciary Committee during the Clarence Thomas Supreme Court nomination. He was portrayed by Kevin Spacey in the HBO film Recount depicting the tumult of the 2000 presidential election.

    Early life
    Klain was born on August 8, 1961 in Indianapolis and grew up in a Jewish home. He graduated from North Central High School[4] in 1979 and was on the school’s Brain Game team, which finished as season runner-up.[citation needed] He graduated summa cum laude from Georgetown University in 1983. In 1987, he graduated magna cum laude from Harvard Law School,[4] where he won the Sears Prize for the highest grade point average in 1984-85 and was an editor of the Harvard Law Review.”-Wiki

    ron klain

    So OBVIOUSLY Ron Klain is the perfect “medical expert” to be named as Amerika’s new “Ebola Czar”
    Yes! It makes perfect sense that Ronald A. “Ron” Klain is a lawyer. This is the typical PR PSYOP for a massive vaccine push on the American public under the ruse of saving them all from Ebola.

  28. Kondratiev Wave

    In economics, Kondratiev waves (also called supercycles, great surges, long waves, K-waves or the long economic cycle) are supposedly cycle-like phenomena in the modern world economy.[1]

    It is claimed that the period of the wave ranges from forty to sixty years, the cycles consist of alternating intervals between high sectoral growth and intervals of relatively slow growth.[2]


    Unlike the short-term business cycle, the long wave of this theory is not accepted by current mainstream economics.

    • Capitalist World-System: According to Wallerstein

      Wallerstein’s definition follows Dependency Theory, which intended to combine the developments of the different societies since the 16th century in different regions into one collective development. The main characteristic of his definition is the development of a global division of labour, including the existence of independent political units (in this case, states) at the same time. There is no political center, compared to global empires like the Roman Empire; instead, the capitalist world-system is identified by the global market economy. It is divided into core, semi-periphery, and periphery regions, and is ruled by the capitalist method of production.

      Defines the difference between developed and developing countries, characterized e.g. by power or wealth. The core refers to developed countries, the periphery to the dependent developing countries. The main reason for the position of the developed countries is economic power.

      Defines states that are located between core and periphery, they benefit from the periphery through unequal exchange relations. At the same time, the core benefits from the semi-periphery through unequal exchange relations.

      Defines a kind of monopoly where there is more than one service provider for a particular good/service. Wallerstein claims that quasi-monopolies are self-liquidating because new sellers go into the market by exerting political pressure to open markets to competition.[36]

      Kondratiev Waves
      Defines a cyclical tendency in the world’s economy. It is also known as a supercycle. Wallerstein argues that global wars are tied to Kondratiev waves. According to him, global conflicts occur as the summer phase of a wave begins, this is when production of goods and services all around the world are on an upswing.

    • The technological cycles can be labeled as follows:

      The Industrial Revolution—1771
      The Age of Steam and Railways—1829
      The Age of Steel and Heavy Engineering—1875
      The Age of Oil, Electricity, the Automobile and Mass Production—1908
      The Age of Information and Telecommunications—1971


    • Šmihula Cycles

      A specific modification of the theory of Kondratieff cycles was developed by Daniel Šmihula. Šmihula identified six long-waves within modern society and the capitalist economy, each of which was initiated by a specific technological revolution:[21]

      1. (1600–1780) The wave of the Financial-agricultural revolution
      2. (1780–1880) The wave of the Industrial revolution
      3. (1880–1940) The wave of the Technical revolution
      4. (1940–1985) The wave of the Scientific-technical revolution
      5. (1985–2015) The wave of the Information and telecommunications revolution
      6. (2015–2035?) The hypothetical wave of the post-informational technological revolution

      Unlike Kondratieff and Schumpeter Šmihula believed that each new cycle is shorter than its predecessor. The main stress is put on technological progress and new technologies as decisive factors of any long-time economic development. Each of these waves has its innovation phase, which is described as a technological revolution and an application phase in which the number of revolutionary innovations falls and attention focuses on exploiting and extending existing innovations. As soon as an innovation or a series of innovations becomes available, it becomes more efficient to invest in its adoption, extension and use than in creating new innovations. Each wave of technological innovations can be characterized by the area in which the most revolutionary changes took place (“leading sectors”).

      Every wave of innovations lasts approximately until the profits from the new innovation or sector fall to the level of other, older, more traditional sectors. It is a situation when the new technology, which originally increased a capacity to utilize new sources from nature, reached its limits and it is not possible to overcome this limit without an application of another new technology.


      • So what is my opinion of ‘prophesy’ and even technological ‘predictive’ abilities?

        It all boils down to, Gastromancy:
        Gas`tro`man´cy. n. 1. (Antiq.) A kind of divination, by means of words seemingly uttered from the stomach. gastromancy. 2. divination by the taste of ones burps or the flavor of ones farts. 3. gut feelings…

        …and the all important METAPHOR, to put gastromancy into a currently acceptable lexicon.

  29. Thank you KP for the further photos of #6.

    Frankly, aside from foreshortening issues due to varied lenses, I cannot see a great change in the damage from just after the towers fell – to the satellite shot a few days later Certainly nothing there indicating another bomb blew something up from within … [??]

    There may have been shifting and further collapsing of areas due to the fires, but that seems minimal from what I see here.

    This is only my opinion. Others may see it differently.~My comment on OCTOBER 17, 2014 AT 7:16 AM

    This discussion began with this:
    “There was an explosion in the building which left a huge hole from basement to ceiling. There was no debris, the area appeared to have vaporised. This happened before any tower collapsed, as can be seen on videos of the fire, with the street clean, dust free.”~Adrian Maasdorp – October 2, 2014 AT 9:42 AM

    What is needed here is a link to; “videos of the fire, with the street clean, dust free.” (Maasdorp)

    • WTC 6

      number6 wtc damaged?

      “This photograph by Bill Biggart, who died when the North Tower collapsed, shows what appears to be a damaged and burnt WTC 6 on the left, in front of the North Tower. This photo was taken as the South Tower was demolished with super-thermite, which caused the super-pulverization of the concrete. Whatever caused the scorched damage to WTC 6 clearly happened before the first tower collapsed”~Bollyn

      Does this show “…damage to WTC 6 clearly happened before the first tower collapsed”? I think “..what appears to be a damaged and burnt WTC 6 on the left” is a more accurate statement. The clarity of what we supposedly see in these photos is not so clear as Bollyn suggests. One thing is certain, if #6 is “scorched” it is certainly not blown to bits as we see in its final state after the demise of the towers. So I do not find this a persuasive argument at all.


    • millinium report

      “This photo shows the collapse of WTC 2 with a mystery plume of light smoke rising from the street beside WTC 6. This secondary plume of sandy-colored dust is similar to the larger plume seen in the CNN footage rising above WTC 6. Both of these plumes are light and sandy in color and appear to be of another composition than the concrete dust clouds of the pulverized tower. This plume is clearly rising from below the street and is not part of the pyroclastic cloud coming from the demolished WTC 2. It is rising from below the street and obstructing the Quebec-New sign seen behind it on the walkway, while the pyroclastic cloud has not yet reached the walkway. These images suggest that a powerful explosion may have occurred below WTC 6 at the exact time WTC 2 collapsed.”

      . . . . .
      So now the “explosion” in #6 didn’t happen “before” WTC 2 collapsed – it happened as the falling debris hits #6!
      This my friends is stretching rhetoric to the limit. The most obvious conclusion is that the debris from #2 is the cause of the destruction of #6.


      • Pure conjecture can reason that if the towers were blown up, WTC 7 was demolished, it would be reasonable to postulate that Bldg 6 was blown up as well. The only thing different about the towers and # 7 is that there are ample undeniable evidences of the explosive nature of their destruction.

        Until the same level of proofs are available for WTC 6, the likelihood of explosives there as well remains speculative. I may conjecture as much myself – but I wouldn’t take it to court with what we have.

        As lead investigator for my own personal inquiry I have set my standard of proof as ‘beyond reasonable doubt’. My judgement and impressions are my own. I share an overall, general view of the 9/11 case with a great many people. I have divergent views from several others. Severe disagreement with still fewer, when the “movement” is considered as a whole.

        There have been quite a few new visitors to the HR1blog in recent weeks. I want to welcome you all, and hope you find the information here valuable, and the pages on art entertaining.

        & BTW, she was the one who wanted that fucking bulldog!

  30. Governing by Fear: From Anthrax to Ebola

    by James Corbett
    October 18, 2014

    There is a brilliant video that was floating around the web several years ago in which someone simply spliced together news coverage of the 2001 anthrax scare into a surreal two minute montage of newscaster after newscaster solemnly intoning the words “anthrax,” “anthrax investigation,” “anthrax exposure,” “anthrax attacks,” “antibiotics” and other anthrax-related phrases. In just two minutes the viewer gets a vivid understanding of just how much of a role the media played in spreading the fear about the anthrax “attacks,” a series of anthrax-laced letters that were sent through the U.S. postal system in the wake of 9/11.

    The anthrax letters ended up killing just five people out of an American population (at the time) of nearly 285,000,000. As ludicrous as it was, in retrospect, for the average American to be scared about dying from anthrax in 2001, how much more ridiculous was it that the topic was discussed daily as I went to open the mail at the commercial real estate office I was working at at the time? In Canada. Where no letters were ever sent, no one got sick, and (obviously) no one died.

    Such is the power of the media to manipulate our perception of the dangers that are worth our time and attention. 33,000 vehicle related deaths per year? A fatality-causing collision might rate a 20 second mention in the local news. 5 anthrax-related deaths over a two month period? Literally thousands of hours of coverage will be devoted to the topic, with hundreds of talking heads brought in to discuss the implications, with special emphasis placed on the pharmaceuticals that might come in handy in the event of anthrax exposure.

    None of this should be surprising to readers of Dr. Graeme Macqueen’s brilliant new summation of the 2001 anthrax inside job, “The 2001 Anthrax Deception,” in which he painstakingly documents the way in which the mass media hyped, amplified and spread anthrax fears during the attack:

    “The U.S. media did not hesitate to make anthrax fears a major theme.In fact, they considered fears of anthrax almost as newsworthy as anthrax itself and reported on them repeatedly. By reporting on these fears, they participated, of course, in their spread. ‘Anxiety’ was probably the most common term (‘Anthrax Anxiety at Home,’ ‘widespread anxiety in New York,’ ‘Anxiety Grows in South Florida,’ ‘Anxiety Over Bioterrorism Grows’), but there were also references to ‘a frightened public,’ ‘rising public concern,’ ‘panicky citizens’ and ‘hysteria.’ There were also references to ‘jitters’ and ‘nervousness.’ Immediately after the death of Robert Stevens, the Washington Post reported that ‘jittery’ citizens were ‘on their knees begging for drugs.’ On October 10 the appropriately named Darryl Fears reported in the same newspaper that after law enforcement agencies put the nation in a state of high alert and Ashcroft asked Americans to maintain ‘a heightened state of awareness,’ the result was increased fear. Along with the demand for Cipro, it appears, there was now a demand for gas masks. Soon (Oct. 15) it was reported that the ‘anthrax scare’ was spreading around the world. Eventually (Oct. 18) the reading public was informed that ‘the fear of anthrax has become inescapable,’ and shortly thereafter-not long before the final Congressional votes on the Patriot Act-Americans were said to be experiencing ‘primordial terror’ in ‘a national anxiety attack.’ It did not take long for journalists to come up with a clever aphorism: anthrax is not contagious, but fear of anthrax is.”

    There are several things to note from this highly informative passage. The first would be that the mainstream media, perhaps unsurprisingly, inserted subtle propaganda for the pharmaceutical industry into their coverage of events, depicting average citizens as “on their knees begging for drugs.” The second would be that, by focusing on and thus helping to create and spread the sense of “primordial fear” that they were supposedly ‘reporting’ on, the news media were guilty of terrorism in the strictest sense of that word. And the third thing to note is that it was this terror, created and fostered by the media itself, that helped enable the passage of the USA PATRIOT Act, a horrific piece of legislation legalizing the most flagrant violations of American citizens’ supposed “civil liberties” and enabling the rise of Police State America that we are increasingly familiar with today.

    Fast forward to 2014. It isn’t difficult to see how the Ebola hype of 2014 is virtually identical (in terms of mainstream American media coverage) to the anthrax attacks of 2001. A total of three CDC confirmed cases of Ebola diagnosed in the United States has managed to set off a firestorm of coverage that has now completely consumed the 24/7 news cycle and completely displaced the last boogeyman of the week (remember ISIS?) from the headlines (exactly as I suggested in last month’s column on “The 9/11 Terror Script”). Are we being duped once again, whipped into a panic over something that, in retrospect, will make the hyperventilating coverage seem patently ridiculous? Or is this something different, something genuinely worthy of our attention? If this is a media-generated terror campaign, to what end is it being effected? Is there a Patriot Act equivalent that is waiting in the wings?

    First, let’s get a handle on some facts. Or, more to the point, explain why the “facts” being thrown around about this outbreak are admittedly meaningless. As of press time, the WHO has identified 8,997 cases of Ebola as “confirmed,” “probable” or “suspected.” This means that the 9,000 figure that is being thrown around right now is almost certainly inaccurate, with only about half of that number actually being confirmed through laboratory testing. But look at the WHO data for “confirmed” cases of Ebola (943) and deaths from Ebola (1072) in Liberia. You’re not reading that incorrectly; there have actually been more confirmed deaths than confirmed cases because of a reported lack of laboratory capacity for confirming cases of Ebola (but not for confirming deaths, apparently). In Sierra Leone there have been 142 “probable” deaths out of 37 probable cases because of “on-going reclassification, retrospective investigation and availability of laboratory results.” Or take the estimated 50% fatality rate for this outbreak based on the fact that out of the 9,000 cases there have been 4,500 reported deaths. As we have just seen, the 9,000 case figure is inaccurate and the number of cases/deaths is dependent on laboratory capacity, so once again the 50% fatality rate is almost certainly inaccurate. Dividing cases by deaths also fails to take into account the fact that there are some proportion of those living with the disease who will die from it at some point in the future. After noting how “messy some of the data are,” a BBC report on the subject goes on to note that “this is the same basic data being used to reach forecasts of 1.4 million cases by January or 10,000 new cases a week by December.” In other words, not even the BBC is buying it.

    But all of these numbers rely on the accuracy of the PCR (polymerase chain reaction) and ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) tests that are used to diagnose Ebola in the first place. I will spare you the details, but critics like Jon Rappoport have called into question the very basis of these tests as proof of the presence or impact of Ebola. Sound far-fetched? In July 2009, at the very height of the swine flu pandemic hype, the CDC suddenly stopped counting new cases of the disease. An investigative story into the subject by CBS News reporter Sharyl Attkisson opened with the provocative statement: “If you’ve been diagnosed ‘probable’ or ‘presumed’ 2009 H1N1 or ‘swine flu’ in recent months, you may be surprised to know this: odds are you didn’t have H1N1 flu.” The report details how many of the “probable” H1N1 samples sent by the states to the CDC prior to the July 2009 shut-down of testing were in fact false positives and that the numbers used to justify the pandemic “crisis” had been vastly overblown. Attkisson’s bombshell story was vetted, checked, and ready for broadcast…but the network execs killed the story and it wound up as a website-only piece. Months after they stopped actually counting the tests (and after they knew that the real numbers were vastly lower than the “tens of thousands” they had been talking about in July), the CDC suddenly came out with an estimate that 22 million Americans, or 1 out of every 15 people in the country, had had the swine flu. This estimate was apparently based on no actual tests or data whatsoever.

    In the case of the 2009 swine flu hysteria, the evident motivation for terrorizing the public was twofold. Firstly, there was an attempt to ‘help along’ the passage of the “Model State Emergency Health Powers Act,” a piece of legislation that has now been passed into law in numerous states across the country that gives Governors extraordinary, dictator-like powers in the event of declared pandemics to seize private property and use military assets to enforce quarantines and deliver mandatory vaccines. The other apparent motivation for the 2009 panic was simply to scare up money for vaccine manufacturers, something that worked very well. As the Council of Europe noted in a report on the affair: “Some members of these advisory bodies evidently have professional links to certain pharmaceutical groups – notably through receiving extensive research grants from the big pharmaceutical groups – so that the neutrality of their advice could be contested. To date, WHO has failed to provide convincing evidence to counter these allegations and the organization has not published the relevant declarations of interest taking such a reserved position, the Organization has joined other bodies, such as the European Medicines Agency (EMEA), which likewise, have still not published such documents.”

    Could there be a similar motivation behind the promotion of terror in the 2014 Ebola epidemic? Surely there are economic interests behind the promotion of the newly-energized Ebola vaccine/treatment industry. As I point out in my recent podcast on “The Ebola Effect,” these interests have already seen dramatic rises in stock value from the constant promotion of their brands on the evening news. (And, worryingly, many of them are connected directly to the US and Canadian biowarfare research complex via drug licensing agreements.) But in this case, as many in the alternative media have argued, the real motivation may be geopolitical in nature. The US and its allies have been looking for an excuse to send more troops into Africa for years now. Kony 2012 turned out to be a propaganda dud. Boko Haram failed to motivate the American people. But Ebola may just be the ticket that’s needed to justify a large influx of American troops on African soil. The Brits, for their part, are already getting in on the action; less than 24 hours after it was announced that 750 UK troops would be sent to Sierra Leone to help with Ebola containment efforts there it was revealed that the deployments were in fact already in progress and many of the troops were already there.

    So where does that leave us today? Unfortunately, it leaves us in a situation where all of the reports we are hearing about this supposed epidemic are based on admittedly faulty data being provided by governmental agencies that have admittedly lied and covered up such data in the past in order to promote fear and terror for political and economic ends. There is really only one way to counteract the fear that is being sown around this issue at the moment: ignore it. Tune it out. Turn off the TV and observe the actual world around you. Do you or anyone you know have Ebola? Has anyone in your community died in a bloody, violent manner as would be expected of a victim of hemorrhagic fever? Are there bodies of dead and dying lining the streets of your town? No? Good. Then take the average precautions that you would generally take in any cold and flu season (covering mouth when you cough, washing hands, etc.) and go about your daily business.

    You are not going to die of Ebola. Live your life accordingly and forget what the terrorists are trying to tell you.”~Corbett
    . . . . . . .
    October, the month of Halloween monsters and fearmongering over “plagues” and “pandemics”…

  31. The real secret of Iraq’s germ weapons

    “Back in the 1990’s, journalists used to joke, “Of course we know Iraq has chemical weapons. We have the delivery receipts to prove it!”

    The joke turned out to be the exact truth.

    While covering Iraq in 1990 – just before the first massive US bombing campaign – I discovered the US and Britain had secretly built a germ weapons arsenal for Iraq to use against Iran in the eight year-Iran-Iraq War.

    This while both the US and Britain were fulminating with breathtaking hypocrisy against the alleged dangers of Iraq’s supposed WMD’s (weapons of mass destruction) that never existed. Some years later, the two leading apostles of attacking Iraq, George W. Bush and Tony Blair, delivered Philippics against Saddam Hussein’s weapons programs while never mentioning that high level of western support for Iraq’s late leader.

    Last week the widely read “New York Times” ran a multi-page exposé entitled “Abandoned Chemical Weapons and Secret Casualties in Iraq.”

    The NY Times played a key role in driving the US into two wars against Iraq. America’s leading newspaper is finally facing part of the ugly truth over Iraq’s non-existent weapons of mass destruction, the pretext used by the US to bomb, then invade Iraq. Perhaps it’s trying to atone, or clear its besmirched name.”~Eric Margolis, 18 October 2014

    Read All About It:


  32. “While President Obama maintained that the “likelihood of widespread Ebola outbreaks in this country are very-very low ” in one statement, in another he contradicted himself saying, “What I have directed the CDC to do is that as soon as somebody is diagnosed with Ebola then we want a rapid response team, a SWAT team essentially, from the CDC, to be on the ground as quickly as possible. Hopefully within 24 hours.”.

    So may I ask: What’s the urgent need for rapid response Ebola SWAT teams and a newly appointed Ebola czar if the U.S. Government didn’t anticipate a major outbreak or pandemic to sweep the U.S. in the coming weeks? And exactly what is a SWAT team anyway? What do they do?”~Shepard Ambellas


    • czar
      noun: tsar; plural noun: tsars; noun: czar; plural noun: czars; noun: tzar; plural noun: tzars
      see tsar.
      noun: czar
      1. an emperor of Russia before 1917.
      “Tsar Nicholas II”
      a South Slav ruler in former times, especially one reigning over Serbia in the 14th century.
      2. a person appointed by government to advise on and coordinate policy in a particular area.
      “America’s new drug czar”
      Origin: from Russian tsar’, representing Latin Caesar.

  33. CFR Globalists Outline Strategy for “North American Community”
    by Alex Newman

    “The global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) published a new report this month demanding further integration of North America, calling for deeper “cooperation” on everything from energy, law enforcement, and healthcare to labor regulations, trade, and education. With the globalist architects well aware of how unpopular their sought-after “North American Union” scheme remains among the public, the CFR appears to have toned down some of its extreme anti-sovereignty rhetoric. Instead, the new report emphasizes what the outfit called a “new focus” on North America dealing primarily with energy, “community,” and “security.” The scheme, however, remains just as radical.

    “In sum, we recommend a new partnership for North America, a new model for the world of integration and cooperation among sovereign states,” the report claims, paying phony lip service to national sovereignty even while openly advocating its surreptitious surrender to unaccountable transnational institutions. “The foundation for U.S. foreign policy in years to come should be ‘Made in North America.’” It adds: “Now is the moment for the United States to break free from old foreign policy biases to recognize that a stronger, more dynamic, resilient continental base will increase U.S. power globally.”

    The controversial 137-page CFR report, dubbed North America: Time for a New Focus[*], was produced by a self-styled “Independent Task Force” chaired by retired U.S. Gen. David Petraeus and former World Bank boss Robert Zoellick, now a bigwig at Goldman Sachs. The two globalists are longtime veterans of the CFR and the even more shadowy Bilderberg summits, which every year bring together some of the leading extremists from around the world in the push for what they call “global governance.”
    [* ]

    Read the rest of this article at:


  34. Council On Foreign Relations
    by James Perloff

    During his presidential campaign, Barack Obama consistently promised Americans “change.” Such promises aren’t new to the voting public.

    When Jimmy Carter ran for president, he said: “The people of this country know from bitter experience that we are not going to get … changes merely by shifting around the same group of insiders.” And top Carter aide Hamilton Jordan promised: “If, after the inauguration, you find a Cy Vance as Secretary of State and Zbigniew Brzezinski as head of National Security, then I would say we failed. And I’d quit.” Yet Carter selected Vance as Secretary of State and Brzezinski as National Security Adviser; the “same group of insiders” had been shifted around; and Jordan did not quit.

    Carter’s administration was dominated by members of the Trilateral Commission, which had been founded by Brzezinski and David Rockefeller. In 1980, when Ronald Reagan was campaigning against Carter, he protested:

    I don’t believe that the Trilateral Commission is a conspiratorial group, but I do think its interests are devoted to international banking, multinational corporations, and so forth. I don’t think that any Administration of the U.S. Government should have the top nineteen positions filled by people from any one group or organization representing one viewpoint. No, I would go in a different direction.

    Yet after his election, President Reagan picked 10 Trilateralists for his transition team, and included in his administration such Trilateralists as Vice President George Bush, Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger, U.S. Trade Representative William Brock, and Fed Chairman Paul Volcker. Yet the entire North American membership of the Trilateral Commission has never numbered much over 100.

    The reason that presidential candidates’ promises of “change” go largely unfulfilled once in office: they draw their top personnel from the same establishment groups — of which the Trilateral Commission is only one.

    Chief among these groups is the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the most visible manifestation of what some have called the American establishment. Members of the council have dominated the administrations of every president since Franklin D. Roosevelt, at the cabinet and sub-cabinet level. It does not matter whether the president is a Democrat or Republican. As we will later see, Barack Obama is no exception to CFR influence.

    Power Behind the Throne
    In theory, America’s government is supposed to be “of the people, by the people, for the people.” While this concept rang true in early America, and many individuals still trust in it, the last century has seen the reality of power increasingly shift from the people to an establishment rooted in banking, Wall Street, and powerful multinational corporations. Syndicated columnist Edith Kermit Roosevelt, granddaughter of Teddy Roosevelt, explained:

    “The word “Establishment” is a general term for the power elite in international finance, business, the professions and government, largely from the northeast, who wield most of the power regardless of who is in the White House. Most people are unaware of the existence of this “legitimate Mafia.” Yet the power of the Establishment makes itself felt from the professor who seeks a foundation grant, to the candidate for a cabinet post or State Department job. It affects the nation’s policies in almost every area.”

    Read full article at:

    It is at this point we should remind of the works of Carroll Quigley, THE ANGLO AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT and TRAGEDY AND HOPE, which tell the inside story of the Council on Foreign Relations as a product of the conspiracy set in motion by Cecil Rhodes’ Roundtable Groups. Spoken to here on HR1blog in several threads.

  35. David Rockefeller, the longtime chairman (and now chairman emeritus) of the CFR, acknowledged the role of the establishment in trying to lead America in the one-world direction in his 2002 book Memoirs:

    “For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure — one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

    Two major means the establishment employs for controlling government policy: (1) through its influence within the two major parties and the mass media, it can usually assure that both the Republican and Democratic presidential candidates will be its own hand-picked men; (2) by stacking presidential cabinets with CFR members at key positions — especially those involving defense, finance, foreign policy, and national security — it can assure that America will move in the direction it wants. Since the council’s founding in 1921, 21 secretaries of defense or war, 19 secretaries of the treasury, 17 secretaries of state, and 15 CIA directors have hailed from the Council on Foreign Relations.
    The CFR is not a uniquely American phenomenon. It has counterpart organizations throughout the world — e.g., the Royal Institute of International Affairs in England, the French Institute of International Relations, etc.

    To help coordinate policy on an international scale, CFR chairman David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski founded the Trilateral Commission in 1973. “Trilateral” refers to the coordination of three global regions: North America, Europe, and Asia. The commission’s meetings allow the gathering together of heads of state, banks, multinational corporations, and media. Republican Senator Barry Goldwater called the commission “David Rockefeller’s newest cabal,” and said, “It is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States.” The commission, like the annual secretive meetings of the Bilderbergers and the notorious Bohemian Grove, enables the international power elite to privately assemble and plan our destiny. – article above


    • As CFR/Trilateralist Zbigniew Brzezinski stated: “We cannot leap into world government in one quick step. The precondition for genuine globalization is progressive regionalization.”

  36. John Jay McCloy [CFR] (March 31, 1895 – March 11, 1989), was a Wall Street lawyer and banker who served as Assistant Secretary of War during World War II, where he made many major decisions. After the war he served as president of the World Bank, U.S. High Commissioner for Germany, chairman of Chase Manhattan Bank, and chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations. He later became a prominent United States presidential adviser, served on the Warren Commission, and was a member of the foreign policy establishment group of elders called “The Wise Men.”

    McCloy, part of the Warren Commission Conspiracy:
    He was selected by LBJ to serve on the Warren Commission in 1963. Notably, he was initially skeptical of the lone gunman theory, but a trip to Dallas with CIA veteran Allen Dulles, an old friend also serving on the Commission, convinced him of the case against Oswald. McCloy brokered the final consensus — avoiding a minority dissenting report — and the crucial wording of the primary conclusion of the final report. He stated that any possible evidence of a conspiracy was “beyond the reach” of all of America’s investigatory agencies — principally the FBI and the CIA — as well as the Commission itself.

    • McCloy did a great deal of work for corporations in Nazi Germany and was a legal counselor to the major German chemical combine I. G. Farben. By the time he left for government service in 1940, McCloy earned about $45,000 a year and had savings of $106,000. His involvement in litigation over a World War I sabotage case gave him a strong interest in intelligence issues and in German affairs.[4]
      In 1945, he and Stimson convinced President Truman to reject the Morgenthau Plan and not strip Germany of its industrial capacity.[18]-Wiki
      From March 1947 to June 1949, John Jay McCloy served as president of the World Bank.
      On March 17, 1949, McCloy and General Alvan Cullom Gillem, Jr. testified before the President’s Committee on Equality of Treatment and Opportunity in the Armed Services.

      On September 2nd of 1949, John Jay McCloy replaced the previous five successive military governors for the U.S. Zone in Germany as the 1st U.S. High Commissioner for Germany and held this position until August 1st of 1952, during which time he oversaw the further creation of the Federal Republic of Germany after May 23rd of 1949. At the strong urging of the German government, he approved recommendations for pardoning and commutation of sentences of Nazi criminals, including those of the prominent industrialists Friedrich Flick, Alfried Krupp, and Martin Sandberger.[19] McCloy also granted the restitution of Krupp’s and Flick’s entire property. McCloy also pardoned Ernst von Weizsäcker as well as Josef Dietrich and Joachim Peiper, convicted of mass murder for their roles in the Malmedy massacre.[19] Some of the less notable figures were retried and convicted by the government of the newly independent West Germany.
      McCloy served as chairman of the Chase Manhattan Bank from 1953 to 1960, and as chairman of the Ford Foundation from 1958 to 1965; he was also a trustee of the Rockefeller Foundation from 1946 to 1949, and then again from 1953 to 1958, before he took up the position at Ford.

      From 1954 to 1970, he was chairman of the prestigious Council on Foreign Relations in New York, to be succeeded by David Rockefeller, who had worked closely with him at the Chase Bank. McCloy had a long association with the Rockefeller family, going back to his early Harvard days when he taught the young Rockefeller brothers how to sail. He was also a member of the Draper Committee, formed in 1958 by Eisenhower.

      He later served as adviser to John F. Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, Jimmy Carter and Ronald Reagan, and was the primary negotiator on the Presidential Disarmament Committee. In 1963, he was awarded the prestigious Sylvanus Thayer Award by the United States Military Academy for his service to the country.

      On December 6, 1963, he was presented with the Presidential Medal of Freedom, with Special Distinction, by President Lyndon B. Johnson

  37. “… the great question of our time is not whether or not one world can be achieved, but
    whether or not one world can be achieved by peaceful means. We shall have world
    government, whether or not we like it. The question is only whether world
    government will be achieved by consent or by conquest.”~James P. Warburg (CFR), grandson of Federal Reserve founder, Paul Warburg (CFR)
    [1950 US Senate report on Resolutions Relative to Revision of the United Nations Charter, Atlantic
    Union, World Federation, Etc. pg. 494]
    . . . .
    According to the Reece investigation, the National Education Association (NEA) is a foundation supported
    organization. The Reece Committee Report said of the Carnegie Endowment’s work… “An extremely powerful propaganda machine was created.” It spent many millions of dollars in mass production of material, creation and support of numerous international policy clubs and local organizations at colleges, collaboration with newspaper editors and school book publishers, establishment of professorships at colleges, training and indoctrination of teachers, etc. Although the Endowment frequently used terms such as the “education of public opinion”, Reece maintained it was not public education but “molding public opinion”. Further the report said, “No private group should have the power or the right to decide what should be read and taught in our schools and colleges”.

  38. “But the burdens of global citizenship continue to bind us together…. In this new century, Americans and Europeans alike will be required to do more — not less. Partnership and cooperation among nations is not a choice; it is the one way, the only way, to protect our common security and advance our common humanity.”~Candidate Barack Obama (in a speech in Berlin on July 24, 2008)

    “The alternative to a new international order is chaos.”~Henry Kissinger, war criminal (CFR)

  39. “The idea that Barack Obama became president from a “grass-roots” movement is illusory. American government policy continues to be largely dictated by the rich and the few. This is generally unknown to the public — not because it is a bizarre conspiracy theory, but because the same power elite who run our government, mega-banks, and multinational corporations also run the major media, as an inspection of the CFR membership roster would reveal.

    Membership in the CFR, of course, is not an automatic condemnation. A few people are added as “window dressing” to give the group distinction and a veneer of diversity. An example is movie star Angelina Jolie. No one suspects Jolie knows much about foreign affairs or is a conspirator for world government. But within the CFR are hardcore globalists who, linked with their foreign counterparts through the Bilderbergers and Trilateral Commission, head the drive for one-world government.

    Though numerically small (less than 1,000 members during the Kennedy years, less than 4,500 today), this organization has dominated every administration for over seven decades.

    As long as the CFR controls our government, we can anticipate more of the same: diminishing national sovereignty; free flow of immigration (which confuses national identity and weakens national loyalties); increasing jobs losses through multinational trade agreements; further internationalization of law (Law of the Sea Treaty, Kyoto Protocol, World Court, global taxation, etc.); increasing loss of freedoms in a “surveillance society”; progressive organization of the United States, Mexico, and Canada into a North American Union; and ultimately, broader merger into a world government where all power will be concentrated in the hands of the elite.

    Eternal vigilance continues to be the price of freedom.”~James Perloff

  40. MEK and hegemonic madness

    Sunday, October 19, 2014
    US War on Iran Takes Bizarre Turn

    Tony Cartalucci
    Activist Post

    It is not merely hyperbole when it is said the US created terrorist organizations like Al Qaeda or the so-called “Islamic State.” It is documented fact. The current conflict in the Middle East may appear to be a chaotic conflagration beyond the control of the United States and its many eager allies, but in reality it is the intentional, engineered creation of regional fronts in a war against Iran and its powerful arc of influence.

    It is not Western policy that indirectly spurs the creation and perpetuation of terrorist organizations, but in fact, direct, intentional, unmistakable support.

    This support would manifest itself in perhaps the most overt and bizarre declaration of allegiance to terrorism to date, US Army General Hugh Shelton on stage before terrorists of the Mujahedeen-e-Khalq (MEK) and their Wahabist counterparts fighting in Syria, hysterically pledging American material, political, and strategic backing.

    MEK was listed for years by the US State Department as a foreign terrorist organization, but has received funding, arms, and safe haven by the United States for almost as long.

    General Hugh’s speech titled, “ Making Iranian mullahs fear, the MEK, come true ,” was most likely never meant to be seen or fully understood by Americans. In title alone, it is clear that US foreign policy intends to use the tool of terrorism to exact concessions from Tehran. If the true nature of America’s support for terrorist organizations like MEK were more widely known, the current narrative driving US intervention in Iraq and Syria would crumble.

    MEK Has Killed US Servicemen, Contractors, and Iranian Civilians For Decades

    MEK has carried out decades of brutal terrorist attacks, assassinations, and espionage against the Iranian government and its people, as well as targeting Americans including the attempted kidnapping of US Ambassador Douglas MacArthur II , the attempted assassination of USAF Brigadier General Harold Price , the successful assassination of Lieutenant Colonel Louis Lee Hawkins , the double assassinations of Colonel Paul Shaffer and Lieutenant Colonel Jack Turner , and the successful ambush and killing of American Rockwell International employees William Cottrell, Donald Smith, and Robert Krongard.

    Admissions to the deaths of the Rockwell International employees can be found within a report written by former US State Department and Department of Defense official Lincoln Bloomfield Jr. on behalf of the lobbying firm Akin Gump in an attempt to dismiss concerns over MEK’s violent past and how it connects to its current campaign of armed terror – a testament to the depths of depravity from which Washington and London lobbyists operate.

    To this day MEK terrorists have been carrying out attacks inside of Iran killing political opponents, attacking civilian targets, as well as carrying out the US-Israeli program of targeting and assassinating Iranian scientists . MEK terrorists are also suspected of handling patsies in recent false flag operations carried out in India, Georgia, and Thailand , which have been ham-handedly blamed on the Iranian government by the United States and Israel.

    MEK is described by Council on Foreign Relations Senior Fellow Ray Takeyh as a “cult-like organization” with “totalitarian tendencies.” While Takeyh fails to expand on what he meant by “cult-like” and “totalitarian,” an interview with US State Department-run Radio Free Europe-Radio Liberty reported that a MEK Camp Ashraf escapee claimed the terrorist organization bans marriage, using radios, the Internet, and holds many members against their will with the threat of death if ever they are caught attempting to escape.

    US Has Been Eagerly Supporting MEK Terrorists For Years

    Besides providing MEK terrorists with now two former US military bases in Iraq as safe havens, the US has conspired to arm, fund, and back MEK for years in a proxy war against Iran.

    Covert support for the US-listed terrorist group Mujahedeen e-Khalq (MEK) has been ongoing since at least 2008 under the Bush administration, when Seymour Hersh’s 2008 New Yorker article “Preparing the Battlefield ,” reported that not only had MEK been considered for their role as a possible proxy, but that the US had already begun arming and financing them to wage war inside Iran:
    The M.E.K. has been on the State Department’s terrorist list for more than a decade, yet in recent years the group has received arms and intelligence, directly or indirectly, from the United States. Some of the newly authorized covert funds, the Pentagon consultant told me, may well end up in M.E.K. coffers. “The new task force will work with the M.E.K. The Administration is desperate for results.” He added, “The M.E.K. has no C.P.A. auditing the books, and its leaders are thought to have been lining their pockets for years. If people only knew what the M.E.K. is getting, and how much is going to its bank accounts—and yet it is almost useless for the purposes the Administration intends.

    More recently, the British Daily Mail published a stunning admission by “US officials” that Israel is currently funding, training, arming, and working directly with MEK. The Daily Mail article states: Seymour Hersh in an NPR interview , also claims that select MEK members have already received training in the US.

    U.S. officials confirmed today that Israel has been funding and training Iranian dissidents to assassinate nuclear scientists involved in Iran’s nuclear program. Washington insiders confirmed there is a close relationship between Mossad and MEK.

    In 2009, an extensive conspiracy was formulated within US policy think-tank Brookings Institution’s 2009 “Which Path to Persia?” report, proposing to fully arm, train, and back MEK as it waged a campaign of armed terror against the Iranian people. In their report, they openly conspire to use what is an admitted terrorist organization as a “US proxy”:
    Perhaps the most prominent (and certainly the most controversial) opposition group that has attracted attention as a potential U.S. proxy is the NCRI (National Council of Resistance of Iran), the political movement established by the MEK (Mujahedin-e Khalq). Critics believe the group to be undemocratic and unpopular, and indeed anti-American.

    In contrast, the group’s champions contend that the movement’s long-standing opposition to the Iranian regime and record of successful attacks on and intelligence-gathering operations against the regime make it worthy of U.S. support. They also argue that the group is no longer anti-American and question the merit of earlier accusations. Raymond Tanter, one of the group’s supporters in the United States, contends that the MEK and the NCRI are allies for regime change in Tehran and also act as a useful proxy for gathering intelligence. The MEK’s greatest intelligence coup was the provision of intelligence in 2002 that led to the discovery of a secret site in Iran for enriching uranium.

    Despite its defenders’ claims, the MEK remains on the U.S. government list of foreign terrorist organizations. In the 1970s, the group killed three U.S. officers and three civilian contractors in Iran. During the 1979-1980 hostage crisis, the group praised the decision to take America hostages and Elaine Sciolino reported that while group leaders publicly condemned the 9/11 attacks, within the group celebrations were widespread.

    Undeniably, the group has conducted terrorist attacks—often excused by the MEK’s advocates because they are directed against the Iranian government. For example, in 1981, the group bombed the headquarters of the Islamic Republic Party, which was then the clerical leadership’s main political organization, killing an estimated 70 senior officials. More recently, the group has claimed credit for over a dozen mortar attacks, assassinations, and other assaults on Iranian civilian and military targets between 1998 and 2001. At the very least, to work more closely with the group (at least in an overt manner), Washington would need to remove it from the list of foreign terrorist organizations.
    Besides US Army General Hugh Shelton, other prominent US politicians to literally stand before crowds of baying MEK terrorists and their supporters include former New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani, Howard Dean, Tom Ridge, John Lewis, Ed Rendell, former ambassador John Bolton , former FBI Director Louis Freeh, retired General Wesley Clark, Lee Hamilton, former US Marine Corps Commandant General James Jones, and Alan Dershowitz. US Congresswoman Nancy Pelosi would also stand in front of MEK terrorists to deliver to them an Iranian New Year “greeting.”

    Blind Lust for Global Hegemony is Leading America Over a Cliff

    What it says about American foreign policy, to trick US servicemen and women into dying in far-off lands to “fight terrorism” when US politicians in the highest positions of power openly pledge support to terrorism – using it as a battering ram against its enemies abroad, and failing to topple them by proxy, using their own terrorist hordes as a pretext for direct military intervention to do so – is that such policy is underpinned by nothing more than blind lust for power, wealth, and influence in senseless pursuit of global hegemony. There is no guiding principles of peace, stability, democracy, freedom, or any confining principles of humanity that prohibit US foreign policy from exercising the most abhorrent practices in order to achieve its goals.

    Failure to identify these interests blindly chasing hegemony at the cost of global peace and prosperity leads not only America over a cliff into a ravine of madness, but the entire world as well. That a US general can stand before terrorists even as the US bombs two nations in the name of fighting terrorism, is but a glimpse into this madness.For America and the Western aligned nations and interests caught in its orbit, there is no future. Chasing hegemony for the sake of hegemony alone leaves no room for actual progress. When anything and everything obstructing the path to hegemony is seen as an “enemy” to be destroyed by any means necessary, that includes setting aside resources and attention to solving some of the most pressing issues of our time – health care, infrastructure, education, better jobs, peace, and prosperity. All of these are seen as obstacles toward hegemony, and the very same interests standing before MEK terrorists pledging America’s resources to their campaign of terrorism against Iran, are the same interests calling for and implementing austerity upon the American people to continuously fuel its foreign adventure


    • Yes, totally documented is the fact that MANIACS RUN THE WORLD!

      The idea is so horrifying that most people simply don’t want to, and therefore won’t believe it.
      The lunatics are the ones who built this asylum! They will be the ones to burn it down…


  41. FEMA Conducting Pandemic Drills Amidst Ebola Crisis
    Brandon Turbeville

    In yet another curious coincidence surrounding the recent Ebola crisis, it appears that FEMA has been preparing for the appearance of a pandemic of deadly disease in the near future all along.

    As part of the FEMA Pandemic Exercise Series: PANDEMIC ACCORD: 2013-14 Pandemic Influenza Continuity Exercise Strategy, the website states that,
    The Federal Executive Boards in New York City and Northern New Jersey in partnership with FEMA Region II, The Department of Health and Human Services Region II, NYC Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA) and the Clearing House Association are sponsoring a two year series of pandemic influenza continuity exercises – tabletop exercise 2013 (complete), full scale exercise 2014 – to increase readiness for a pandemic event amongst Federal Executive Departments and Agencies, US Court, State, tribal, local jurisdictional and private sector continuity.
    The exercise, having been underway since 2013 is scheduled to continue to December 4th 2014. The exercise will involve eight scheduled events and/or webinars which will discuss questions surrounding continuity of operations for essential services, transportation impacts, disruption in communications and internet connectivity, disruptions to power sources and other related possible damages to the normal function of societal life. The exercises also deal with the aftermath of the pandemic including “coping with the deaths of multiple coworkers/loved ones,” “replacing staff,” and “replacing personal protective equipment for a potential next wave.”~Turbeville

    Yes,it does seem as if Miss Make-Believe is having another affair with The Great Pretender in Wonderland.

  42. Oh my god Willy; ISIS has airplanes now. They have 3 Syrian fighter jets. A couple are MIG 21’s, anachronisms from the Vietnam era. Probably got a couple of pilots from Saudi Arabia where all their funding and weapons are financed from too.

    Monday, October 20, 2014
    ISIS Conveniently Develops Air Force as NATO Seeks “No-Fly Zone” Over Syria

    Brandon Turbeville
    Activist Post

    If Wile E. Coyote were a terrorist, his name would be ISIS. At least that is what the mainstream media and Western governments intent on overthrowing the secular government of Bashar al-Assad would have you believe.

    According to the mainstream press, despite being highly-trained supermen who are ten feet tall and invincible, ISIS continues to make every public relations step it takes in the wrong direction. The recent announcement that ISIS now possesses an air force is case in point.

    It was reported on October 17, by FOX News that “ISIS could be soon taking its terror fight to the sky, after a report that former Iraqi pilots are training Islamic militants to fly captured Syrian war planes.”

    According to the death squad friendly propaganda organization known as the Syrian Observatory For Human Rights, a number of former Iraqi air force pilots are now training ISIS fighters to fly three warplanes captured in Syria – MIG 21 and MIG 23 jets – in apparent preparation to launch air attacks in the Middle East region.

    As FOX reports ,
    The rights group reported the planes flying over the Jarrah air base in the eastern countryside of the Syrian town of Aleppo this week.

    Rami Abdurrahman, director of the Observatory, said the planes have been flying at a low altitude, apparently to avoid being detected by Syrian military radar in the area.

    “People saw the flights, they went up many times from the airport and they are flying in the skies outside the airport and coming back,” the BBC reported Abdurrahman said.

    Abdurrahman and his SOHR organization, it should be noted, have long supported the death squads fighting against the Syrian government; and the SOHR has repeatedly acted as a propaganda outfit for NATO in its attempt to frame Assad for war crimes or paint the death squads as freedom fighters whose victory is inevitable.

    FOX goes on to report that “ISIS is known to have seized fighter jets from at least one air base it captured from the Syrian army in the eastern Raqqa province earlier this year. Militant websites had posted pictures of fighters with the aircraft, but it was unclear if they were operational.”

    As of right now, the U.S. military’s official word on the reports is “no comment.” General Lloyd Austin, head of the U.S. Military Central Command stated “We don’t have any operational reporting of (ISIS) flying jets in support of ISIS activity on the ground and so I cannot confirm that. And to the degree that pilots may have defected and joined the ranks of ISIS, I don’t have any information on that either.”

    The video, obtained by CNN , a thoroughly discredited “news” organization, particularly on the area of Syria , purports to show clear evidence that ISIS fighters do indeed have control and possession of Syrian fighter jets. That video, however, does not show those jets in the air, only a number of fighters with black al-Qaeda flags standing near them.

    Still, the SOHR and its associates in the mainstream press are attempting to promote the idea that ISIS not only has possession of the planes, but that they have managed to fly them.

    Abdurrahman stated that “They went up many times from the airport and they are flying in the skies outside the airport and coming back.” In addition, an entirely unconvincing video was presented as video footage of ISIS piloted airplanes landing and taking off in Syria.

    Conveniently, the overdramatized reports of ISIS air force capabilities come as the United States, Turkey, and the rest of NATO consider the possibility of implementing a No-Fly Zone over Syria .

    Interestingly enough, one of the main criticisms surrounding such a move by NATO (at least those circulating in the general discourse of the debate) was that a No-Fly Zone would be entirely ineffectual against ISIS because it would necessarily be focused on the Assad regime since ISIS does not have an air force to ground. In other words, a No-Fly Zone only harms Assad and the Syrian government.

    Yet, while some members of Congress and political commentators tepidly put forth the idea that ISIS has no air force and thus the implementation of a No-Fly Zone against Assad only hinders the fight against the terrorist organization, ISIS conveniently develops an air force.

    Such timing is scarcely coincidence.

    Remember, when the United States was “debating” the idea of becoming more directly involved in Syria and Iraq, particularly in the form of bombing civilian and government infrastructure and openly funding the death squads they claim to be fighting, a video allegedly showing the beheading of James Foley was released resulting in widespread anger and indignation amongst a general public who were temporarily yanked away from reality TV long enough to view it.

    Likewise, when the British seemed hesitant to directly join the imperialist bombing coalition, a video was released allegedly showing the beheading of a British citizen, Alan Henning , also causing widespread indignation amongst the public and shoring up support for British military involvement in Iraq and Syria.

    When the French seemed hesitant to join the bombing, ISIS releases a third video of an alleged beheading of a Frenchman , which provided justification for French involvement .

    Such convenient timing was also present when NATO was considering “targeted airstrikes” in Syria but were concerned about Assad’s sophisticated air defense systems. Shortly thereafter, ISIS manages to capture Taqba air base in Raqqa, Syria, eliminating the air defense systems in the entirety of the eastern part of the country.

    Either ISIS has the absolute dumbest public relations personnel in world history, or the actions of ISIS are directly controlled by NATO for propaganda, geopolitical, and military purposes. The timing of ISIS’ actions – always in line with the goals of the NATO faction of the world oligarchy – is clearly the result of the latter.

    With this in mind, one should take any reports claiming to show that ISIS is flying fighter jets over Syria with a grain of salt and a healthy dose of skepticism, if not outright disdain. When the U.S., NATO, and the GCC are ready to stop ISIS, they will stop funding and directing them.


    • Donky Hory is the story ever getting juvenile cornflakes!

      “Oh by jingo!!”

      Thanks for that TubeTown Gazette reporty Mr Verity.


    “I now believe thаt thе link between dairy рrоduсе and brеаѕt саnсеr is ѕimilаr tо the link bеtwееn ѕmоking аnd lung саnсеr. I bеliеvе thаt idеntifуing thе link between breast cancer and dаirу рrоduсе, and then dеvеlорing a diеt ѕресifiсаllу targeted аt mаintаining the hеаlth оf mу breast аnd hоrmоnе system, сurеd mе. It wаѕ diffiсult for mе, as it mау bе fоr you, tо ассерt thаt a substance as ‘natural’ аѕ milk might hаvе such оminоuѕ hеаlth imрliсаtiоnѕ. But I аm a living proof thаt it wоrkѕ.”

    Soft Drink Consumption Will Age You As Fast As Smoking – 10 Reasons To Avoid Them

    The message to stop ѕmоking issued bу рubliс hеаlth оffiсiаlѕ has bееn nоthing lеѕѕ thаn раrаmоunt, rереtitivе аnd соnѕiѕtеnt in the last several dесаdеѕ. Whаt аbоut soft drinks? Dаilу соnѕumрtiоn of juѕt a half-liter of soda iѕ linkеd with 4.6 уеаrѕ оf additional biological аging, еffесtѕ соmраrаblе tо thаt оf smoking, findѕ a nеw ѕtudу.


    • Yea Veri, It will upset any Westerner diet plan! The half’n’half in my coffee is a must for me!! And I use sugar as well… and I’m as old as hell and bloody well look it! Arrrrr!!!
      Vitamin B17 and cigarettes keep me goin!

      • Don’t know about you but rabbit food just doesn’t do it for me. The whole thing about a ketogenic/low carb diet is to keep sugar and starches to an healthful minimum from all sources. The human body turns sugar readily into fat and stores it. The body won’t store animal fat, uses it for ready fuel, then discards what it hasn’t required, It’s of a different modulus
        Most sugar now is also GMO from High fructose corn syrup, and GMO sugar beets with starches from GMO corn and Soy. It creates a triple whammy because with most over the counter meats. The food stock is fed what amounts to be an unnatural diet of GMO grains and corn which is not their natural diet. They’re sick animals that are butchered before they’re found dead in the offal of an overcrowded feedlot. They get to them just as their eyeballs are sinking back into their heads (PS. just threw that in for sport). The body also turns grains into sugars that the body readily turns to fat.
        Anybody that wants to get skinny fast should explore the modified Atkins/ketogenic diet. The proponents tout the same benefits as the above article or vegan. What it gets down to though is a healthy gut flora, most chronic illnesses have their roots there.
        Sugar’s what cancer feeds on. One of the first tests conducted to locate cancer clusters is irradiated glucose is introduced intravenously. Then a CAT scan is done, the cancer clusters show up as the irradiated glucose is assimilated by the clusters as a food source.
        There’s pro’s and con’s to whatever a person chooses as a health protocol.

  44. Noam Chomsky on Gaza

    “It is critically important to recognize that a pattern was established almost a decade ago and has been followed regularly since: A ceasefire agreement is reached, Israel makes it clear that it will not observe it and continues its assault on Gaza (and illegal takeover of what it wants elsewhere in the occupied territories), while Hamas observes the ceasefire, as Israel concedes, until some Israeli escalation elicits a Hamas response, offering Israel a pretext for another episode of “mowing the lawn” (in Israel’s elegant parlance).

    I have reviewed the record elsewhere; it is unusually clear for historical events. The same pattern holds for Operation Protective Edge. Another of the series of ceasefires had been reached in November 2012. Israel ignored it as usual, Hamas observed it nevertheless.

    In April 2014, Gaza-based Hamas and the Palestine Authority in the West Bank established a unity government, which at once adopted all of the demands of the Quartet (the US, EU, UN, Russia) and included no Hamas members. Israel was infuriated, and launched a brutal operation in the West Bank, extending to Gaza, targeting mainly Hamas. As always there was a pretext, but it quickly dissolves on inspection. Finally killings in Gaza elicited a Hamas response, followed by Protective Edge.

    The reasons for Israel’s fury are not obscure. For 20 years, Israel has sought to separate Gaza from the West Bank, with full US support and in strict violation of the Oslo Accords that both had signed, which declare the two to be a single indivisible territorial entity.

    A look at the map explains the reasons. Gaza offers the only access for Palestine to the outside world; without free access to Gaza, any autonomy that might be granted to some fragmented Palestinian entity in the West Bank will be effectively imprisoned.”~Chomsky


    • THE VOTERS WHO put Barack Obama in office expected some big changes. From the NSA’s warrantless wiretapping to Guantanamo Bay to the Patriot Act, candidate Obama was a defender of civil liberties and privacy, promising a dramatically different approach from his predecessor.

      But six years into his administration, the Obama version of national security looks almost indistinguishable from the one he inherited. Guantanamo Bay remains open. The NSA has, if anything, become more aggressive in monitoring Americans. Drone strikes have escalated. Most recently it was reported that the same president who won a Nobel Prize in part for promoting nuclear disarmament is spending up to $1 trillion modernizing and revitalizing America’s nuclear weapons.

      Why did the face in the Oval Office change but the policies remain the same? Critics tend to focus on Obama himself, a leader who perhaps has shifted with politics to take a harder line. But Tufts University political scientist Michael J. Glennon has a more pessimistic answer: Obama couldn’t have changed policies much even if he tried.

      Though it’s a bedrock American principle that citizens can steer their own government by electing new officials, Glennon suggests that in practice, much of our government no longer works that way. In a new book, “National Security and Double Government,” he catalogs the ways that the defense and national security apparatus is effectively self-governing, with virtually no accountability, transparency, or checks and balances of any kind. He uses the term “double government”: There’s the one we elect, and then there’s the one behind it, steering huge swaths of policy almost unchecked. Elected officials end up serving as mere cover for the real decisions made by the bureaucracy.

      “I think the American people are deluded, as Bagehot explained about the British population, that the institutions that provide the public face actually set American national security policy. They believe that when they vote for a president or member of Congress or succeed in bringing a case before the courts, that policy is going to change. Now, there are many counter-examples in which these branches do affect policy, as Bagehot predicted there would be. But the larger picture is still true—policy by and large in the national security realm is made by the concealed institutions.”~Glennon


    Canadian Parliament under lockdown after ‘multiple’ gunmen ‘KILLED soldier standing guard at the National War Memorial before opening fire in the Parliament halls’ –Journalists inside the building reported hearing dozens of shots and seeing a body on the ground 22 Oct 2014 A gunman has killed a Canadian soldier standing guard at the National War Memorial before multiple gunmen fired dozens of shots inside the halls of Parliament in Ottawa. Police have said there are ‘two or three’ gunmen inside the building and one of the gunmen has been killed, the Ottawa Citizen reported. Parliament was placed under lockdown after witnesses reported seeing a gunman climbing out of his car, grabbing a rifle, shooting the soldier in the abdomen and then running towards Parliament Hill. Ottawa police received a call at 9.52am that shots had been heard in Parliament, while journalists cowering inside said they heard dozens of rounds and could smell gunpowder in the hallways. After the building was placed on lockdown, police swarmed downtown Ottawa as other shootings were reported at the Rideau Centre mall and the Chateau Laurier Hotel. #FalseFlag

    NORAD alert after Canada Parliament situation –NORAD increased number of planes on a higher alert status, ready to respond if needed 22 Oct 2014 In response to the ongoing situation at Canada’s Parliament, the North American Aerospace Defense Command, or NORAD, has increased its alert posture, CNN has learned. NORAD and Canadian law enforcement and Canadian authorities are in contact, an official told CNN.

    FBI raises alert posture after Canada shooting and ISIS chatter –FBI assisting Canadian authorities after shooting 22 Oct 2014 CNN legal analyst asks how it’s possible for a gunman to enter secure areas that people cannot typically access, when there are magnetometers and security screening? [Good question.] #FalseFlag

    Canada Shooting: Parliament Building on Lockdown Amid Gunfire 22 Oct 2014 Heavily-armed police cleared Canada’s Parliament building today and are still searching for more than one suspect after three shooting incidents near the Parliament left a soldier wounded. Gunfire was heard inside Parliament. The gunfire prompted security force to hustle Prime Minister Stephen Harper to a “safe” place not at Parliament Hill, his spokesperson said. Ottawa Police said via Tw-tter the initial shooting took place at 9:52 a.m. at the National War Memorial of Canada, but that was just the beginning of the violent episode, which has now stretched into investigations in two other locations: Parliament Hill and the nearby Rideau Centre. [See: Photos from Canada Shooting.]
    . . . . . . .
    There seems to be an acceleration from the Dark Side!


    • Check this one out
      1 of 1,256

      Why this ad?

      Travel Experts – Corporate Traveller – Bring a Business Travel Expert On Board. Save Your Business Time & Money Today!
      Print all In new window
      Canadian Terror Wave: a Modern-Day Gladio

      Global Research E-Newsletter via Unsubscribe
      9:48 AM (15 minutes ago)

      to me

      Canadian Terror Wave: a Modern-Day Gladio

      By Tony Cartalucci
      Global Research, October 23, 2014
      Url of this article:

      As warned, after multiple staged incidents used to ratchet up fear and paranoia in the build-up to US and its allies’ military intervention in Syria and Iraq, at least two live attacks have now been carried out in Canada – precisely as they were predicted.

      The first attack involved a deadly hit-and-run that left one Canadian soldier dead. AP would report in its article, “Terrorist ideology blamed in Canada car attack,” that:

      A young convert to Islam who killed a Canadian soldier in a hit-and-run had been on the radar of federal investigators, who feared he had jihadist ambitions and seized his passport when he tried to travel to Turkey, authorities said Tuesday.

      The second, most recent attack, involved a shooting in Ottawa injuring several and killing another Canadian soldier on parliament Hill. RT in its article, “Ottawa gunman ‘identified’ as recent Muslim convert, high-risk traveler,” would report that:

      While the name of the Ottawa gunman is yet to be announced, a number of officials told numerous media that the shooter is believed to be Michael Zehaf-Bibeau, a recent Muslim convert, allegedly designated as a high-risk traveler.

      Michael Zehaf-Bibeau was born in Quebec as Michael Joseph Hall north of Montreal, two US officials told Reuters, claiming that American law enforcement agencies have been advised that the attacker recently converted to Islam.

      AP sources also identified the man to be Zehaf-Bibeau. A Twitter account associated with Islamic State militants tweeted a photo they identified as the Ottawa shooter. The Globe and Mail reports that the shooter was designated a “high-risk traveler” by the Canadian authorities with his passport seized.

      Clearly, both suspects were under the watch of not only Canadian authorities, but also US investigators, before the attacks.

      Canada’s Attacks Were Predictable – Western Security Agencies are Prime Suspects

      It was warned last month after security agencies staged scares in both the US and Australia, that suspects under investigation, being walked through planned terrorist attacks by Western security agencies as part of “sting operations” would inevitably be switched to live terrorist attacks.

      In mid-September A Rochester man, Mufid A. Elfgeeh, was accused by the FBI of attempting to provide material support to ISIS (undercover FBI agents), attempting to kill US soldiers, and possession of firearms and silencers (provided to him by the FBI). The FBI’s own official press release stated (emphasis added):

      According to court records, Elfgeeh attempted to provide material support to ISIS in the form of personnel, namely three individuals, two of whom were cooperating with the FBI. Elfgeeh attempted to assist all three individuals in traveling to Syria to join and fight on behalf of ISIS. Elfgeeh also plotted to shoot and kill members of the United States military who had returned from Iraq. As part of the plan to kill soldiers, Elfgeeh purchased two handguns equipped with firearm silencers and ammunition from a confidential source. The handguns were made inoperable by the FBI before the confidential source gave them to Elfgeeh.

      It was warned that only an inoperable firearm stood between Elfgeeh’s arrest and his successful execution of deadly plans hatched by him and his undercover FBI handlers. This script, written by the FBI to entrap Elfgeeh, would be followed almost to the letter in live attacks subsequently carried out in Canada resulting in the death of two Canadian soldiers. Conveniently, both suspects are now dead and little chance remains of ascertaining the truth of who they were in contact with and how they carried out their deadly attacks.

      With both suspects having been on both US and Canadian watch lists – it is very likely undercover agents were involved in either one or both cases. While many possibilities exist, Western security agencies should be among the first suspects considered as potential collaborators.

      A Modern-Day Operation Gladio – Inducing Fear, Obedience, and Control

      Before Elfgeeh’s entrapment and later live attacks in Canada, US policymakers and pundits had begun in earnest setting the rhetorical stage for eventual staged attacks. With serial beheadings failing to raise Western public support necessary for an expedient intervention in Syria, more insidious provocations appeared to be in the works. Setting the stage, a CBS/Associated Press story titled, “Former Deputy CIA Director: ‘I Would Not Be Surprised’ If ISIS Member Shows Up To US Mall Tomorrow With AK-47,” would claim immediately after the initial James Foley ISIS execution video that:

      “The short-term concern is the Americans that have gone to fight with ISIS and the west Europeans that have gone to fight with ISIS could be trained and directed by ISIS to come to the United States to conduct small-scale attacks,” Morell stated. “If an ISIS member showed up at a mall in the United States tomorrow with an AK-47 and killed a number of Americans, I would not be surprised.”

      Morell warned that over the long-term the extremist group could be planning for a 9/11-style attack that killed thousands of Americans.

      The FBI has a long list of foiled terror plots of its own creation. More disturbingly are the plots they conceived but “accidentally” allowed to go “live.” One might recall the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. FBI agents, according to the New York Times, were indeed overseeing the bombers that detonated a device killing six and wounding many more at the World Trade Center.

      In their article, “Tapes Depict Proposal to Thwart Bomb Used in Trade Center Blast,” NYT reported:

      Law-enforcement officials were told that terrorists were building a bomb that was eventually used to blow up the World Trade Center, and they planned to thwart the plotters by secretly substituting harmless powder for the explosives, an informer said after the blast.

      The informer was to have helped the plotters build the bomb and supply the fake powder, but the plan was called off by an F.B.I. supervisor who had other ideas about how the informer, Emad A. Salem, should be used, the informer said.

      The account, which is given in the transcript of hundreds of hours of tape recordings Mr. Salem secretly made of his talks with law-enforcement agents, portrays the authorities as in a far better position than previously known to foil the Feb. 26 bombing of New York City’s tallest towers. The explosion left six people dead, more than 1,000 injured and damages in excess of half a billion dollars.

      Considering the 1993 bombing and the fact that the FBI literally oversaw the construction and deployment of a deadly bomb that killed 6, it is clear that the FBI can at any time through design or disastrous incompetence, turn one of their contrived entrapment cases into a live terror attack. One can only guess at how many similar FBI operations are currently taking place within the United States involving ISIS sympathizers – any one of which could be turned into a live terror attack provided the weapons handed over to potential terrorists are functioning, just as the bomb was in 1993 when it was driven into the lower levels of the World Trade Center.

      It is very likely that the recent attacks in Canada involved at least one “informant” working for the FBI. Because the FBI uses confidential informants to handle suspects, if a plot is switched ”live,” the informant will be implicated as an accomplice and the FBI’s covert role will remain uncompromised.

      Image: The FBI has an impressive portfolio of intentionally created, then foiled terror plots. Its methods include allowing suspects to handle both real and inoperable weapons and explosives. These methods allow the FBI to switch entrapment cases “live” at any moment simply by switching out duds and arrests with real explosives and successful attacks. Because the FBI uses “informants,” when attacks go live, these confidential assets can be blamed, obfuscating the FBI’s involvement.

      Everything from a mass shooting to a bombing, and even an Operation Northwoods-style false flag attack involving aircraft could be employed to provide Wall Street and London with the support it needs to accelerate its long-stalled agenda of regime change and reordering in both Syria and across the Iranian arc of influence. Readers may recall Operation Northwoods, reported on in an ABC News article titled, “U.S. Military Wanted to Provoke War With Cuba,” which bluntly stated:

      In the early 1960s, America’s top military leaders reportedly drafted plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in U.S. cities to create public support for a war against Cuba.

      Code named Operation Northwoods, the plans reportedly included the possible assassination of Cuban émigrés, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes, blowing up a U.S. ship, and even orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities.

      In addition to Operation Northwoods, the public must also consider NATO’s Operation Gladio, and its larger “stay behind” networks established after World War II across Europe and at the center of multiple grisly assassinations, mass shootings, and terrorist bombings designed to demonize the Soviet Union as well as criminalize and crush support for left-leaning political parties growing in popularity in Western Europe. It would be determined that NATO’s own covert militant groups were killing innocent Western Europeans in order to effect a “strategy of tension” used to instill fear, obedience, and control over Western populations.

      That the FBI and Australian authorities had coordinated staged security operations in tandem on opposite ends of the globe to terrify their respective populations into line behind an impending war with Syria, and now two highly suspicious attacks have been carried out using the very script Western security agencies were using to lead suspects through “sting operations,” suggests a new “Operation Northwoods” or “Operation Gladio” of sorts is already being executed.

      Staged executions on cue by ISIS in the Middle East of US and British citizens at perfectly timed junctures of the West’s attempt to sell intervention both at home and abroad, and now live shootings just in time to heighten a new “strategy of tension” reek of staged mayhem for the sole purpose of provoking war. Could grander and ultimately more tragic mayhem be in store? As ABC News’ article on Operation Northwoods and the Military Channel’s documentary on Operation Gladio suggest, there is no line Western special interests will hesitate to cross.
      With the West attempting to claim ISIS now has a “global” reach, the US and its partners’ attempts to obfuscate the very obvious state-sponsorship it is receiving will become exponentially more difficult. That the FBI is admittedly stringing along easily manipulated, malevolent patsies who at any time could be handed real weapons and sent on shooting sprees and/or bombings – and now apparently have been – Americans, Canadians, Europeans, and Australians would be foolish to conclude that their real enemy resides somewhere in Syria and not right beside them at home, upon the very seats of Western power.

  46. “With the West attempting to claim ISIS now has a “global” reach, the US and its partners’ attempts to obfuscate the very obvious state-sponsorship it is receiving will become exponentially more difficult. That the FBI is admittedly stringing along easily manipulated, malevolent patsies who at any time could be handed real weapons and sent on shooting sprees and/or bombings – and now apparently have been – Americans, Canadians, Europeans, and Australians would be foolish to conclude that their real enemy resides somewhere in Syria and not right beside them at home, upon the very seats of Western power.”
    ~Tony Cartalucci

    Such a good summation here by Cartalucci!

    The MO of the western strategy of tension is unmistakable. I found myself thinking of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing by the FBI, even before Cartalucci mentioned it. That is the typical and definitive, profile of western intel – as articulated by a pilot on 9/11: “Is this real world or exercise?”


    Dallas County Sheriff’s Department Spokeswoman Carmen Castro told TheBlaze in an email that the vehicle will be “an efficient way to ensure that deputies are prepared if and when a dangerous situation arises.”
    “It’s acquisition is a great way to put a special tactical vehicle to use on domestic ground,” she added. “The vehicle was obtained at no cost to tax payers [sic].”

    armored vehicle

    Ohio State University Acquires Military-Style Armored Truck
    Has Ohio State University had a problem with roadside bombs recently?
    No, but you’d be forgiven for thinking that after seeing the school’s new mine-resistant ambush protected (MRAP) vehicle. OSU received the vehicle from the U.S. military through a state military surplus program last week.
    The 19-ton armored truck (specifically, a “MaxxPro,” manufactured by the Illinois defense-vehicle maker Navistar) is built to withstand “ballistic arms fire, mine fields, IED’s, and Nuclear, Biological and Chemical environments,” according to its product description. More here
    – See more at:


  48. “My argument with so much of psychoanalysis, is the preconception that suffering is a mistake, or a sign of weakness, or a sign even of illness. When in fact, possibly the greatest truths we know, have come out of people’s suffering. The problem is not to undo suffering, or to wipe it off the face of the earth, but to make it inform our lives, instead of trying to “cure” ourselves of it constantly, and avoid it, and avoid anything but that lobotomized sense of what they call “happiness”. There’s too much of an attempt, it seems to me, to think in terms of controlling man, rather than freeing him – of defining him, rather than letting him go! It’s part of the whole ideology of this age, which is power-mad!”~ Arthur Miller – on Suffering and Psychoanalysis

  49. Herbert Marcuse

    Herbert Marcuse (German: [maʀˈkuːzə]; July 19, 1898 – July 29, 1979) was a German American philosopher, sociologist, and political theorist, associated with the Frankfurt School of critical theory. Born in Berlin, Marcuse studied at the universities of Berlin and then at Freiburg, where he received his Ph.D.[2] He was a prominent figure in the Frankfurt-based Institute for Social Research – what later became known as the Frankfurt School. He was married to Sophie Wertheim (1924–1951), Inge Neumann (1955–1972), and Erica Sherover (1976–1979).[3][4][5] Active in the United States after 1934, his intellectual concerns were the dehumanizing effects of capitalism and modern technology. He offers a powerful critique of modern industrial societies and the material and entertainment cultures they manufacture, arguing that they use new forms of social control to dupe the masses into accepting the ways things are.

    One-Dimensional Man: Studies in the Ideology of Advanced Industrial Society is a 1964 book by philosopher Herbert Marcuse.

    Marcuse offers a wide-ranging critique of both contemporary capitalism and the Communist society of the Soviet Union, documenting the parallel rise of new forms of social repression in both these societies, as well as the decline of revolutionary potential in the West. He argues that “advanced industrial society” created false needs, which integrated individuals into the existing system of production and consumption via mass media, advertising, industrial management, and contemporary modes of thought.

    This results in a “one-dimensional” universe of thought and behaviour, in which aptitude and ability for critical thought and oppositional behaviour wither away. Against this prevailing climate, Marcuse promotes the “great refusal” (described at length in the book) as the only adequate opposition to all-encompassing methods of control. Much of the book is a defense of “negative thinking” as a disrupting force against the prevailing positivism.

    Marcuse also analyzes the integration of the industrial working class into capitalist society and new forms of capitalist stabilization, thus questioning the Marxian postulates of the revolutionary proletariat and the inevitability of capitalist crisis. In contrast to orthodox Marxism, Marcuse champions non-integrated forces of minorities, outsiders, and radical intelligentsia, attempting to nourish oppositional thought and behavior through promoting radical thinking and opposition. He considers the trends towards bureaucracy in supposedly Marxist countries to be as oppositional to freedom as those in the capitalist West.

    Critical theorist Douglas Kellner claims in his book Herbert Marcuse and the Crisis of Marxism that One-Dimensional Man was one of the most important books of the 1960s and one of the most subversive books of the twentieth century. Despite its importance, it was—due to its subversive nature—severely criticized by both orthodox Marxists and academic theorists of various political and theoretical commitments.[citation needed] Despite its pessimism, represented by the citation of the words of Walter Benjamin at the end of this book that “Nur um der Hoffnungslosen willen ist uns die Hoffnung gegeben” (“It is only for the sake of those without hope that hope is given to us”), it influenced many in the New Left as it articulated their growing dissatisfaction with both capitalist societies and Soviet communist societies. One-Dimensional Man was the book that made Marcuse famous.

    Marcuse strongly criticizes consumerism, arguing that it is a form of social control. He suggests that the system we live in may claim to be democratic, but it is actually authoritarian in that a few individuals dictate our perceptions of freedom by only allowing us choices to buy for happiness.

    • “Marcuse promotes the “great refusal” (described at length in the book) as the only adequate opposition to all-encompassing methods of control.”~Ibid

      This is another way of saying “Full Spectrum Defiance” – as I articulate it as the only rational response to “Full Spectrum Dominance.”

      “It is even more irrational in the sense that the creation of new products, calling for the disposal of old products, fuels the economy and encourages the need to work more to buy more. An individual loses his or her humanity and becomes a tool in the industrial machine and a cog in the consumer machine. Additionally, advertising sustains consumerism, which disintegrates societal demeanor, delivered in bulk and informing the masses that happiness can be bought, an idea that is psychologically damaging.”

  50. Something funny happened on the way to the Yellow Submarine … everybody hopped up on hope & change are now hitting an all time low. What can you do when maniacs run the world?

    Delusions of Utopia always tend to spawn the distopia of Hell on Earth.

  51. Gladio B – The Global Gladio

    gladio b
    Thаt thе FBI and Auѕtrаliаn аuthоritiеѕ had сооrdinаtеd staged ѕесuritу ореrаtiоnѕ in tаndеm оn орроѕitе еndѕ of thе globe tо tеrrifу thеir respective рорulаtiоnѕ into linе behind an imреnding war with Syria, and now twо highlу ѕuѕрiсiоuѕ аttасkѕ have bееn саrriеd оut using thе very ѕсriрt Wеѕtеrn ѕесuritу аgеnсiеѕ wеrе uѕing tо lead ѕuѕресtѕ through “sting ореrаtiоnѕ,” suggests a nеw “Oреrаtiоn Nоrthwооdѕ” оr “Operation Gladio” of ѕоrtѕ iѕ аlrеаdу bеing executed. Staged executions on cue bу ISIS in the Middlе East оf US аnd Britiѕh citizens аt реrfесtlу timed junсturеѕ оf the West’s attempt tо ѕеll intеrvеntiоn bоth аt hоmе and abroad, аnd nоw live ѕhооtingѕ just in timе tо heighten a nеw “ѕtrаtеgу of tеnѕiоn” rееk оf staged mayhem fоr the ѕоlе purpose оf рrоvоking wаr. Cоuld grаndеr and ultimаtеlу mоrе tragic mауhеm bе in ѕtоrе? As ABC Nеwѕ’ аrtiсlе оn Operation Nоrthwооdѕ аnd thе Militаrу Chаnnеl’ѕ dосumеntаrу оn Oреrаtiоn Glаdiо suggest, there is nо linе Western ѕресiаl intеrеѕtѕ will hesitate tо сrоѕѕ. With the Wеѕt attempting to сlаim ISIS nоw hаѕ a “glоbаl” reach, the US аnd itѕ раrtnеrѕ’ аttеmрtѕ to оbfuѕсаtе the vеrу obvious state-sponsorship it is rесеiving will bесоmе еxроnеntiаllу more diffiсult. Thаt the FBI iѕ аdmittеdlу ѕtringing аlоng easily mаniрulаtеd, mаlеvоlеnt раtѕiеѕ who аt аnу timе could be hаndеd real weapons аnd ѕеnt оn ѕhооting ѕрrееѕ аnd/оr bоmbingѕ – аnd nоw арраrеntlу have bееn – Amеriсаnѕ, Cаnаdiаnѕ, Eurореаnѕ, and Auѕtrаliаnѕ wоuld bе fооliѕh tо соnсludе that their real еnеmу resides somewhere in Syria and nоt right bеѕidе thеm at hоmе, uроn the vеrу seats оf Western роwеr.

    By Michael Rivero

    It’s the oldest trick in the book, dating back to Roman times; creating the enemies you need.

    “In 70 BC, an ambitious minor politician and extremely wealthy man, Marcus Licinius Crassus, wanted to rule Rome. Just to give you an idea of what sort of man Crassus really was, he is credited with invention of the fire brigade. But in Crassus’ version, his fire-fighting slaves would race to the scene of a burning building whereupon Crassus would offer to buy it on the spot for a tiny fraction of its worth. If the owner sold, Crassus’ slaves would put out the fire. If the owner refused to sell, Crassus allowed the building to burn to the ground. By means of this device, Crassus eventually came to be the largest single private land holder in Rome, and used some of his wealth to help back Julius Caesar against Cicero.

    In 70 BC Rome was still a Republic, which placed very strict limits on what Rulers could do, and more importantly NOT do. But Crassus had no intentions of enduring such limits to his personal power, and contrived a plan.
    Crassus seized upon the slave revolt led by Spartacus in order to strike terror into the hearts of Rome, whose garrison Spartacus had already defeated in battle. But Spartacus had no intention of marching on Rome itself, a move he knew to be suicidal. Spartacus and his band wanted nothing to do with the Roman empire and had planned from the start merely to loot enough money from their former owners in the Italian countryside to hire a mercenary fleet in which to sail to freedom.

    Sailing away was the last thing Crassus wanted Spartacus to do. He needed a convenient enemy with which to terrorize Rome itself for his personal political gain. So Crassus bribed the mercenary fleet to sail without Spartacus, then positioned two Roman legions in such a way that Spartacus had no choice but to march on Rome.
    Terrified of the impending arrival of the much-feared army of gladiators, Rome declared Crassus Praetor. Crassus then crushed Spartacus’ army and even though Pompey took the credit, Crassus was elected Consul of Rome the following year.

    With this maneuver, the Romans surrendered their Republican form of government. Soon would follow the first Triumvirate, consisting of Crassus, Pompeii, and Julius Caesar, followed by the reign of the god-like Emperors of Rome.
    The Romans were hoaxed into surrendering their Republic, and accepting the rule of Emperors.

    President Franklin Delano Roosevelt needed a war. He needed the fever of a major war to mask the symptoms of a still deathly ill economy struggling back from the Great Depression (and mutating towards Socialism at the same time). Roosevelt wanted a war with Germany to stop Hitler, but despite several provocations in the Atlantic, the American people, still struggling with that troublesome economy, were opposed to any wars. Roosevelt violated neutrality with lend lease, and even ordered the sinking of several German ships in the Atlantic, but Hitler refused to be provoked.
    Roosevelt needed an enemy, and if America would not willingly attack that enemy, then one would have to be maneuvered into attacking America, much as Marcus Licinius Crassus has maneuvered Spartacus into attacking Rome.

    President George H. W. Bush wanted a war in Iraq. Like Crassus, George Bush is motivated by money. Specifically oil money. But with the OPEC alliance failing to keep limits on oil production in the Mideast, the market was being glutted with oil pumped from underneath Iraq, which sat over roughly 1/3 of the oil reserves of the entire region.
    George wanted a war to stop that flow of oil, to keep prices (and profits) from falling any further than they already had. But like Roosevelt, he needed the “other side” to make the first move.
    Iraq had long been trying to acquire greater access to the Persian Gulf, and felt limited confined a narrow strip of land along Kuwait’s northern border, which placed Iraqi interests in close proximity with hostile Iran. George Bush, who had been covertly arming Iraq during its war with Iran, sent word via April Glaspie that the United States would not intervene if Saddam Hussein grabbed a larger part of Kuwait. Saddam fell for the bait and invaded.

    Of course, Americans were not about to send their sons and daughters to risk their lives for petroleum products. So George Bush arranged a hoax, using a public relations firm which has grown rich on taxpayer money by being most industrious and creative liars! The PR firm concocted a monumental fraud in which the daughter of the Kuwaiti Ambassador to the United States, went on TV pretending to be a nurse, and related a horror story in which Iraqi troops looted the incubators from a Kuwaiti hospital, leaving the premature babies on the cold floor to die. The media, part of the swindle from the start, never bothered asking why the “nurse” didn’t just pick the babies up and wrap them in blankets or something.

    Enraged by the incubator story, Americans supported operation Desert Storm, which never removed Saddam Hussein from power but which did take Kuwait’s oil off of the market for almost 2 years and limited Iraq’s oil exports to this very day. That our sons and daughters came home with serious and lingering medical illnesses was apparently not too great a price to pay for increased oil profits.”


    • Once lost, the Romans never got their Republic back. Once lost, the Germans never got their Republic back. In both cases, the nation had to totally collapse before freedom was restored to the people.

      Remember that when Crassus tells you that Spartacus approaches.

      Remember that when thugs in the streets act in a manner clearly designed to provoke the public fear.

      Remember that when the Reichstag burns down.

      Remember that when the President lies to you about weapons of mass destruction.
      ~Michael Rivero


  53. “School Shooting or SWAT Training? By Lori Price, 24 Oct 2014 CNN host Brooke Baldwin, covering breaking news of the school shooting in Marysville, Washington, announces that she has a live update regarding the events. Baldwin said she’s been just handed a paper with new information, which she will read on the air. She asks for viewers to “bear with her,” as she reads it “cold.” She reads: “Marysville Police Department will be holding a SWAT training –” Baldwin then interrupts herself. “Oh. This is from yesterday.” Later, she adds: “Initially, students thought this was a fire drill.” Via Google search, the vestiges of an archived message from the 23 October can be seen: Marysville School District October 23, 2014: Local law enforcement under the direction of the Marysville Police Department will be holding a SWAT training in the large fenced parking… That bulletin has been stripped from the Marysville School District web site, but here is the screen shoot from Google, showing yesterday’s announcement of SWAT training for Marysville Police.”
    . . .
    “Ooops”? … or was Brooke slipping something in on purpose? Either way her handler’s aren’t likely happy with the “blooper”.

  54. Are you scared yet?

    A pandemic may inсарасitаtе (аnd/оr tеrminаtе) a significant роrtiоn оf thе рорulаtiоn, сriррling thе infrаѕtruсturе duе tо lack оf mаnроwеr and роѕѕiblу leaving уоu withоut grосеriеѕ, utilitiеѕ and оthеr ѕеrviсеѕ for thе durаtiоn (months оr longer).


    If a dеаdlу viruѕ were tо infесt thе рорulаtiоn аnd ѕрrеаd easily frоm person to person, a раndеmiс (worldwide оutbrеаk of diѕеаѕе) соuld bеgin. No оnе can predict whеn a pandemic might оссur.

    Arе уоu rеаdу tо self ԛuаrаntinе for 30, 60, 90, 120 dауѕ?


    Water, water, and more water (consider a quality drinking water filter and water storage)

    Food Storage – for all members living in the household (3 months minimum)

    5 gallons of liquid bleach per person of the household to sanitize everything. Be sure to read this article, Ebola Virus Disinfection With Bleach

    4 boxes of exam gloves (different sizes for every member of the household)

    Quality N95 masks

    Antibacterial Soap (with Benzethonium Chloride) or Hand Wipes for meticulous hand washing

    100′ roll of clear 4 mil plastic – for setting up an isolation room Duct tape (Duck Tape) – for setting up an isolation room HEPA filters – enough for whole house air filtration 25 lbs. of lime per person – for provisional toilets 50 heavy duty black 3 MIL garbage bags per person – for provisional toilets and garbage 100 ordinary kitchen trash bags per person – for provisional toilets and garbage 25 lbs. of kitty litter per person – for sick people’s body fluids clean up 100 rolls of toilet paper per person – for personal sanitation 20 rolls of paper towels per person Washboard, Clothesline, and Laundry soap – for potentially washing clothes by hand.

    Good dish soap like “Dawn” or other aggressive anti-grease formula

    Water filtration and purification devices Water collection, storage and carrying containers

    Safety Goggles and/or a Face Shield will help protect the eyes (potential point of infection)

    A Tyvek Disposable Coverall Suite might be a very good idea (several) – check sizes –

    See more at:


  56. “Another important question is the following: how could an armed gunman that had already started a rampage make his way into the Centre Bloc of the Canadian Parliament unchallenged? Anyone that has been to Parliament Hill knows that there is a relatively large armed presence on the whole area and, specifically, at the entranceway and doors which is comprised of Canada’s national police force (the Royal Canadian Mounted Police), the local municipal police (the Ottawa Police Services), and two special federal forces (the House of Commons Security Services and Senate Security).”~Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya

    The obvious answer is the coincidental systemic brainfart. They seem to happen with regularity in scenarios such as this. It’s like the fickle finger of fate pushes a button and the eyes in the heads of all the guards on duty start spinning like pinwheels, while mystery lone nut spooks float by unseen. But surely there is no “mystery” here! Move along…


      “Important details have emerged that strengthen the case against the Harper Government as intellectually dishonest opportunists.

      (1) The Toronto Star originally reported on October 20, 2014 that multiple witnesses confirmed that Martin Couture-Rouleau’s hands were in the air in surrender when he was shot. Here is a passage from the article:

      «Witnesses who spoke with the TVA network Monday afternoon said they saw a man emerge from the flipped vehicle that was lying in a ditch on the side of the road. The man had his hands in the air and was walking toward police when at least one officer opened fire on the suspect. The witnesses said they heard up to seven gunshots.»

      Later the article would redact this and be re-edited.

      (2) A Canadian investigative journalism webpage (, noticed that before the scene was secured in Ottawa at 10:54 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) that the US news network CBS reported the following:

      «The gunmen has been identified by U.S. officials to CBS News as Michael Zehaf-Bibeau, a Canadian national born in 1982.»

      This was many hours before Canadians were even told the gunman’s identity or that he was alone. The CBS article would even be edited to remove Zehaf-Bibeau’s name or any mention that the US government was aware of it. Although security can be cited for this, it can also be looked at politically as part of a means of keeping the public in suspense and allowing a state of shock to reverberate across Canada so that the Harper Government can justify its foreign policy and security initiatives.”~Nazemroaya

  57. “Don’t you ever wonder about sound and vision?”~Bowie

    And “Framing” … you know what Framing is, right? It is the ‘context’ a story is put into, a POV is implied or generated. ‘Deconstruction’ is the art, or process of revealing the Frame, by attention to the subtext as well as the text. The subtext is analysed as to the unexpressed assumptions that drive a text.

    Epistemic reflection, thinking about your own thinking can be done in the same manner, deconstructing your own ‘story’ – analyzing your own unexamined assumptions: Refining how and why you know what you think you know.

  58. Jon Rappoport

    “Anyone who’s awake knows by now that William Thompson, CDC scientist and whistleblower, has admitted egregious fraud.

    He and his colleagues, in a famous 2004 study, gave the MMR vaccine a free pass and pretended it had no connection to autism—when it did.

    Here is another study on which Thompson was a co-author: “Thimerosal [mercury] exposure [from vaccines] in early life and neuropsychological outcomes 7-10 years later.” (J Pediatr Psychol, Jan-Feb 2012)

    Obviously, this is a key piece of research, because a) mercury is known potent neurotoxin; b) parents of autistic children have been, for many years, telling anyone who would listen that their kids withdrew from the world after receiving a shot containing mercury; and c) the US government has been claiming, over and over, that mercury in vaccines has absolutely no connection to autism.


    Here are three quotes from this 2012 mercury study:

    “The authors used a public use data set to investigate associations between the receipt of thimerosal-containing vaccines and immune globulins [antibodies] early in life and neuropsychological outcomes assessed at 7-10 years.”

    “There was a small, but statistically significant association between early thimerosal exposure and the presence of tics in boys.”

    “This finding should be interpreted with caution due to limitations in the measurement of tics and the limited biological plausibility regarding a causal relationship.”

    Tics? Yes, this is a recognized sign of neurological damage.

    So the mercury study shows there IS, in fact, a connection between childhood vaccines and neurological damage.”


  59. Mainstream media news is fabricated.

    “It absolutely is, and that is why you should be noticing and asking question like why is it that all standard (big six) Western mainstream media outlets all report the same stories and all of them present the stories in the exact same way? Isn’t that a bit of a coincidence? Can you see the oddity in this? When was the last time CNN disagreed with NBC on a major story narrative? Start asking yourself, how can the entire mainstream media including the newspapers and magazines like Newsweek and TIME and including politically competing networks (like NBC versus FOX) all narrate stories in the exact same manner?? In a world where we know factually that humans commonly have difficulties agreeing on anything, in this mainstream media system of controlled news there are never any disagreements. The big six private corporations that own all of the news in the United States and many regions throughout the world now, never disagree and always stay perfectly on script even when the script makes no sense and needs real-time revision. Isn’t that amazing?”~Bernie Suarez – Activist Post


    • “Recall that mainstream media didn’t just happen one day. The mass media in the United States dates back for over two hundred years, dating back to the founding of America. Media was always a part of the plan. Fast forwarding to today, be aware that government Intelligence took control of the media as early as 1948 and even earlier. Try to appreciate the importance that media means to government and the control system, then push away any thoughts of the unrealistic argument that mass media news is all somehow coincidental and innocent honest news. If you really believe this then you are in deep trouble and need to get help. For everyone else let’s get started. Here are three simple things you can do to read mainstream media news and know instantly what to make of the story and how to categorize the story in your mind before believing the story blindly just because you saw it on TV or read it in a mainstream media website, or in a newspaper or magazine. Think of this as an exercise in mental freedom.

      I – Look at the news through the eyes of history

      Step number one: look at each breaking mainstream media news story through the eyes of true history instead of the artificial context in which the mainstream media presents the story. Does it fit into what we know of historical events? Or are those enforcing mainstream media narratives asking you to believe a sequence of events or a narrative that doesn’t add up logically?

      Here’s an example: The mainstream media is reporting yet another new war on terror, but historically speaking we know that the war on terror equals massive loss of liberties and freedoms, massive increases of the State’s power and control over you, and no real evidence of terrorism being stopped. So why then would you, in light of history, accept this piece of mainstream media news?

      In the bigger picture, history is a very significant tool for gauging where we are headed. As you practice these techniques you will notice your core beliefs will strengthen until finally news delivered by mainstream media will be powerless against you. You will no longer be vulnerable to artificial mainstream media contexts that allow mainstream media stories to expand in any direction that suits their long term plans perfectly.

      II – Look at the news in light of stated goals of the State

      If you were captain of a ship would you ever go out to sea without a compass and a map? So why would you watch and blindly believe mass media news for what it is without gauging where you are and where this story may be going. It is very important to be aware of all stated goals of the State. In the case of today, we know factually that the government and control system is focused on getting their new world order done. They have admitted and stated this publicly and many papers have been written, illegal wars launched, and decisions and legislation has been passed consistent with these publicly stated goals of controlling the world. Believe these clearly stated goals of the State and then consider all pieces of mass media events in light of these clearly stated goals. Then try to see how the agenda fits into the goals.

      Remember that government is made up of people who (like you and I) have the need to organize and create plans for the future. Like everyone else, government systematically plans out its future. See how those at the highest levels of government have systematically controlled narratives to suit their stated goals of domination. Stop believing that governments and global elites put out stated goals just for fun without any meaning and significance to them. This is the world that those who are blind and lost live in. They actually believe the direction of the world and the news is all one big coincidence without any connection to it. They’ve been brainwashed into thinking that the simple and easy patterns we observe are all coincidence. This magical coincidence theory of life and news is a signature of a brainwashed state and a symptom to be avoided at all costs.

      III- Try to appreciate what it is media is NOT saying

      Like looking at something from the inside out, critically analyze mainstream media news. Focus on what it is they are not saying. Put their information through the fire then try to reconcile the reality of this non-coverage as significant and not an innocent oversight. Why should you focus on what it is the media is not telling you? Because that is a major part of critical journalism. Mainstream media has admitted that their stories are controlled by the government. They are not even hiding this fact. It is up to you, however, to critically walk yourself through the process and convince yourself why you will not blindly believe mainstream media news.

      These three quick and easy suggestions will help break through mainstream media hypnosis and arrive to the other side of life known as reality. It’s about reshaping how you think and arming your thought process with common sense in light of known historical events and stated goals instead of being sucked in by professional powerful in your face CIA propaganda. You may think that propaganda won’t get to you, but these CIA propaganda and media techniques are proven to work.

      They are proven to convince even the smartest of people throughout history and they will fool you too if you are not astute and watching carefully with a vigilant mind. These techniques are thus simple things you can do to be a smarter, more aware and resilient human being instead of a brain-dead zombie who absorbs mainstream media CIA lies and propaganda with every day that goes by. Keep in mind that literally as you sleep at night they are brewing new stories every single day. This is about protecting your mind and your thoughts from the outside world of deception and lies.

      With time you will notice as you become solidly grounded in truth and reason, that mainstream media is not even that good at shaping their lies and deceit. You will start to see the comedy and surreal nature of the whole circus known as mainstream media news. You will also see the wide disconnect mainstream media has from the actual reality of truth and reason. Once you see it this way you will notice that you are completely mentally free from fake and deceptive government-controlled mainstream media lies. That is a huge reason to celebrate.”~Bernie Suarez

  60. History is nothing if not ongoing conspiracies twining and untwining; groups ascending, combining and recombining.~ww

    James Corbett again puts his fine analytic mind to illustrating the absurdities are that the Statists use as apologetic’s for their agenda:

    ‘The Future of Syria’
    by James Corbett
    October 25, 2014


    US Treasury Undersecretary David Cohen made a remarkable statement this week. You see, the Treasury is currently engaged in talks with the Iraqi government about what to do about bank branches in ISIS-controlled territory. This should be a no-brainer, right? Surely if the US can sanction Iran by getting it de-listed from the SWIFT (Society for Worldwide Interbank Telecommunication) system that forms the backbone of the international banking system they can do the same for ISIS-controlled banks, right? Well, maybe they could if they wanted to. But apparently they don’t want to:

    “This is a difficult problem, because our interest is not in shutting down all economic activity in the areas where [ISIS] currently operates. They are subjugating huge swathes of population, millions of people, who are still trying to live their lives and banks as everybody knows are an important lubricants for the economy.”

    So, let me understand the logic here. Shutting off the Iranian banking system from the outside world and depriving huge swathes of that population with access to the global economy is fine and dandy because of that country’s nuclear research (despite the IAEA’s own admissions that there is no evidence that Iran has broken the Non-Proliferation Treaty or is attempting to build a bomb), but the new boogeyman-du-jour can’t be sanctioned because of concern for the civilians? And this is coming from the same nation whose former Secretary of State said that starving half a million Iraqi children to death in the 1990s was “worth it” because it helped to undermine Saddam Hussein’s government?

    If you’re starting to think that the whole ISIS dog and pony show is just that-a distraction designed to continue the terror hype and justify the ongoing police state-then welcome to reality. This is just the latest of a seemingly endless series of reports showing US complicity in the funding/supplying/equipping/training of these terrorist jihadis. Just last week The Daily Beast ran a story about how humanitarian aid from USAID and other organizations was going directly to ISIS. Even more outrageously, these organizations are paying “taxes” to ISIS for the privilege of entering their self-proclaimed territory. Even more more outrageously, their are ISIS people actually on the payroll of most of these organizations as “coordinators” negotiating access for aid convoys.”~Corbett


  61. Theocratic governments are the “best” terror states. So that is what is preferred for the agenda of the New World Order.

  62. The Lies of Dershowitz

    How should a democracy decide when to compromise its ideals in pursuit of victory?
    By Alan M. Dershowitz | SEPTEMBER 14, 2014

    “Employing military force against terrorists who take hostages, as ISIS does, or use human shields, as Hamas does, raises one of the many difficult challenges currently facing democracies. Others, which I will explore in a series of columns this week, include whether we have struck the proper balance between the need for government surveillance and the right to privacy; whether suspected terrorists who cannot be tried should be detained in places like Guantanamo; whether terrorists should be targeted for assassination; and whether torture is ever justified.
    None of these issues is amenable to simple answers. They require nuance and calibration — qualities often lost in the emotional debates engendered by the controversial practices employed against terrorists.”

    The Lies of Dershowitz are subtle and waxed in legalese and rhetoric. The first is his question that he uses for his title of this piece:

    “How should a democracy decide when to compromise its ideals in pursuit of victory?”

    The simple use of the misframed term, “ideals” in place of the proper word, “principles” (which are in fact written as Law), is the only proper heading and context for such a discussion. By using the term “ideals”, Dershowitz gives himself carte blanch to deal in emotional twaddle under the pretense of serious intellectualism.

    Dershowitz has been making apologia for torture and terrorist tactics in “warfare” for many years, since before the Bush Jr regime. He is one of the most vile propagandists for despotism there is.


  63. A choice of evils
    Should democracies use torture to protect against terrorism? -By Alan M. Dershowitz September 18, 2014

    “I wish no one would ever torture, but I’m sure some will if the ticking bomb situation were ever to arise. That’s why I favor torture warrants.”~Dershowitz

    Alan M. Dershowitz is an emeritus professor of law at Harvard University. His newest e-book, “Terror Tunnels: The Case For Israel’s Just War Against Hamas,’’ has just been published.

    That should give you an idea of how far up his ass Dershowitz’s head is! The same anal hurlant as Netanyahu, two minds from the same shithausen.

  64. I.S.I.S. (Integrated Systems Improvement Services, Inc. – Providing International Security and Intelligence Services). I suspect the name is just coincidence but highly interesting.

    “Is you is or is you ain’t my boogieman?”~Willard Extremius Jr the 3rd
    . . . . . .

    The newly released Osama Bin Laden video is a an iron clad forgery, and not even a good one at that. All references to current events made by the figure said to be Bin Laden occur at a point in the video where the picture freezes and only audio is present. Bin Laden also presents a pre recorded martyrdom video of one of the alleged 9/11 hijackers, Waleed al Shehri, who was reported by the BBC as still alive and well in Saudi Arabia.

    Hits to Blogs such as this one have sky rocketed as they have been the first to point out the suspicious aspects of the video which has become public in full for the first time today:

    Osama Bin Laden’s widely publicized video address to the American people has a peculiarity that casts serious doubt on its authenticity: the video freezes at about 1 minute and 58 seconds, and motion only resumes again at 12:30. The video then freezes again at 14:02 remains frozen until the end. All references to current events, such as the 62nd anniversary of the U.S. atomic bombing of Japan, and Sarkozy and Brown being the leaders of France and the UK, respectively, occur when the video is frozen! The words spoken when the video is in motion contain no references to contemporary events and could have been (and likely were) made before the U.S. invasion of Iraq.

    The audio track does appear to be in the voice of a single speaker. What I suspect was done is that an older, unreleased video was dubbed over for this release, with the video frozen when the audio track departed from that of the original video.”

    . . . . . .

  65. “History is Prophesy put into action” – Puddy Dunne – October 24, 2014

    This is so, only if ‘Design’ masquerades as, “prophesy”. But Puddy is not one of the designers, he is attempting to glean the design and make prophesy on his interpretation. And in my opinion fails miserably, and functions primarily as a fearmonger.

    I have known and been an associate of Patrick (PD) for years. Although he has made good analysis on the general flow of things, I have never seen him make a specific “Prophesy” that has come to pass. Not one! He will jiggle the rhetoric and make claims to accuracy, but it doesn’t pan out like he says it does. He claims he “called” the Fukushima event – when actually he was predicting the eruption of a volcano in the vicinity of Indonesia at the time.
    Not even close enough for rock’n’roll in my book.

    We would all already be in FEMA camps by now if his “predictions” were accurate. I don’t think he is a conscious charlatan, I think he is delusional.

    • I will just add this about the above concerning Puddy Dunne; As the analysis goes generally – most are aboard with the knowledge of the agenda to a New World Order, at least in the circles I am in touch with. By paying attention to history through the eyes of forensic science the agenda is obvious. The sociopolitical route of humanity is being engineered, it is in the open literature. There is no secret, no mystery to this! There is no need for “Prophesy” – the social engineers have stated clearly where they are herding humanity and made all of their techniques known.

      One needs no crystal ball, Tarot cards, nor Numerology to read this future tense.

  66. How do Wall Street, oil companies and the shadow government agencies like the CIA and NSA really shape the global political order?

    That’s the question author Peter Dale Scott examines in his forthcoming book “The American Deep State: Wall Street, Big Oil and the Attack on U.S. Democracy,” due out on Nov. 12. Scott, a professor emeritus of English at Berkeley and former Canadian diplomat, is considered the father of “deep politics”—the study of hidden permanent institutions and interests whose influence on the political realm transcends the elected.

    In the “American Deep State,” Scott takes a compelling look at the facts lurking behind the official histories of events to uncover the real dynamics in play. In this exclusive excerpt—the first of several we will feature on WhoWhatWhy—he looks at the revolving door between Wall Street and the CIA, and what that demonstrates about where power truly resides.


    In the last decade it has become more and more obvious that we have in America today what the journalists have called… America’s “deep state.” (1)

    This expansion of a two-level or dual state has been paralleled by two other dualities: the increasing resolution of American society into two classes—the “one percent” and the “ninety-nine percent”—and the bifurcation of the U.S. economy into two aspects: the domestic, still subject to some governmental regulation and taxation, and the international, relatively free from governmental controls. (2)

    All three developments have affected and intensified each other—particularly since the Reagan Revolution of 1980, which saw American inequality of wealth cease to diminish and begin to increase. (3) Thus for example Wall Street—the incarnation of the “one percent”— played a significant role in creating the CIA after World War II, and three decades later the CIA and big oil played a significant role in realigning American politics for the Reagan Revolution.

    There is an ambiguous symbiosis between two aspects of the American deep state:

    1. The Beltway agencies of the shadow government, like the CIA and NSA, which have been instituted by the public state and now overshadow it, and
    2. The much older power of Wall Street, referring to the powerful banks and law firms located there.
    Top-level Treasury officials, CIA officers, and Wall Street bankers and lawyers think much alike because of the “revolving door” by which they pass easily from private to public service and back.

    But a much larger role for the private sector has come with the increased outsourcing of the government’s intelligence budget. Tim Shorrock revealed in 2007 that “about 70 percent of the estimated $60 billion the government spends every year on . . . intelligence” is now outsourced to private intelligence contractors like Booz, Allen & Hamilton (now Booz Allen Hamilton) and SAIC (Science Applications International Corporation). (4)

    The Overworld

    I shall argue that in the 1950s, Wall Street was a dominating complex. It included not just banks and law firms but also the oil majors whose cartel arrangements were successfully defended against the U.S. government by the Wall Street law firm Sullivan and Cromwell, home to the Dulles brothers. This larger complex is what I mean by the Wall Street overworld.

    There seems to be little difference in Allen Dulles’s influence whether he was a Wall Street lawyer or a CIA director. Although he did not formally join the CIA until November 1950, he was in Berlin before the start of the 1948 Berlin Blockade, “supervising the unleashing of anti-Soviet propaganda across Europe.” (5) In the early summer of 1948, he set up the American Committee for a United Europe (ACUE), in support of what became, by the early 1950s, “the largest CIA operation in Western Europe.” (6)

    The CIA never abandoned its dependency on funds from outside its official budget to conduct its clandestine operations. In Southeast Asia in particular, its proprietary firm Sea Supply Inc. supplied an infrastructure for a drug traffic supporting a CIA-led paramilitary force, PARU. [Two CIA proprietaries, Sea Supply Inc. and Civil Air Transport (CAT) Inc. (later Air America), initially supplied the KMT 93rd Division in Burma that organized opium mule trains down to Thailand, where opium sales were still legal.

    Later, when the USG officially distanced itself from the KMT drug army, the CIA organized an offensive and defensive paramilitary unit, PARU, inside the Thai Border Police (BPP). Like the BPP, PARU financed itself by seizing KMT opium and turning it in to the Thai Government, receiving a bounty payment of 12.5 percent of the retail value.] (7)


    The CIA appears also to have acted in coordination with slush funds from various U.S. government contracts, ranging from the Howard Hughes organization to the foreign arms sales of U.S. defense corporations like Lockheed and Northrop. (8)

    The international lawyers of Wall Street did not hide from each other their shared belief that they understood better than Washington the requirements for running the world.

    This mentality exhibited itself in 1952, when Truman’s Justice Department sought to break up the cartel agreements whereby Standard Oil of New Jersey (now Exxon) and four other oil majors controlled global oil distribution. (The other four were Standard Oil Company of New York or Socony [later Mobil], Standard Oil of California [now Chevron], Gulf Oil, and Texaco. Together with Royal Dutch Shell and Anglo-Iranian, they comprised the so-called “Seven Sisters” of the cartel.)

    Faced with a government order to hand over relevant documents, Exxon’s lawyer Arthur Dean at Sullivan and Cromwell, where Foster Dulles was senior partner, refused: “If it were not for the question of national security, we would be perfectly willing to face either a criminal or a civil suit. But this is the kind of information the Kremlin would love to get its hands on.” (9)



  67. 7 Billion

    World Population: Past, Present, and Future
    At the dawn of agriculture, about 8000 B.C., the population of the world was approximately 5 million. Over the 8,000-year period up to 1 A.D. it grew to 200 million (some estimate 300 million or even 600, suggesting how imprecise population estimates of early historical periods can be), with a growth rate of under 0.05% per year.

    A tremendous change occurred with the industrial revolution: whereas it had taken all of human history until around 1800 for world population to reach one billion, the second billion was achieved in only 130 years (1930), the third billion in less than 30 years (1959), the fourth billion in 15 years (1974), and the fifth billion in only 13 years (1987).

    During the 20th century alone, the population in the world has grown from 1.65 billion to 6 billion.
    In 1970, there were roughly half as many people in the world as there are now.
    Because of declining growth rates, it will now take over 200 years to double again…(really??)

    H. 7 Billion – 2011-10-31
    G. 6 Billion -1999-10-12
    F. 5 Billion -1987-7-11
    E. 4 Billion -1974-7-20
    D. 3 Billion -1960-1-1
    C. 2 Billion -1927-7-1
    B. 1 Billion -1804-8-1
    A. Industrial Revolution -1760-7-1

    8 Billion (2024)
    According to the most recent United Nations estimates, the human population of the world is expected to reach 8 billion people in the spring of 2024.

    “Slow down! Baby you’re moving way too fast!!”

  68. An Introduction to “Gladio B”
    Posted: 26 Oct 2014 05:36 PM PDT
    Following is a transcript of the first interview in the Gladio B interview series. Listen to the audio of the interview here or watch the video in the player below:

    0:00 [START] [Music]

    0:12 James Corbett: Welcome. This is James Corbett of It is the 30th of January, 2013 here in Japan; and today I’m joined on the line from the United States by founder and editor Sibel Edmonds, our good friend who has been on this podcast many times before. So Sibel, thank you so much for taking the time today.

    0:30 Sibel Edmonds: Sure. This is going to be a very, very interesting interview. I’ve been looking forward to this… to this interview.

    0:38 James: Me, too. But it is a bit overwhelming. It’s almost intimidating, because the topic we’re talking about is so large, so vast, involves so many characters that a lot of the audience probably won’t be familiar with, that it’s a bit daunting to know where to even begin with this. So I guess we should explain that we’re picking up from a conversation that I had with Tom Secker a week or two ago on the Corbett Report talking about Gladio and the history of Operation Gladio, the NATO stay-behind operation. So people who want more on the details of Gladio itself and its history as a historical entity in Europe might want to check out that conversation.

    1:14 But today we’re going to be picking up from that to talk about specifically how Gladio unfolded and morphed into what it currently is in Turkey and how it’s operating — well, how it’s basically morphed into a different type of operation but is using a lot of the same strategies and methods to continue, well, moving into different areas such as false-flag terrorism in the Islamic terrorism context, and also drug-running. It’s, again, a huge subject to tackle. So perhaps we should start by talking about the way that the NATO stay-behind Gladio operation was transported to Turkey, and they way that it originally started there, as a ultranationalist — or a way to puppeteer the ultranationalists in their terrorist movement.

    2:00 Sibel: Sure. One slight correction: and that is, the field of operation for Gladio, well, is pretty much global, with a large concentration — main concentration in the last… I would say… 16… 15, 16 years — Central Asia, Caucasus, and… and the Balkans. And it started with the Balkans. So the field of operation actually has nothing to do with Turkey itself. There is really nothing, because Turkey is where the powers — that being NATO, US, United Kingdom — where they want, these countries want, to be. That’s for Turkey.

    2:40 So the fields of operation are basically Central Asia — the former Soviet bloc space, basically. And the operations control centers… of course, the main one, the top layer being in the United States, with major arteries connecting it to United Kingdom;to Britain. And you have Belgium, and then you have Turkey. So — being in, maybe, the primary; then the secondary; and then the third layer being in Turkey via Turkish actors there both military — not nearly as much any longer — but also by very large… what they refer to as the “Islamic factions,” several different Islamic factions.

    3:32 James: Well, I stand happily corrected on that point; and you’re right to bring that out. Of course the field of operations is all over that Central Asia, Caucasus region. And we have talked about this a little bit in some of our previous conversations. But today let’s hone in on some of the characters and people who have been connected to this.

    3:48 And there are lots of things to talk about. I’m not sure where you want to start, but there are of course operations like the Grey Wolves and others that have been in Turkey for decades that have done this type of operation in the past, and characters like Abdullah Çatlı who has been involved in this and who has been all over in a very interesting life that ended in the Susurluk scandal in 1996 — in quite an interesting fashion. I’m not sure where you want to start that story, but perhaps you could paint a picture for the listeners about how this really developed, and where it went up until that point in the mid-1990s.

    4:29 Sibel: Sure. Turkey always was the most important center country in all this Gladio operations before the fall of the Soviet Union. It’s interesting because when I go and read what’s available to public online — which is very, very little on Gladio: that’s why I was ecstatic when you had your interview on Gladio a week ago — and what you see is usually things like Italy. You know, it’s like Gladio and Italy and how it unfolded, how it was disbanded, et cetera, et cetera.

    5:03 But you don’t see much on Turkey, and Turkey was the most important, the most important operations center for Gladio. And obviously it’s because of, A., its geographic location. Just take a look at Turkey on the map. And if you’re looking for that period of time before the fall of the Soviet Union, from the Black Sea it goes eastern, you’re looking at all the former Soviet blocs in there. And then again its position within the Middle East, and the other side being connected to Europe.

    5:43 So Turkey always had the most position within this Gladio operation until before the fall of the Soviet Union. And that you don’t see. There are very few articles written out there scattered. There’s one good one by Le Monde [Diplomatique] which was concentrating mainly on the actors you just mentioned, Abdullah Çatlı and Susurluk incident. And you have couple of authors in Switzerland and in England who have written about this. Nothing: nothing here in the United States on that.

    6:21 So I’ll give you a little bit of history, because you covered a lot of this with your previous guest. But this history is going to concentrate more on the character that we’re going to be talking about and the Turkish side on this, Gladio operations until the fall of the Soviet Union. And in Turkey, there were two prime groups that were working within Gladio network and carrying out some of the most important operations: in Western Europe, in Northern Europe, and mainly in Eastern Bloc. And that was, one, the formal official Turkish military. And that is made up, both Turkish military and the Turkish military intelligence, directly connected to NATO, Brussels, and within the Gladio operation.

    7:18 But then, beneath the military — Turkish official military — you had the paramilitary force. Who were these people? And that’s very, very interesting. These people… again, you look at some of the articles and people talking about it, yeah, they are saying they are ultranationalists. But what kind of jobs did they have? Who were these people who were recruited by Turkish military, trained, and absorbed into NATO’s, US/NATO’s Gladio operation?

    7:47 Well, a lot of these people, actually… in 1980, they were in jail, OK? They had positions that were… the best way to describe them would be the Godfathers in Turkey. Babas. That’s how they refer to them in Turkey: the babas, which means the Godfathers. They were the top people who ran blackmail, heroin operations. And even back then, it was — Turkey has always been the most important artery in moving heroin into Europe, whether it came through the borders through Iran, or it came via some Kurdish factions coming through Iraq…

    8:29 So Turkey has always been important. And these babas ran — military did too. Turkish military did too. But they were also ultranationalists; but they were secularist ultranationalists. They put Atatürk, the father of Turkey, the father of modern Turkey, in basically the place of God. And of course Atatürk advocated secularism — forced secularism. And I have to emphasize this: forced secularism.

    8:58 And these guys, even when I was growing up in Turkey, they were very easy to identify. You know, they usually wore this mustache that really resembled the Hitler mustache, and they had salutes that were like — for Grey Wolves, that was like this: [gestures]. And their babas were in jail. And these guys had informants all over: not only in Turkey, but in elsewhere.

    9:22 So, as part of Gladio’s plan, Turkish military, Turkish police, Turkish intelligence forces, they took all these notorious — I mean, these are psychopaths, sociopaths, OK? These people are mass-murderers — they took them out of those prisons and they said, “You know what? Now you are going to — with your skills, with what you do, with what you know — you are going to serve the State. And that is Turkey, and the Great Turkishness. And Great Turkishness is also being protected by the West, because the Communist is out there, they’re going to take us over. Then we have these issues with the Kurdish people…”

    10:03 “And meanwhile, you can also fill out your own pockets, you know? You’re gonna still be big, you’re gonna still be Godfather, but your main role — and this is why we are releasing you, bringing you out — is going to be serving us for all these operations.” So these guys were removed, they were sent to various centers, including in Brussels. And they received training, both via Turkish military, via US-NATO forces… And they were given diplomatic passports. Not only Turkish passports, but passports from various countries.

    10:41 And they still moved, worked in the area where you move heroin; but also weapons smuggling, mass murders, a lot of false flag attacks. Not only inside Turkey, but in other countries as well. And again, your guest talked about some of these: the assassination attempts, the Pope, et cetera, et cetera. And they also filled out their own pockets.

    11:09 So these were the characters. Now it’s very interesting. You say — or a lot of people would say, “Well, you know, this was before: during Communism. And we also did things with mujahideens and Bin Laden in Afghanistan. And also it deals a lot with Turkish politics. So why should that interest people here in the United States?” And because this is as much as they know or they read or they hear.

    11:36 So what happens after the fall of the Soviet Union? Well, the character you just mentioned, Abdullah Çatlı, he’s one of the main foot-soldiers, one of the main commandos under the military — which is Turkish military — which is under NATO and the United States. One of the most notorious figures. I mean, this guy was responsible in and outside Turkey of hundreds of, thousands of murders. Bombs… in some cases they would just storm a house with medical students in Turkey and they would cut everybody’s heads. And you know, those people were accused of advocating for socialism or communism.

    12:17 This guy, he actually ends up on the list of most wanted for — INTERPOL’s most wanted list, OK? — for various reasons. Murders… international murders, not only murders in Turkey. You’re looking at INTERPOL’s most wanted, right? Heroin smuggling, weapons smuggling. So he’s on the top ten most wanted people; and this is at post-Soviet Union. And he ends up in a jail, in a high-security prison in Switzerland. He gets arrested during one of his movement’s operations.

    12:53 And when you look at some of the reporting on this guy — including the newspapers, or the articles written on the Grey Wolves — it says, while he was in this high-security prison in Switzerland — this is Abdullah Çatlı — he escaped. He actually escaped by support of helicopter. So you’re in a high-security prison in Switzerland and you mysteriously escape via helicopter. And some more detailed stories from very few reporters who followed up and wrote on this: and that was a NATO-owned helicopter! I mean, this really sounds like a movie plot, something that Hollywood would make. And so, yeah, this is the most wanted INTERPOL guy.

    13:40 It gets even stranger. Same guy, while still wanted after he escapes — NATO helicopter from high-security Swiss prison — he mysteriously ends up in England. in London. OK? And again, mysteriously, in 1989, the government — UK government — grants him citizenship. Hah! It’s not even one year since he enters the UK. He is still the most wanted on INTERPOL’s list.

    14:13 And then, within a year after that, this same guy, Abdullah Çatlı, flies over, comes to the United States — and this is around 1990, 1991 — comes to Chicago, and is mysteriously given an American passport. Uh, an American Green Card; this is not passport yet. And during all this time he is among the top ten most wanted people by INTERPOL. OK?

    14:41 Now, the first question people should ask — especially those who say, ah, this is about some, you know, during Cold War and communism, and it’s a Turkish internal politics — why the most wanted guy by Interpol; a notorious murderer, drug-runner; ends up in England of all the places, and gets a citizenship? Why he comes to the United States and is given another citizenship?

    15:07 So that’s the first questions listeners should be asking. And, why Chicago is where he settles? And that’s where he settles. And when he settles there, he had dozens of entries and exits from Chicago. And after the Susurluk scandal, which — I’m gonna get into it — it basically comes out, with all those investigations they had in Turkey that from Chicago, he carried out all these operations in Central Asia, Caucasus, Eastern Europe, Xinjiang province of China.

    15:43 So he kept flying, while he’s still most wanted by INTERPOL. OK? We don’t know how and why he got all those citizenships while he’s most wanted, and why he carried four or five diplomatic passports. Nobody gets into those questions. And these diplomatic passports are not only given to him by government of Turkey.

    16:03 So he… one of his trips… again, this is very well-documented. This is not conspiracy theory. This is not some Top Secret classified documents any longer, because this stuff all came out during this… after this scandal in Turkey. So he… in 1996, 1995, he is the one who goes to Azerbaijan from Chicago, via Turkey. Goes to Azerbaijan. With a team of several people, less than a dozen, he carries out this attempted assassination against Aliyev. This is the Aliyev Senior, before his son became the President of Azerbaijan.

    16:46 And it was meant to be an “attempted,” that would not succeed. Because if you look at Azerbaijan’s position during that same time, 1994 to 1996, before this assassination attempt, you would see that Aliyev was still siding with Russia. It was still the old loyalties. You know, the old loyalties of “We were part of the Soviet Union, and we are still siding with Russia.” Now, this is when the United States, the West, was trying by its proxy, Turkey…

    17:25 Why Turkey? They speak Turkish. What language do they speak in these countries, including Azerbaijan? Turkish. They are Muslim. What’s the religion in Azerbaijan and all these ex-Soviet blocs? Muslims. So this was the ideal proxy to go grab countries like Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan and Azerbaijan and say, “OK, say bye-bye to Russia. We want you to be one of us.” Right? Well, of course Russia was doing its part from the other side.

    17:58 So during this period when this assassination attempt occurred, Aliyev Senior — the President in Azerbaijan — still was loyal to Russia. And all these different attempts to move him to the other side have not been successful, so they move to plans that included assassination attempts, paired up with blackmails. Because again, during this time, the doors, the borders were open in Azerbaijan. A lot of these Turkish babas, Godfathers, moved in there, and they opened really lavish, interesting casinos. You say, “Casinos, Azerbaijan?” Yeah.

    18:36 And guess what: several Aliyev family were given advanced offerings in these casinos, and they collected a lot of debt, OK? And this is people very close to Aliyev Senior. And they started getting death threats saying, “Well, if you don’t pay off these millions and million dollars of debt in your casino gambling debt, we’re gonna take you out.” Then comes the assassination attempt.

    19:01 So again, if people were to go and look at the records on this assassination attempt on Aliyev, they would see that Abdullah Çatlı’s name. They would see that Aliyev came out and said, “The people responsible for this were NATO/US via Turkey.” And the Turkish President calling and saying, “No, these were the thugs, the mafia people, you know? They have nothing to do with us.” All these denials. Whatever happened is, Aliyev very quickly switched position after this assassination attempt, OK?

    19:33 You fast-forward, look at Azerbaijan. Since 1996, Azerbaijan’s been the closest ally of the United States and NATO. In fact, they are becoming a NATO member. For the last eight years, NATO has been there with a base training them. They’ve been passing the tests. They went from purchasing something like $25 million dollars weapons… worth of weapons from the United States, today to something like four… three and a half… $4 billion dollars of US weapons. So, success. Gladio was successful. It was… who carried it out? Abdullah Çatlı. After he finished, he just shook his hand and said “OK, mission accomplished,” came back again to Chicago.

    20:22 Now, I’m going to open a parenthesis here and say, remember: for the past 11, 12 years, I’ve been talking about the center of all these operations that have to do with my state secrets privilege, and people involved, was in Chicago. I have been saying “Chicago” so many times, so I don’t believe anyone is — at least not your listeners or mine — who haven’t heard this: me saying “Chicago, Chicago.” So, he went back to Chicago.

    20:47 This was one of his trips. His other trips included going from the other side, through the Pacific: going to China, and then from there going to this area, Xinjiang. This is extremely important: again, Xinjiang, Muslim population. And they are referred — in Turkey, they don’t call them Xinjiang. It’s “[East] Turkestan,” you know? [East] Turkestan. They speak Turkic dialect.

    21:12 Guess what? “Up there? A great place. Imagine: they get their independence, we can have our little mini base there. You know how close we are to China?” I mean, they… on the one hand you can say, “Yeah, there’s Taiwan out there.” Well, this is going to be even more important than Taiwan. And then look again: the other important strategic location for Xinjiang or [East] Turkestan, a.k.a. Uyghuristan. You look out there, you see Pakistan, you see Afghanistan.

    21:42 This is a very important region. This has been a very important region, prize, for the United States, for the West. We’ve been — we’ve been doing a lot of things there. Every time you hear — at least when I was working there, during this period that FBI was investigating these… not operations there, but people here, the criminals in the US who carried out the operations there… those terrorist attacks, they were orchestrated from a long distance, OK? You go to Turkey, then from Turkey you go to Brussels, to England, and then you go to the United States.

    22:22 So all the orchestration is not some minorities or some Muslims get together, suddenly they go and… it doesn’t happen. It didn’t happen that way, at least during that period. And this guy from Chicago was sent to go and organize, carry out a couple of terrorism, uprising events, turn around, back to Chicago again. Back to Chicago again.

    22:44 So NATO, the Gladio operation via Turkish military and Turkish Godfather ultranationalist criminal thug paramilitary, continued until around 1996. Towards the period — like, 1994 to 1996 — the decision makers, the top layers of NATO, the US — you know, what we usually refer to as “shadow government,” “the powers” — they were having this debate. They were having this two options in front of them.

    23:20 Two plans: which one is better? One is what they did before the fall of the Soviet Union, and what was using ultranationalism — fascism, OK? — against the Soviet Union; against Communism. Versus what they have already seen as a very successful, successful plan. One, they fought in Afghanistan with the mujahideens, Bin Laden group. But then, recently — and this is 1994, 1995, 1996 — they were seeing its use again and again in the Balkans, in the Kosovo region, in Bosnia.

    24:02 And this is when we have all these mujahideen: Bin Laden, Zawahiri — think about it, you know? — factions from Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan: bringing them to Turkey, train them, bring them over there. It was like, “You know, these ultranationalists? They haven’t been very productive, and we think the mujahideen Islamist factions are going to be much more useful in our main objective of taking over, having more of this ex-Soviet blocs on our side.” OK? “On our side.”

    24:36 So this is… during this, sometimes we use them, sometimes we use the fascist Godfather ultranationalists. But then, in nineteen… end of 1996, Abdullah Çatlı — the man we’ve been talking about, the thug who went through Xinjiang and this stuff — he comes to Turkey for another mission that he was gonna go and implement. However, while he’s in Turkey together with some beauty queen and a few other colleagues… they are in Turkey, they’re traveling in this black Mercedes, and they have a car crash, and they die. Everyone in the car except one guy dies, right?

    25:21 Well, before the Turkish police or military got to the bodies, the local police — that wouldn’t know anything about who were these people — and the local journalists got to the scene. And, lo and behold, here is the world’s most wanted man: Abdullah Çatlı, the great Godfather, with all his diplomatic passports with him.

    25:46 But not only that: together with him you have the Chief of Police of Turkey. I mean, the top police guy. You have incredibly important legit political figures. It was like, “WTF, woman! What are they doing in the car with this guy?” Died.

    26:03 Basically, this was… well, in Turkey, even though it had been leaked in little bits and pieces, it was this huge exposure of the thugs — criminal, ultranationalist fascists — actually working with and for the Turkish government. And for right now I’m going to say the Turkish government: that is the Turkish military, the Turkish — the legit Turkish institutions, right? So all the drug-running they were doing, they were all controlled and managed by the state. And all the killing, the terrorisms that they… they’re found responsible for: again, they were executed for the state, OK?

    26:44 This was huge in Turkey. It caused an uproar. A lot of documents started leaking. Just like 9/11 Commission, there was this huge commission established in Turkey. Nobody talk about anything else but this Susurluk… they called it “Susurluk scandal” because the car accident took place in Susurluk.

    27:04 Now, there was this fear by the West — and this was the United States, the Europeans — like, “Uh-Oh! Now, we know that a lot of these commission members, they are like ours, Thomas Kean, and… but: some of them, or by default, a lot of other” — excuse my language — “crap may come out about our roles, the stuff we did.” “We” being the ultimate bosses.

    27:30 And guess what happened? One of the Turkish Gladio handlers in Turkey was an ambassador, United States Ambassador in Turkey at the time, OK? This guy was Ambassador from 1992 until the Susurluk scandal. No other guy than Marc Grossman, the guy I have been saying for the past five years, “You’ve got to look at Marc Grossman.”

    27:56 So, with this fear that a lot of secrets — state secrets — were going to get out during this, investigations and journalists digging in — some people were leaking; some people were talking — the United States right away got their man out of Turkey: Marc Grossman. No reason cited. He still had another one-and-a-half, two years left. No reason cited.

    28:22 Guess who else was pulled? Another guy who was handling the Operation Gladio, the Turkish militants in Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan. This man, his name — at the time, a Major — Major Douglas Dickerson. This is the man, if you have read my book, if you know my case, was the one who was married to the spy in the FBI. Major Douglas Dickerson: he still had one-and-a-half years left. He was working for Marc Grossman in Ankara.

    28:51 His main task under NATO was operation Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan. There were three or four countries that he directed the Turkish paramilitary Gladio operations in those countries. Lo and behold, the same man — this is documented — he is pulled out of his position and immediately sent to a base in Germany — this is American military base — and from there to Brussels. Hah! This is interesting!

    29:18 Now, these characters — that’s been talked about in my case for 12 years — were there in 1997. Susurluk happened, they were pulled out. So was the top military man — and this was the top man for the Turkish so-called “counterterrorism” operations commando — was sent on a mission to Washington, DC Turkish embassy. And again, this is documented. Right after Susurluk. They had to get him out. He was a chief guy in the military overseeing these thugs and these operations; these false terror, false flag operations. Not only in Turkey: Central Asia, Caucasus. A lot of Chechen operations; Eastern Europe. So he was pulled. He was sent to Washington, DC. He never went back. Again, nobody cited any reason.

    30:10 They took all these important figures, they took them to Brussels, and they took them to Washington, DC. And then it was the decision-making time for the “top guys in the world,” OK? For NATO, US, UK, saying, “Too much exposure. This chapter is closed. Gladio is not closed. We are going to Plan B, Gladio Plan B, which… we have already prepared for it some, to some extent. And that is: we are not gonna use paramilitary, we’re gonna use Islamist factions. Who? a.k.a. mujahideen. a.k.a. al-Qaeda.” So…

    30:58 James: OK, let’s… so…

    30:59 Sibel: Think about Bosnia.

    31:05 James: OK, that’s an incredible amount of information. So just to be absolutely clear, I think it is clear that you’re saying that the Susurluk scandal and what happened to Çatlı was — that was not something they wanted to happen, that was not something that was planned. He was not taken out of the picture, but it was as a result of his death that they switched to Plan B. They weren’t going to switch to Plan B until that happened?

    31:25 Sibel: Nobody knows the answer to that, because there are so many questions surrounding this accident. First of all, how this guy, unscratched, walked out of the car, OK? And… and there were also some questions about — that they may have been actually dead before the accident. Because there was this autopsy report that their heads — both… you know, a few of them were broken before the crash.

    31:48 So, nobody knows who’s responsible. Was that staged? If so, which faction? Is it something that — OK, the top guy said, “We want to eventually eliminate these guys because they are in some ways out of control; we want to go to Plan B?” Was it someone else? We don’t know. And to this day… you know how we scream about 9/11? Well, in Turkey, since 1996, people have been screaming “Susurluk.” Instead of “9/11″ they say “Susurluk,” because a lot of stuff — whether it’s the Deep State — a lot of questions still remain unanswered about it, and that’s one of them. And that is, was it an accident? We don’t know. Nobody knows.

    32:30 James: Were any of the other babas similarly rubbed out in interesting incidents?

    32:35 Sibel: One interesting character who was, again, a huge figure, and… we used to have a little summer cottage, my husband and I, because went to Turkey every year before all this FBI things happened, whistleblowing. And in this little, small fishing-village city — which is now very fashionable; it wasn’t back then when we got it — but one of the babas had a few hotels and casinos there.

    33:00 While, actually, we were there — I was in Turkey, and this is 1999, 1998 — he was assassinated, during the daylight. A lot of these Gladio babas were being taken out. And in some cases, they would get some other babas take out some other babas. So, Godfather against Godfather. Who was managing one Godfather against… but a lot of them were taken out. And again, now, this is when we completely went to Plan B — “we,” United States, NATO — and said, “We’re gonna use mujahideen.”

    33:35 What happened to the ultranationalist fascist guys? For a while, some of the main ones were taken out. Some of the other ones were left alone. They stayed rogue for a while, tried to have their own thing. It’s like, “United States kind of turned… is turning its back to us. We were [unintelligible 33:54]. And the same thing is true with the state.” So things, for a while, were kind of murky.

    34:00 Then came the current Turkish regime, the Islamic government in Turkey. It’s very interesting, because in the United States a lot of things came up, writings saying US was kind of worried about this Islamic government in Turkey. “What is going to happen in Turkey? Are they going to end up being another Iran?” Et cetera, et cetera. It’s so interesting: it’s like using reverse psychology with people.

    34:32 And you get to see that a lot in the Middle East. And that’s… let’s say US wants to install a puppet regime there. One of the first things that has to happen, there needs to be this illusion that US is worried about this regime and that this regime is tough on US or Israel to get the support of the majority, to be legitimized.

    34:55 So in many cases, that’s actually a tactic, OK? It’s like you write there, you say you’re concerned, when this is your first choice. This is what you want for Turkey. This is being US wanting this government in Turkey. Since they went to Plan B, that was always the plan. It’s like, “We want this so-called ‘moderate Islamic’ government there.”

    35:17 Now, after Çatlı’s death, when we completely… the Gladio went to Plan B mode for Central Asia/Caucasus via Islam. And this Islamic faction, they already had a candidate in mind, a leader. And this man was this preacher, this symbol of fanatic Islam in Turkey. Now, they no longer call them fanatic. Because he’s supported by US, we call him a “moderate” Islamist. And his name is Fethullah Gülen.

    35:49 Now, Fethullah Gülen was preaching in Turkey during these 1990s against the secular government. You know, “In Turkey we need to have a government that reflects more people’s value, which is Islam.” You know, “We have to go back to our roots.” It was a different form of ultranationalists. You know, ultranationalists were like, “We don’t want to be part of the EU, we want Turkish culture. In fact, all these Central Asian countries there, we want to get together with them, take over them, and make this great Turkic Republic.”

    36:20 Now, this preacher Fethullah Gülen said the same thing, but didn’t say “nation.” He said “Islam — but the Turkish way of Islam, together with Turkish language. We need to go and get our other brothers in Central Asia, Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan, bring them together, and be one great Islamic Turkey. Not fanatic, you know? Moderate, Turkish way of Islamic” — whatever is the “Turkish way of Islamic.”

    36:49 Now, the military regime in Turkey hated this guy, so he was wanted. There were already some trials. They wanted to put him in jail, OK? He was going through all this period. Accident happens, and he’s wanted. He’s actually declared criminal, terrorist, anti-secularist by the Turkish government. Yet mysteriously, after Susurluk incident this guy Fethullah Gülen — in a private Gulfstream — ends up in the United States of America; lands here in Washington, DC. Hah! Why the United States? This is a great Turkic Republic, Islamic… why are you coming to US?

    37:26 He hasn’t left the United States since. This is since 1997. First he was in Washington, DC area. They gave him a lavish house and let him set up his organization, Islamic organization. Currently, it’s valued somewhere above $20 billion dollars. It’s the largest Islamic organization in the world, headquartered in the United States. OK?

    37:51 And I’m gonna come back again, if we have time, to this character. But he’s here in Washington, DC area and Pennsylvania. Who is his next neighbor? His next neighbor… [laughs] This is… I’m laughing. It’s because nobody touches these issues because they are told not to, as far as mainstream media goes. As far as alternative media goes, it’s like, “Man, dude, this is so complicated. I can’t get into that.”

    38:17 Next story is this guy called Yusuf Turani. Now, this is the guy who used to be in Xinjiang — Uyghuristan — Turkestan in China. He was taken out of there, he lived for a while in Turkey, then he was… he came to the United States. He was given citizenship. And the State Department brought him, and they had a meeting — and this is in 1997 — and they declared independent country of [East] Turkestan with the President of [East] Turkestan in absentia. But nobody knows this, right?

    38:56 So you declare a country and a President in a meeting, at an oval table in the State Department. You say, “We are declaring Xinjiang [East] Turkestan; and here is the President.” Now, he swears… his oath of office is taken inside the building in the State Department in Washington, DC in 1997.

    39:12 Well, he’s part of the same Gladio Plan B network, OK? So through him — because he’s the leader in absentia, president in absentia of this country that really doesn’t exist except in the eyes of the United States: [East] Turkestan. So, he was part of Plan B and still is part of Plan B, heading and carrying out operations — you know, through his people and network — goes down in Xinjiang Province of China.

    39:39 Now, between 1997, after he moved to the United States, this guy — this preacher Fethullah Gülen, right? — opened up 350 mosques and madrasas in Central Asia and Caucasus. 350, James — in four years! Nobody knows where the money’s coming from. He says these are donations from good-hearted Turkish people. [laughs] That, you know, it means — let’s take a look at it. If… we don’t even get that much… we don’t even collect that much tax in Turkey. Even the government is unable, by force, to collect that much tax. So we got these $20 billion dollars of net worth, so 350 mosques and madrasas.

    40:26 But because he preaches modern Islam — you know, not the fanatic Islam — he advocates teaching English to all his students, peoples in the madrasas, OK? You know, these are boys with Qu’ran, and they go like… but they have to learn English. And for the teaching of English for his organizations that he owns, these mosques and madrasas, he needs to send English teachers to Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan and et cetera, right? But for some reason, hundreds of these English teachers that went, have been going, from the United States to these countries — Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, et cetera — they all have diplomatic passports.

    Now, you taught English. Were you given diplomatic passports to teach English in Japan? [laughs]

    41:14 James: [laughs] [shakes head]

    41:14 Sibel: No? [laughs] This… again, people will say, “This is some allegation.” No! And this is why I have had articles trans… I have translated articles — mainstream media in Europe and in Turkey — and it’s there. It’s already been proven. And they — United States, the State Department — is not denying. They are saying, “Because those countries are, you know, backwards and dangerous, they need diplomatic protections.” Well, hah!

    41:41 Anyhow, Plan B Gladio operations. These are… I’m giving the examples of what Plan B has been about. And this was when we — the United States, NATO — started really closely working with Bin Laden and Zawahiri. And… ah, again, from what we knew in the FBI with some of the trips that Zawahiri took, the meetings with the high-level Turkish people in Turkey, several trips that Zawahiri took and went to Azerbaijan between 1997 and 2001. And while in Azerbaijan he met with a lot of US officials. It was sponsored and it held the meetings in Turkish embassy in Baku, Azerbaijan with Zawahiri. Prince Bandar was there… A lot of the stuff that they got, I mean, Bin Laden seemed to be number two: it was all Zawahiri. Believe me or not, it was Ayman Zawahiri. It was Zawahiri that came to Turkey and then went from Turkey to Albania, to Kosovo…

    42:50 So anyhow, we — United States together with Turkey, Turkish military, faction of it — started working very closely in these countries with Ayman Zawahiri, Bin Laden, Prince Bandar. Lots of meetings took place, and a lot of it was coordinated by the Turkish proxy. Well, these Turkish proxies were being investigated by the FBI. Not for that reason, for other reasons. But inadvertently, we were getting this information through the recordings of… whether it is, hypothetically speaking, Turkish military being wiretapped or if it’s a Turkish military attaché; diplomatic institutions; other various front organizations.

    43:41 So, let’s say you were… via FISA, you were monitoring it — “you” being the FBI — oh, to see if there is some espionage activities, et cetera. But while you are monitoring them, you are coming with mother-lodes of information that has to do… it’s like, “Huh?” — you know?

    43:59 Another interesting thing that I have to mention here is — and nobody has ever mentioned this in public — now, in the FBI every single country — OK? — every single country except four were wiretapped, were monitored under FISA. And by this I mean all their diplomatic arms, you know? Let’s say it’s a German embassy and a German military attaché in Washington, DC — OK? — under FISA. Four countries… four countries… except four countries. Four countries were exempt. They could not be monitored by the FBI under FISA; that could be used in espionage and even criminal activities. You want to have a guess what countries?

    44:52 James: Can I take a stab at it? Um, I’m…

    44:55 Sibel: A lot of people would say Israel. It’s not.

    44:57 James: It’s not Israel?

    44:58 Sibel: OK, I’ll help you…

    44:59 James: I’m going to guess Turkey is on that list.

    45:02 Sibel: Yep. It was, until I went… [laughs] I started the official Turkish division for the FBI.

    45:07 James: Right

    45:09 Sibel: Prior to my employment with the FBI, the Pentagon sent this Lieutenant Colonel woman. She was a Turkish-American woman; NATO, Pentagon liaison. They would send her every two or three months to come and randomly translate certain things for the FBI. Because certain things were being recorded; but FBI couldn’t have an official division, meaning they could never investigate criminally or for espionage. Turkey is one. All right: three more.

    45:36 James: Oh no. [laughs] Umm, well, if it’s going to play into what’s happening in Central Asia and the Caucasus, it would have to be, perhaps, Pakistan?

    45:47 Sibel: No. We had a pretty good division on Pakistan. You see, this included… that’s why I gave the example of Germany, because this included European countries. It was Turkey, Azerbaijan, United Kingdom — you would think, “English, what?” — United Kingdom is exempt, and for a reason. And that reason… and the fourth one is Belgium. Nobody in the FBI is allowed because there are too much sensitive stuff going on with Belgium, OK?

    46:21 So these are… no, Israel, we had a huge division; and FBI was extremely frustrated. They hated how investigations were being stopped, et cetera. But they… we had a huge division there on Israel. And we had so much crap on Israel; they had huge amounts. Unfortunately it could never be used, but they never… they still collect.

    46:41 But no, not Israel. But it would be Turkey, Azerbaijan, and UK, and Belgium. And again, as I said — the artery, at the beginning of this interview — it was United States, Belgium, England, Turkey. And… so, anyhow, I… Fethullah Gülen still is here, he’s still in Turkey, he has this huge castle built in Pennsylvania. We have… he has opened…

    47:11 James: Sorry…

    47:12 Sibel: Yeah

    47:12 James: Before we go on with that, I just want to spell that out for the audience out there in case they don’t know. Of course, one of the implications of this: NATO’s headquarters are in Brussels, in Belgium. This is the head of NATO itself. So again, just to spell that out for people in case they didn’t quite get the implication of that.

    47:30 Sibel: Correct, absolutely. And during the Susurluk investigation, the… some of the documents that became public: a special office in Pentagon that was responsible for all this Gladio — false flag, false terrorism — operations. It… the exact division was spelled out in documents. I mean, they had a major office. There was a major division that oversees that. And as I said, they work with these thugs and criminals. And the fact that, as people write and talk about it, it was not dismantled and just left there after the end of the Soviet Union, after the fall of the Soviet Union. It went… it went forward with the operations, and in 1997 it went to Plan B.

    48:20 And this is why, again, the [unintelligible 48:23] very interesting because during this three, four years’ period, there were dozens and dozens of joint operations with individuals like Ayman Zawahiri and… really, that… it was never called al-Qaeda. It was mujahideen, headed by… And again, it’s very interesting. When, lately, these leaders of these regimes we toppled in these countries, they are… they end up dead so they cannot talk or they end up sick with heart attack. They can’t talk, really, have trials. You know, it’s like with Gaddafi.

    48:57 But again, one of the things that took place — and again, Turkey behind the scenes played a major role together with US — was we in the United States asked Mubarak — OK? — to release some of the top fundamental anti-regime figures from prison in 1990. And they came to Turkey, and they became part of this movement. When I say “anti-regime,” it would be… Mubarak had to release some fundamentals who were anti-Mubarak! And… because the higher powers told him that we need these people in Turkey and we have tasks for them. OK? You take a look and see how many times he’s been released, people like Zawahiri.

    49:43 Anyhow, we had these, and then 9/11 happened. And this is when… I kept saying, these organizations — OK? — these things come together. And people… people say [unintelligible 49:59] what does it have to do with Turkey? Turkey’s an ally! It would be crazy for someone to come out and say, “You know, you look at NATO…” [chuckles] or, “A certain arm of NATO…”

    50:12 Nobody would listen to this person. Think about it. A President — ex-President of Italy — can come out publicly and talk about Gladio, and talk about some of the operatives, and talk about 9/11, and it’s not even mentioned! How could two or three agents from the FBI, you get a couple of people in Pentagon… if they were to come out… [laughs] and they were to come out and tell people…

    50:38 Let’s say they are fearless, OK? They say, “Execute me, put me in jail. I’m gonna tell the Americans exactly what I know.” People would say, “He’s crazy,” or “She’s crazy.” The Americans, a lot of people in Europe: they would not be willing to digest information. To them, that’s it. But the answer, yet, is so simple.

    51:01 James: Well, let’s spell this out for people. Because you’ve talked about the Plan A of Gladio — which is more, I think, what people understand Gladio to have been, talking about the ultranationalists. But moving into the Plan B era with the Islamization of the Central Asia and Caucasus, and working with people like Zawahiri: I guess the question a lot of people have is, how is this Gladio? Gladio was the stay-behind to counter the Soviet threat. So the idea is, well, after the Soviet threat is gone, what is Gladio’s purpose?

    51:32 So I guess the question is, well, what is Plan B? What is it actually attempting to achieve? I think we’ve gotten some indication with that: for example, the Azerbaijani example, trying to move the Azerbaijani government into the US stable. But are there other examples? How is this actually being used and what is its purpose at this point?

    51:49 Sibel: OK, first [unintelligible 51:54] even though the term “stay behind” applies, they are ex–… they’re very proactive. This is… think about this: A lot of us say, “OK, Cold War then was over, in 1991.” Cold War was never over. It is not… it still continues. The war over resources — OK? — continues. Not only that it did not end in 1990, it actually accelerated, OK?

    52:22 A lot of emphasis, attention today is on Middle East. Why? Middle East oil, right? In less than a couple of decades, the next Middle East we’re going to be seeing is going to be Central Asia. Much worse, much bloodier, with much worse ethnic divisions. You know, divisiveness and conflicts there. Because the amount of natural resources they have — whether it’s in oil, or gas, or minerals — it’s because it’s towards the end of it, what we see in Middle East. They are almost done with… OK, you still have the unexplored regions within the Caspian Basin; you still have Iran, yeah. But the ultimate prize has always been Central Asia and Caucasus.

    53:08 If you go back to Brzezinski, if you go back to the older doctrine, you would see that it’s that Eurasia, not… Middle East is the past. It’s over, it’s a finished chapter. [unintelligible 53:20] They like what they are seeing. People — we — are stuck by watching, observing Middle East, and nobody’s paying attention what is happening, how the countries are being set up in Central Asia and Caucasus. How we are already setting up the religious factions there, OK? How we are setting up the ethnic conflicts there.

    53:41 You need to do this pre-preparation for the coming assault that’s going forward. It doesn’t happen overnight, you know? People are looking… Mubarak, I remember 1980, 1981. I remember how it was discussed in Iran, in Turkey, of who killed Anwar Sadat? It was… the biggest thing was, it was Mubarak. Who wanted Mubarak to implement that? It was always the United States.

    54:10 So… but today it’s like, “Oh yeah, this big bad guy Mubarak, he’s in jail.” It’s… they don’t know the context. They are currently — people — missing the context of what we are doing. 9/11 happens, OK? 9/11 happens. We say — our government says — our partners did it, OK? While we’re working with them, carrying joint operations all over the place in Central Asia and Caucasus, they turned around and they did this to us.

    54:38 It’s… as I said, I said it seems complicated. It’s too big to digest, yet it’s extremely simple. And simplicity doesn’t matter: people don’t want to digest, no matter how simple it is. Our partners — look, we are partnering up in Syria — it’s nothing. I’m talking about real partnership. Operations carried out over resources, trying to get these ex-Soviet blocs on our side so they won’t be on Russia’s side. So they won’t be on China’s side. Because, hey: “Communist China.”

    55:11 Muslims should side with America, because Islam works in our benefit. What do we have to get these people through our proxy, Turkish NATO Islam? As long as they become fanatics, as long as they’re attached to Islam, they’re gonna say pooh-pooh to China and Russia. They’re gonna side with us. What happened in Afghanistan? It was Islam. It’s always been. It’s been the oldest trick for the UK. It’s been the number one big game: it’s played in the name of religion. You use Islam to get what you want.

    55:45 And I’m just amazed. I’m opening newspapers… [gestures opening a newspaper] I don’t actually open newspapers anymore. I open them on my computer. But I still do this motion. [gestures again] I don’t buy newspapers; but count how many times do you see the word “Islam” and “Islamist.” “Islamists carried out this; Islamists did that; Islamists… and this Islamist faction; Islamists…” You know, if you look at some of the conflicts with India and Pakistan, and you don’t see, “Buddhists! Buddhists did that!” The Buddhists… you don’t see “Buddhists did this.” It’s, you know, a particular group; but it’s Islamists.

    56:19 James: Absolutely right.

    56:20 Sibel: So… but these Islamists…

    56:21 James: I mean, we see the absolute Islamization of the area and the 350 madrasas that Gülen has put into that region. And with the English teachers being sent over with diplomatic passports, it all lines up exactly as you’re saying. But there’s another huge piece of this puzzle that we haven’t even touched on yet, and that’s the drug-running, which of course is absolutely central to a lot of the geostrategy of the region. And of course, Turkey: absolutely important in terms of smuggling for the heroin routes.

    56:48 A lot of money rests on this. This is such a huge backbone of the international economy. And of course that’s one of the things that we’re not allowed to ever talk about or breach — or broach — in the mainstream media, because it is so central to what’s happening there. So how does this fit in, who are the main players, and where do they fit into this network that’s been created?

    57:11 Sibel: Sure. First of all, I have to first say I know the information I know both through the work I did during the short period of time with the FBI that involved the top Turkish operators, their movements of heroin — and this is before 9/11 until a few months after 9/11 — but also my own research; but also my own contacts and sources in Turkey. But as far as my work during my work with the FBI goes and the information that by default we gathered, because some of these Turkish actors under investigations who were being monitored, they were the major players with bringing in heroin.

    57:52 And it was, again, done — believe me or not — it’s like, “OK, Turkey, Eastern Europe.” Nobody ever mentions the role and the strategic importance of Brussels! Brussels is extremely important in the transportation and in the distribution of heroin, but nobody would want to think about… [scoffs] “Brussels? European country? Belgium? It just doesn’t fit. We need to find countries like Pakistan and Turkey: yeah, Midnight Express! That makes sense. But UK? Belgium? That’s not… that doesn’t.”

    58:26 But one false information that is being put — that I have to correct here — by people, is Taliban ended the opium production, the poppies production, and that after 9/11 it started. Of course, after 9/11 it went from $5 billion worth, or $1 billion dollar worth, to $50, $100 billion: increased tremendously. But they never ceased producing. And I know this first-hand; and I know this through my work with the FBI. It is a known thing: they still did. It was nothing like to the extent, to the scale that it is today, the production of the opium heroin; but it was there.

    59:07 However, until 9/11, the majority of that operation — and again, it was nothing compared to what it is today — the biggest share was actually carried out — both operations, taking it to the labs — by the Russians. If I were to throw a number, I would say it was… 70 to 80 percent was under Russian control in 1990s. It was Russian mafiya, certain Russian military elements, certain Russian intelligence elements. They care that they have a lot of network put in place, even after they got out of Afghanistan, and they continued that.

    59:48 And something around — again, don’t quote me on the number — if I were to throw a number, I would say somewhere around 20 percent was being smuggled through porous border region into Iran, from Iran into Turkey, some of them through Turkey… Kurdish couriers into Iraq, from Iraq to Turkey where the lab processed it. But it was 20 to 80.

    60:13 Now, that turned completely opposite after 9/11, OK? We, the West, via Turkey — Albanians and Turks — the West became — and this is the number one actor at the top being NATO — the biggest shareholder, the top people in this operation that now you are seeing $50, $100, $500 billion: pick your number. And the Russians’ share decreased, and decreased, and decreased, and decreased — to almost nothing. I mean, they still have some, there are some Russian… but it’s nothing. And that’s why, again, this was… this is fact, this is solid data pouring in: who were the actors, how much of the share it was, and how much it is now.

    60:59 This is why I wonder sometimes why Russia screams and says, “All this heroin comes into Russia, and we want to be part of this eradication program that has increased the poppy production into… whatever, $50 billion.” I guess we call it now “eradication,” increasing the production. I’m like, maybe it’s a code language. Russia says, “We want in on this.” And maybe to pacify Russia we say, “Yeah, we are eradicating, and the production is going up. Come, we’ll give you another 10 percent. Help us ‘eradicate.’” [gestures quotation marks] In quotes: “eradicate” poppies. [laughs]

    61:33 So that’s for… that’s for the heroin portion of it. And while we are at this, on this topic of Russia… and I want to mention this, and I find this mind-boggling: the… our operations — Gladio operations; US, NATO via these Turkish paramilitary groups and later by the Islamist groups — a lot of it had to do with what we were doing with the Chechens and the Chechen movement in the Chechnya carrying out terror attacks in Russia. A lot of it was in Russian borders.

    62:05 Now, then we’re going to get into Ergenekon. And I don’t know how much time we have; it may be part two for this interview. Because a lot of these former ultranationalist fascist militaries who used to fight Russia or counter the Soviet on Gladio’s side, after they were basically thrown out, started being assassinated. You know, they were thrown out by NATO and they lost their protections; and these are the military fascists in Turkey. the ones who survived, they had to get themselves to Russia.

    62:41 And they defected to Russia. They went and they sought political asylums. You will see several Turkish generals who’ve been in Russia in the past three or four years. With all the trials against the Turkish generals, Ergenekon in Turkey, and with some of these people being assassinated mysteriously — including some of the paramilitary groups — in order to get back; in order to get the asylum; in order to settle and get the Russian government’s protection, of course, they have to give — I’m sure, I’m certain — a lot of information to the Russian government and to FSB.

    63:17 And even in 19–… late 1990s, as they were — the Russian forces, that… as they were capturing and killing some of these terrorists — you know, their terrorists — they were confiscating passports, diplomatic passports, Turkish passports, from so-called “Chechens” who’d either received training in Turkey or actually these were part of the Turkish military/paramilitary groups fighting and leading Chechens inside Russia to carry out terror attacks. And the mystery remains that: why Russia has remained so quiet and silent on this, and what is the game there? Or is this actually a game-changer? I don’t know.

    63:56 James: That’s an extremely important point in all of this.

    64:00 Sibel: I don’t know the answer.

    64:00 James: Because this goes right into the geostrategy surrounding the greater conflict that’s going on right now. This, of course, touches on China — with [East] Turkestan, or Xinjiang — and Russia and its share in the heroin trade. This goes right to the heart of that greater geopolitical conflict we see shaping up. So I certainly hope that we can get a second part of this interview, because this is absolutely, truly fascinating stuff.

    64:25 But we’ve already been talking for an hour, and we’ve laid a lot of information out on the table already today. So perhaps we can have a second part to this interview. And if there are listeners out there with some questions or comments that they want to make, they can send that to me, and I will bring that into our second conversation on this. But for now, thinking about what we’ve talked about so far, we’ve covered — again — a lot of ground. Is there anything you’d like to say to sort of wrap up what we’ve talked about today, or the situation…

    64:53 Sibel: Yes

    64:54 James: …that some of these of these actors are in today, like Fethullah Gülen?

    64:57 Sibel: Yeah. One last thing I have — and I’m gonna get into those, because they get to be really deep topics, on our next… during our next interviews — but I have been asked by some sources, some people, to go to Russia to meet with some of these people. And I know that there are people — both in Turkey, but also in Russia — who have some very important documents, and they have some very important information that they have tried to get to me in person but they can’t.

    65:29 Now I know, hopefully, that some of this will get to them, and it would be good for them to know that there are people, there are journalists outside the United States, outside me that they can trust and they can contact. They can be interviewed. If they don’t wish to be interviewed, they can send information. You know, there are ways. You can do it through encrypted way — I don’t know how much you can trust that — but… or documents can come to a [unintelligible 65:59]. But I want them to know that it is good to have other sources outside the US who are tackling these issues; and they can reach out to journalists like James Corbett — and knowing that this information would get out. And again, those people in Russia, I hope some of you are watching this, and I hope some of you will help us to peel off more layers of this operation.

    66:31 James: Absolutely. Well, again, we’ve talked about so much already today, and there’s a lot of information for people to digest. So I will include in the links, in the show notes for this interview, some of the links to some of the articles that you’ve written on Boiling Frogs Post surrounding some of these topics, and some of the other articles that other people have written, so that people can start delving into this in a little bit more, deeper detail.

    66:53 And I will be putting out a podcast episode that will encapsulate at least some of what we’ve talked about today — and with Tom Secker last week — this Friday. So people can look forward to that. On that note, I think we will wrap this conversation up here. Again, we have been talking for quite a while already. So Sibel, thank you so much for laying this out for us today, and I’m very much looking forward to our next conversation.

    67:16 Sibel: And thank you for tackling this, this topic, which is extremely important. In my prelude, I called it the “master key” to understanding a lot of things, including 9/11, and I’m glad you’re holding that key. Thank you.

    67:35 James: Thank you.

    67:38 [MUSIC]

    67:38 James [voice-over]: This video is brought to you by the subscribers of For more information on this and other topics, please go to For more information and commentary from James Corbett, please go to

    67:50 [END]

  69. Lifе During Wartime

    I’ve lived my whole life during wartime. I was born in 1947 the year the National Security Act was signed into law, a “reaction” (design) to the “Cold War” – the ‘hot war’ of WWII having just ended in 1945.

    Of course the so-called “cold war” was a euphemism as it was “hot” in proxy states all over the planet. And it became excruciatingly hot for my generation during Vietnam. And that “conflict” didn’t end the ongoing hot spot wars that continued and continue to this day under varied lexical malfractions.

  70. The ramp up of the defense of the petro dollar

    HomeForumSupport UsActivist StoreContributorsQuotesContact UsDocuments/Legislation
    Monday, October 27, 2014
    Total War over the Petrodollar

    Marin Katusa, Chief Energy Investment Strategist
    Casey Research

    The conspiracy theories surrounding the death of Total SA’s chief executive, Christophe de Margerie, started the second the news broke of his death. Under mysterious circumstances in Moscow, his private jet collided with a snowplow just after midnight. De Margerie was the CEO of Total, France’s largest oil company.

    He’d just attended a private meeting with Russian Prime Minister Medvedev, at a time when the West’s relationship with Russia is fraught, to say the least.

    One has better odds of being struck by lightning at an airport than a snow plow, or any other ground support vehicles hitting a plane and killing all inside the plane, in my opinion. And I say that as someone who’s familiar with airports, having worked at Vancouver International Airport when I was in university; I was the one who would bring the plane into its parking bay.

    If it weren’t for those short odds, a snowplow on the runway with an allegedly drunk driver would be the perfect crime. But who would benefit from his death?

    De Margerie was one of the few business leaders who spoke out against the isolation of Russia. On this last trip to Moscow, he railed against sanctions and the obstacles to Russian companies obtaining credit.

    He was also an outspoken supporter of Russia’s position in natural gas pricing and transportation disputes with Ukraine, telling Reuters in an interview in July that Europe should not cut its dependence on Russian gas but rather focus on making the supplies more secure.

    But what could have made de Margerie a total liability is Total’s involvement in plans to build a plant to liquefy natural gas on the Yamal Peninsula of Russia in partnership with Novatek. Its most ambitious project in Russia to date, it would facilitate the shipping of 800 million barrels of oil equivalent of LNG to China via the Arctic.

    Compounding this sin, Total had just announced that it’s seeking financing for a gas project in Russia in spite of the current sanctions against Russia. It planned to finance its share in the $27-billion Yamal project using euros, yuan, Russian rubles, and any other currency but US dollars.

    Did this direct threat to the petrodollar make this “true friend of Russia”—as Putin called de Margerie—some very powerful and dangerous enemies amongst the power that be, whether in the French government, the EU, or the US?

    In my book The Colder War, one chapter deals with “mysterious deaths” and how they are linked to being on the wrong side of the political equation. Whether it’s going against Putin or against the petrodollar, there are many who have fallen on both sides.

    If Total doesn’t close the $27 billion financing it needs to move forward with the Yamal LNG project then we’ll know someone stepped in to prevent an attack on the petrodollar. The CEO of Total, before his death and his CFO were both strong supporters of Total raising the $27 billion in non US dollars and moving the project forward with the Russians. But, this could all change if the financing does not complete.

    How many other Western executives who dare to help Russia bypass sanctions—and turn it into an energy powerhouse—will die under suspicious circumstances?

    • Hmmm… a western hit right inside Russia, Moscow no less … Jason Bourne’s real life counterpart?

      Quite the feat if this was an assassination. And yet it does indeed read as an assassination!

  71. Lester Bangs must be cackling hysterically in his grave!

    President Obama has now graced as many covers of Rolling Stone magazine as Britney Spears…

    rolling stone obama

    President Obama is on the cover of the Oct. 23 issue of Rolling Stone magazine for a story titled “In Defense of Obama” written by economancer Paul Krugman. It’s his eighth cover since 2008.

    There is not much to say about this. Saying anything ‘serious’ about the burlesque that is modern politics is not addressing modern politics honestly.

  72. JFK Speech on “Secret Societies”

    President John F. Kennedy
    Waldorf-Astoria Hotel, New York City
    April 27, 1961

    Mr. Chairman, ladies and gentlemen:
    I appreciate very much your generous invitation to be here tonight.
    You bear heavy responsibilities these days and an article I read some time ago reminded me of how particularly heavily the burdens of present day events bear upon your profession.
    You may remember that in 1851 the New York Herald Tribune under the sponsorship and publishing of Horace Greeley, employed as its London correspondent an obscure journalist by the name of Karl Marx.
    We are told that foreign correspondent Marx, stone broke, and with a family ill and undernourished, constantly appealed to Greeley and managing editor Charles Dana for an increase in his munificent salary of $5 per installment, a salary which he and Engels ungratefully labeled as the “lousiest petty bourgeois cheating.”
    But when all his financial appeals were refused, Marx looked around for other means of livelihood and fame, eventually terminating his relationship with the Tribune and devoting his talents full time to the cause that would bequeath the world the seeds of Leninism, Stalinism, revolution and the cold war.
    If only this capitalistic New York newspaper had treated him more kindly; if only Marx had remained a foreign correspondent, history might have been different. And I hope all publishers will bear this lesson in mind the next time they receive a poverty-stricken appeal for a small increase in the expense account from an obscure newspaper man.
    I have selected as the title of my remarks tonight “The President and the Press.” Some may suggest that this would be more naturally worded “The President Versus the Press.” But those are not my sentiments tonight.
    It is true, however, that when a well-known diplomat from another country demanded recently that our State Department repudiate certain newspaper attacks on his colleague it was unnecessary for us to reply that this Administration was not responsible for the press, for the press had already made it clear that it was not responsible for this Administration.
    Nevertheless, my purpose here tonight is not to deliver the usual assault on the so-called one party press. On the contrary, in recent months I have rarely heard any complaints about political bias in the press except from a few Republicans. Nor is it my purpose tonight to discuss or defend the televising of Presidential press conferences. I think it is highly beneficial to have some 20,000,000 Americans regularly sit in on these conferences to observe, if I may say so, the incisive, the intelligent and the courteous qualities displayed by your Washington correspondents.
    Nor, finally, are these remarks intended to examine the proper degree of privacy which the press should allow to any President and his family.
    If in the last few months your White House reporters and photographers have been attending church services with regularity, that has surely done them no harm.
    On the other hand, I realize that your staff and wire service photographers may be complaining that they do not enjoy the same green privileges at the local golf courses that they once did.
    It is true that my predecessor did not object as I do to pictures of one’s golfing skill in action. But neither on the other hand did he ever bean a Secret Service man.

    My topic tonight is a more sober one of concern to publishers as well as editors.
    I want to talk about our common responsibilities in the face of a common danger. The events of recent weeks may have helped to illuminate that challenge for some; but the dimensions of its threat have loomed large on the horizon for many years. Whatever our hopes may be for the future–for reducing this threat or living with it–there is no escaping either the gravity or the totality of its challenge to our survival and to our security–a challenge that confronts us in unaccustomed ways in every sphere of human activity.
    This deadly challenge imposes upon our society two requirements of direct concern both to the press and to the President–two requirements that may seem almost contradictory in tone, but which must be reconciled and fulfilled if we are to meet this national peril. I refer, first, to the need for a far greater public information; and, second, to the need for far greater official secrecy.

    The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings. We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it. Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions. Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions do not survive with it. And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment. That I do not intend to permit to the extent that it is in my control. And no official of my Administration, whether his rank is high or low, civilian or military, should interpret my words here tonight as an excuse to censor the news, to stifle dissent, to cover up our mistakes or to withhold from the press and the public the facts they deserve to know.
    But I do ask every publisher, every editor, and every newsman in the nation to reexamine his own standards, and to recognize the nature of our country’s peril. In time of war, the government and the press have customarily joined in an effort based largely on self-discipline, to prevent unauthorized disclosures to the enemy. In time of “clear and present danger,” the courts have held that even the privileged rights of the First Amendment must yield to the public’s need for national security.
    Today no war has been declared–and however fierce the struggle may be, it may never be declared in the traditional fashion. Our way of life is under attack. Those who make themselves our enemy are advancing around the globe. The survival of our friends is in danger. And yet no war has been declared, no borders have been crossed by marching troops, no missiles have been fired.
    If the press is awaiting a declaration of war before it imposes the self-discipline of combat conditions, then I can only say that no war ever posed a greater threat to our security. If you are awaiting a finding of “clear and present danger,” then I can only say that the danger has never been more clear and its presence has never been more imminent.
    It requires a change in outlook, a change in tactics, a change in missions–by the government, by the people, by every businessman or labor leader, and by every newspaper. For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations.
    Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed. It conducts the Cold War, in short, with a war-time discipline no democracy would ever hope or wish to match.
    Nevertheless, every democracy recognizes the necessary restraints of national security–and the question remains whether those restraints need to be more strictly observed if we are to oppose this kind of attack as well as outright invasion.
    For the facts of the matter are that this nation’s foes have openly boasted of acquiring through our newspapers information they would otherwise hire agents to acquire through theft, bribery or espionage; that details of this nation’s covert preparations to counter the enemy’s covert operations have been available to every newspaper reader, friend and foe alike; that the size, the strength, the location and the nature of our forces and weapons, and our plans and strategy for their use, have all been pinpointed in the press and other news media to a degree sufficient to satisfy any foreign power; and that, in at least in one case, the publication of details concerning a secret mechanism whereby satellites were followed required its alteration at the expense of considerable time and money.
    The newspapers which printed these stories were loyal, patriotic, responsible and well-meaning. Had we been engaged in open warfare, they undoubtedly would not have published such items. But in the absence of open warfare, they recognized only the tests of journalism and not the tests of national security. And my question tonight is whether additional tests should not now be adopted.
    The question is for you alone to answer. No public official should answer it for you. No governmental plan should impose its restraints against your will. But I would be failing in my duty to the nation, in considering all of the responsibilities that we now bear and all of the means at hand to meet those responsibilities, if I did not commend this problem to your attention, and urge its thoughtful consideration.
    On many earlier occasions, I have said–and your newspapers have constantly said–that these are times that appeal to every citizen’s sense of sacrifice and self-discipline. They call out to every citizen to weigh his rights and comforts against his obligations to the common good. I cannot now believe that those citizens who serve in the newspaper business consider themselves exempt from that appeal.
    I have no intention of establishing a new Office of War Information to govern the flow of news. I am not suggesting any new forms of censorship or any new types of security classifications. I have no easy answer to the dilemma that I have posed, and would not seek to impose it if I had one. But I am asking the members of the newspaper profession and the industry in this country to reexamine their own responsibilities, to consider the degree and the nature of the present danger, and to heed the duty of self-restraint which that danger imposes upon us all.
    Every newspaper now asks itself, with respect to every story: “Is it news?” All I suggest is that you add the question: “Is it in the interest of the national security?” And I hope that every group in America–unions and businessmen and public officials at every level– will ask the same question of their endeavors, and subject their actions to the same exacting tests.
    And should the press of America consider and recommend the voluntary assumption of specific new steps or machinery, I can assure you that we will cooperate whole-heartedly with those recommendations.
    Perhaps there will be no recommendations. Perhaps there is no answer to the dilemma faced by a free and open society in a cold and secret war. In times of peace, any discussion of this subject, and any action that results, are both painful and without precedent. But this is a time of peace and peril which knows no precedent in history.

    It is the unprecedented nature of this challenge that also gives rise to your second obligation–an obligation which I share. And that is our obligation to inform and alert the American people–to make certain that they possess all the facts that they need, and understand them as well–the perils, the prospects, the purposes of our program and the choices that we face.
    No President should fear public scrutiny of his program. For from that scrutiny comes understanding; and from that understanding comes support or opposition. And both are necessary. I am not asking your newspapers to support the Administration, but I am asking your help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people. For I have complete confidence in the response and dedication of our citizens whenever they are fully informed.
    I not only could not stifle controversy among your readers–I welcome it. This Administration intends to be candid about its errors; for as a wise man once said: “An error does not become a mistake until you refuse to correct it.” We intend to accept full responsibility for our errors; and we expect you to point them out when we miss them.
    Without debate, without criticism, no Administration and no country can succeed–and no republic can survive. That is why the Athenian lawmaker Solon decreed it a crime for any citizen to shrink from controversy. And that is why our press was protected by the First Amendment– the only business in America specifically protected by the Constitution- -not primarily to amuse and entertain, not to emphasize the trivial and the sentimental, not to simply “give the public what it wants”–but to inform, to arouse, to reflect, to state our dangers and our opportunities, to indicate our crises and our choices, to lead, mold, educate and sometimes even anger public opinion.
    This means greater coverage and analysis of international news–for it is no longer far away and foreign but close at hand and local. It means greater attention to improved understanding of the news as well as improved transmission. And it means, finally, that government at all levels, must meet its obligation to provide you with the fullest possible information outside the narrowest limits of national security–and we intend to do it.

    It was early in the Seventeenth Century that Francis Bacon remarked on three recent inventions already transforming the world: the compass, gunpowder and the printing press. Now the links between the nations first forged by the compass have made us all citizens of the world, the hopes and threats of one becoming the hopes and threats of us all. In that one world’s efforts to live together, the evolution of gunpowder to its ultimate limit has warned mankind of the terrible consequences of failure.
    And so it is to the printing press–to the recorder of man’s deeds, the keeper of his conscience, the courier of his news–that we look for strength and assistance, confident that with your help man will be what he was born to be: free and independent.


  73. http://how+bush%27s+grandfather+helped+hitler%27s+rise+to+power/

    Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler
    by AC SUTTON – ‎1976 – ‎Cited by 58 – ‎Related articles
    It is business manipulation of Hitler’s accession to power in March 1933 that is the topic of. Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler. ANTONY C. SUTTON. July, 1976.
    Penetrating a cloak of falsehood, deception and duplicity, Professor Antony C. Sutton reveals one of the most remarkable but unreported facts of the Second World War: that key Wall Street banks and …

  74. ISIS. The best enemy the petro buck can buy

    Tuesday, October 28, 2014
    ISIS: America’s Terrorist Mercenaries
    Tony Cartalucci
    Activist Post

    Generally historical revision takes place long after events unfold and the victors attempt to bury humiliating or inconvenient truths. Today, in the age of information, these would-be victors are finding it increasingly necessary to revise history in real-time through a strategy of increasingly repetitive, but decreasingly effective propaganda.

    Phase I: Justifying Chaos

    It was only in 2007 that US foreign policy openly sought to pursue war against Iran, Syria, and Lebanon’s Hezbollah, while undercutting pro-Iranian factions in Iraq which at the time the US was still occupying. Failing to accomplish this directly, the US planned a not-so-covert proxy war that would include funding, politically backing, and even arming groups ranging from the Muslim Brotherhood to militants aligned with Al Qaeda itself.

    This is perhaps best summarized by the prophetic 2007 report “The Redirection: Is the Administration’s new policy benefiting our enemies in the war on terrorism?” written by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Seymour Hersh and published in the New Yorker.

    It stated (emphasis added):
    To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the Bush Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has cooperated with Saudi Arabia’s government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda.
    Hersh would also go on to chronicle American political and financial support that was being provided to the Muslim Brotherhood, even then under then US President George Bush. In all, the supposedly “spontaneous” uprisings referred to by the Western media as the “Arab Spring” in 2011 were being engineered years ahead of time – not in an attempt to promote peaceful pro-democratic aspirations, but to serve as cover for ultra-violent foreign-backed insurrections that would leave a trail of destruction stretching along Africa’s northern coast, all the way to the borders of Iran, Russia, and even China.

    Phase II: The War

    After denying any role in the “Arab Spring” unrest, the US would soon not only openly support the protesters in the streets, but also support armed militants that followed in the wake of protests. This support included that of a military dimension – with militants in Libya being provided aircover and special forces initially, to eventually the air-dropping of weapons, equipment, and other supplies.

    US Senator John McCain (R-Arizona) would even travel to the terrorist capital of Libya – Benghazi – and offer US support in person. He would stand literally upon the footsteps of Benghazi’s courthouse where Al Qaeda rallies would be held shortly after, promising weapons to men who would later slaughter a US ambassador in that very city.

    After the destruction of Libya’s government amid NATO’s intervention, Benghazi would serve as a terrorist epicenter where weapons, cash, and fighters were being staged before being sent to NATO-member Turkey and then to fight in northern Syria. Among these terrorists were seasoned militants of the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG), an official Al Qaeda franchise in North Africa. One of their leaders, Abdelhakim Belhadj would eventually find himself in power in Tripoli after the collapse of the Libyan government, and even have his photograph taken with Senator McCain.

    Predictably, as NATO shifted resources and attention from the overthrow of Libya to the overthrow of Syria, the conflict aimed at Damascus escalated. It did not however succeed. Instead, the West found itself in a protracted proxy war in which its role in arming, aiding, and abetting hardcore sectarian extremists became increasingly obvious.

    Phase III: The “Rise” of ISIS

    Clearly, the rise of the so-called “Islamic State” or ISIS, did not happen overnight, nor by accident. It was not only the logical result of the United States continuing its strategy of proxy warfare it had carried out against Libya, now unfolding in Syria, it was also the premeditated, documented result of what veteran journalist Seymour Hersh had warned about in 2007.

    It is a threat that not only Syria understands all too well, but a threat its allies including Iraq, Iran, and Russia fully understand and are mobilizing against.

    The US has found itself revising history, attempting to explain the existence of ISIS lurking in the footprints of its massive support of so-called “moderates” in Syria’s ongoing conflict. The US has attempted to claim ISIS has built itself on “donations,” selling oil to the black market, and by taking hostages for ransom. If only building a multinational terrorist mercenary force was that easy, we could imagine Syria, Iraq, and Iran would likewise have vast mercenary armies to outmatch ISIS in an afternoon.

    The reality is, to explain how the US and its regional partners have provided “moderates” with billions in aid only to have ISIS rise up and displace these “moderates,” we must realize that there were never any “moderates” to begin with, and that the US intentionally armed and funded terrorists, just as Hersh warned in 2007, to create a terrorist mercenary army that “espouses a militant vision of Islam” and is “sympathetic to Al Qaeda.”

    ISIS didn’t displace the “moderates,” the truth of what America has done in the Middle East has displaced the lies the West has been telling the public starting in 2011 at the height of the so-called “Arab Spring.”

    It is essential that people around the world continue to spread this this truth faster than the West can spread its chaos

    • Thanks Very, this piece by Cartalucci is top notch,

      “It is essential that people around the world continue to spread this this truth faster than the West can spread its chaos.”

      We are doing our part in this essential business.

  75. “My notion of deep politics… posits that in every culture and society there are facts which tend to be suppressed collectively, because of the social and psychological costs of not doing so. Like all other observers, I too have involuntarily suppressed facts and even memories about the drug traffic that were too provocative to be retained with equanimity.”~Peter Dale Scott,

    “Deep Politics” and the term “Taboo” are first cousins epistemologically.

  76. As questions continue to mount about the origins of the mysterious Mexican flu which is pushing the world into mass hysteria, some are noting that its genetic fingerprint suggests it was created in a laboratory while those who are tracking the small number of confirmed deaths from the outbreak—all of the victims so far being Mexican nationals—are questioning if this is a race-specific bioweapon. While some in the controlled corporate media dismiss such inquiry out of hand, serious researchers know that there is a long and well-documented history of governments experimenting with, deploying and even creating bioweapons to use as a means of warfare, population control and consolidation of governmental power.

    Biowarfare itself goes back to the earliest periods of recorded human history. The ancient Hittites over 3000 years ago drove plague victims into enemy lands with the intent of infecting the enemy population. Athenians poisoned the water supply of their enemies in Kirrha with a toxic plant called hellebore sometime around 590 BC. Scythians in 4th century BC learned to smear their arrow tips with snake venom, blood and even animal feces in order to infect their enemy’s wounds. In the 18th century, the British commander Lord Amherst famously wrote about a plan to infect Native Americans by giving them smallpox-infected blankets, and researcher Kevin Annett has documented similar actions by the Canadian government, which acted in coordination with the Catholic, Anglican and United churches in Canada’s residential school system to facilitate the genocide of Canadian natives.

    “Although the full extent of American bioweapons research remains classified, it is public knowledge that the American military was already experimenting with race-specific bioweapons at least since 1970, a technology that the Apartheid South African government was known to possess and which Israel was developing last decade. It does not take much imagination to envision why those two governments would have been interested in the technology, but it may be surprising to learn that the American government has not only been developing race-specific bioweapons, but that key government officials have advocated their use as a way of furthering American foreign policy. In September 2000 a neocon think-tank called Project for a New American Century released a policy paper, “Rebuilding America’s Defenses”, that contained the following chilling quotation: “advanced forms of biological warfare that can “target” specific genotypes may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” Prominent PNAC members included Cheney, Rumsfeld, Wolfowitz, Jeb Bush and Scooter Libby.”~Corbett
    . . .
    T’is the season, from October to December for rolling out new products; 2014 these seem to be ISIS and Ebola.

  77. Back to WWI

    “Thе раrаnоiа bеnеаth WWI spread like a glоbаl pandemic across thе wоrld, whiсh iѕ what еntаnglеd ѕо mаnу реорlе in mаѕѕivе destruction and thе lоѕѕ оf humаn life оn a ѕсаlе thаt wаѕ unimaginable before: But аѕ thе рlаnеt literally rаn out оf mоnеу thе firѕt wаr “саmе tо аn end” muсh еаrliеr thаn wаѕ еnviѕiоnеd. The dеbt thаt timе hаd reached $75 billion, whеrеаѕ tоdау wе’rе ѕtаring аt $220 Trilliоn in DEBT аnd we’re still pretending that wе саn continue?

    Thе tеmрlаtе for glоbаllу owned and соntrоllеd mаnаgеmеnt of thе рlаnеt had in thеоrу bееn established. Whiсh iѕ whаt brought us all intо the New Millеnnium undеr the fаlѕе flаg that this vеrу соmрlеx world соuld easily bе rеduсеd tо a ѕinglе and dоminаnt wоrld-viеw thаt соuld асtuаllу rеduсе thе wоrld tо реnurу аnd ѕlаvеrу in the name of “оrdеr”: Whеrе thеrе is nо lоngеr аnу lаw аnуwhеrе tо regulate аnуthing thаt thе current Oligarchy decides tо dо tо thе vаѕt bulk оf thе global population.

    The ignorant will be thе very first tо gо as they соntinuе tо gеt саught up in аll thе fаlѕе-flаgѕ аnd convolutions whiсh thе mаinѕtrеаm соntinuеѕ tо try аnd ѕеll tо thе рlаnеt. Anyone whо ѕtill listens to thе bооb tubе dеѕеrvеѕ tо die, bесаuѕе thе еntirе construct iѕ mаdе up оf nothing but liеѕ. Irоniсаllу thеу will soon bе killеd bу thеir оwn inасtiоnѕ, juѕt аѕ it was during WWI & WWII аѕ well. Political-elections аnd the fаkе-tаlking hеаdѕ are nоthing but unemployed сirсuѕ performers playing tо a minimаl audience of drunks аnd wаnt-tо-bе’ѕ hооkеd оn thеir own addictions: Nоnе оf which has anything tо do with altering the рrеtеnd-еxiѕtеnсе that ѕо mаnу hаvе ассерtеd аѕ “thеir сurrеnt state of mind.”

    DC ruins

  78. How To Start A War, And Lose An Empire
    Dmitry Orlov via Club Orlov blog,

    “A уеаr and a hаlf I wrоtе аn еѕѕау оn hоw the US сhооѕеѕ tо view Ruѕѕiа, titled Thе Imаgе оf thе Enеmу. I wаѕ living in Ruѕѕiа at thе timе, аnd, аftеr оbѕеrving thе American аnti-Ruѕѕiаn rhetoric and the Ruѕѕiаn rеасtiоn to it, I mаdе some оbѕеrvаtiоnѕ that seemed imроrtаnt at the timе. It turnѕ оut thаt I mаnаgеd tо ѕроt аn imроrtаnt trend, but givеn thе ԛuiсk расе of dеvеlорmеntѕ ѕinсе thеn, thеѕе оbѕеrvаtiоnѕ аrе nоw wоеfullу оut оf dаtе, and ѕо hеrе iѕ an uрdаtе.
    Thе Amеriсаn bеhаviоr thrоughоut thiѕ ѕuссеѕѕiоn оf dеfеаtѕ hаѕ bееn rеmаrkаblу соnѕiѕtеnt, with thе constant еlеmеnt being their flаt rеfuѕаl tо dеаl with rеаlitу in аnу wау, shape оr form.
    Nоtе thаt this ѕоrt оf behavior iѕ nothing nеw. Thе Americans invaded Afghаniѕtаn because thе Taleban wоuld nоt relinquish Oѕаmа Bin Lаdеn (who wаѕ a CIA operative) unless Amеriсаnѕ рrоduсеd еvidеnсе implicating him in 9/11—whiсh did nоt exist. Amеriсаnѕ invaded Irаԛ bесаuѕе Saddam Hussein wоuld nоt rеlinԛuiѕh hiѕ wеароnѕ of mass dеѕtruсtiоn—whiсh did not еxiѕt. They invaded Libуа because Muаmmаr Qаddаfi wоuld not rеlinԛuiѕh оffiсiаl positions—which hе did nоt hold. Thеу were ready to invаdе Sуriа because Bashar аl Aѕѕаd had used сhеmiсаl wеароnѕ аgаinѕt his own реорlе—whiсh hе did not do. And nоw thеу imposed ѕаnсtiоnѕ on Ruѕѕiа bесаuѕе Ruѕѕiа hаd destabilized аnd invаdеd Ukrаinе—whiсh it did not do еithеr. (Thе US did that.)”~Orlov


  79. Cartoon Bomb Khazar Gets Feelings Hurt And Sore Foot From Being Stepped On

    Netanyahu insists he is ‘under attack for defending Israel’ after remarks from US official
    Quotes from senior Obama administration figures damn Israeli prime minister as ‘chickenshit’ over stance on settlements and peace with Palestinians

    Peter Beaumont in Jerusalem, Wednesday 29 October 2014 17.15 GMT
    Binyamin Netanyahu is condemned by Obama administration officials in an interview for the Atlantic.

    US relations with Israel have plunged to new depths of bitterness and hostility as senior officials in the Obama administration decried Binyamin Netanyahu as a “chickenshit prime minister”, “coward” and a man more interested in his own political survival than peace.

    The furious assessment delivered in anonymous but no-holds barred comments in an interview with the American journalist Jeffrey Goldberg in the Atlantic underline a state of anger with Netanyahu that is characterised as “red hot”.

    The remarks are particularly telling in having been made to Goldberg, a Washington insider who has interviewed both Obama and Netanyahu, and who warned US-Israeli relations were in a “full-blown crisis” that could only get worse after the midterm elections.

    Speaking to the Israeli parliament – the Knesset – a few hours after the comments were revealed, Netanyahu angrily insisted he was “under attack simply for defending Israel”, adding that he “cherished” Israel’s relationship with the US.

    “When there are pressures on Israel to concede its security, the easiest thing to do is to concede,” he said. “You get a round of applause, ceremonies on grassy knolls, and then come the missiles and the tunnels.”

    The Obama officials’ comments underline the dismal state of relations between the Obama administration and Netanyahu after a series of damaging announcements by Israel – including again this week – regarding its determination to push ahead with settlement building in occupied East Jerusalem and the West Bank.

    The temperature of relations plunged again last week when Israel’s defence minister, Moshe Yaalon, was pointedly snubbed by senior administration officials during a visit last week to Washington, which itself followed a public warning from the White House that Israel risked alienating its “closest allies”.

    Despite the deepening frustration in Washington, Netanyahu continued to hit back over the latest settlement announcement, saying US criticism was “detached from reality”, even on the eve of the publication of the latest remarks.

    “The thing about Bibi is, he’s a chickenshit,” said one official quoted in the Atlantic. “The good thing about Netanyahu is that he’s scared to launch wars. The bad thing about him is that he won’t do anything to reach an accommodation with the Palestinians or with the Sunni Arab states.

    “The only thing he’s interested in is protecting himself from political defeat. He’s not [Yitzhak] Rabin, he’s not [Ariel] Sharon, he’s certainly no [Menachem] Begin. He’s got no guts.”

    In a more diplomatic and public statement on the recent settlement announcements, the US national security council spokesman Alistair Baskey insisted the US would continue to criticise Israel.

    “There are times when we disagree with actions of the Israeli government and we must raise our concerns, such as our concerns about Israel’s settlement policy,” he said. “We raise these concerns as a partner who is deeply concerned about Israel’s future and wants to see Israel living side by side in peace and security with its neighbours.”

    In comments designed to further sting Netanyahu, who has expended huge diplomatic effort on attempting to derail any deal with Iran over its nuclear programme, another official suggested the White House no longer believed Netanyahu would launch a pre-emptive strike on Iran to prevent it obtaining nuclear weapons.

    “It’s too late for him to do anything,” the official said. “Two, three years ago, this was a possibility. But ultimately he couldn’t bring himself to pull the trigger. It was a combination of our pressure and his own unwillingness to do anything dramatic. Now it’s too late.”

    A White House spokesman sought to distance the administration from the remarks, insisting they were “inappropriate and counter-productive”, adding Netanyahu and Obama have “forged an effective partnership”.

    The comments are the latest in a series of high-profile spats between Washington and Netanyahu’s government. Relations began their sharp decline when defence minister Yaalon accused the US secretary of state, John Kerry, of being “obsessive and messianic” in his pursuit of a peace deal between Israelis and Palestinians. Later, in off-the-record remarks, Kerry warned that Israeli risked becoming “an apartheid state”.

    On Wednesday Netanyahu told the Knesset: “I am not prepared to make concessions that will endanger our state. Understand, our national interests, topped by security and the unity of Jerusalem, are not what top the interests of those anonymous forces attacking us, and me personally. I am under attack simply because I am defending the State of Israel. If I didn’t stand firm on our national interests, I would not be under attack.

    “I respect and cherish the deep connection with the United States. Since the establishment of the state, we’ve had our arguments and then some. We have seen time after time, year and year, support rising among the American public. The strategic alliance between the stances is continuing and will continue.”

    Responding to the remarks in the Atlantic late on Tuesday night, Israel’s far-right economics minister, Naftali Bennett, used his Facebook page to call for Washington to renounce the comments: “If what was written [in The Atlantic] is true, then it appears the current administration plans to throw Israel under the bus.

    “The prime minister is not a private person but the leader of the Jewish state and the whole Jewish world. Such severe insults towards the prime minister of Israel are hurtful to millions of Israeli citizens and Jews all over the world.

    “Instead of attacking Israel and forcing it to accept suicidal terms, it should be strengthened. I call on the US administration to renounce these coarse comments and to reject them outright.”

    • “The comments are the latest in a series of high-profile spats between Washington and Netanyahu’s government..” -article

      Yes that is the whole point – the “high-profile” of this bullshit. It is PR driven by the need to have their cake and eat it too – that is continue supporting the illegitimate terror-state of Israel, while calling her a bitch.
      The big daddy terror-state of them all squeaking about the little shit terror-state in the Middle East is just so much realpolitik bullshit.

      I call on all of these assholes to shut the fuck up and get outta Dodge.

      Someone here should point out that this is a new world order of interdependence – that is the bottom line papered over by all this tacky burlesque. There is no such thing as an independent state in this global empire. The ‘International Banking Cabal’ calls the shots. Everything else is just theater.

      • “This illustrates two key ontological characteristics of financialized globalization: perpetual instability and a never-ending cycle of boom and bust as capital sparks rapid development in one locale and then moves elsewhere once profits decline.

        The scale of global capital is difficult to grasp; trillions of central bank-issued dollars, euros, yen and renminbi are sloshing around the global economy, seeking low-risk profits.

        Capital has no loyalty to anything but its own expansion, and the damage it leaves in its wake is of no concern to the owners of capital.”



  80. Clarity or Chaos. You be the judge

    Putin to Western elites: Play-time is over


    Most people in the English-speaking parts of the world missed Putin’s speech at the Valdai conference in Sochi a few days ago, and, chances are, those of you who have heard of the speech didn’t get a chance to read it, and missed its importance. (For your convenience, I am pasting in the full transcript of his speech below.) Western media did their best to ignore it or to twist its meaning. Regardless of what you think or don’t think of Putin (like the sun and the moon, he does not exist for you to cultivate an opinion) this is probably the most important political speech since Churchill’s “Iron Curtain” speech of March 5, 1946.

    In this speech, Putin abruptly changed the rules of the game. Previously, the game of international politics was played as follows: politicians made public pronouncements, for the sake of maintaining a pleasant fiction of national sovereignty, but they were strictly for show and had nothing to do with the substance of international politics; in the meantime, they engaged in secret back-room negotiations, in which the actual deals were hammered out. Previously, Putin tried to play this game, expecting only that Russia be treated as an equal. But these hopes have been dashed, and at this conference he declared the game to be over, explicitly violating Western taboo by speaking directly to the people over the heads of elite clans and political leaders.

    The Russian blogger chipstone summarized the most salient points from Putin speech as follows:

    1. Russia will no longer play games and engage in back-room negotiations over trifles. But Russia is prepared for serious conversations and agreements, if these are conducive to collective security, are based on fairness and take into account the interests of each side.

    2. All systems of global collective security now lie in ruins. There are no longer any international security guarantees at all. And the entity that destroyed them has a name: The United States of America.

    3. The builders of the New World Order have failed, having built a sand castle. Whether or not a new world order of any sort is to be built is not just Russia’s decision, but it is a decision that will not be made without Russia.

    4. Russia favors a conservative approach to introducing innovations into the social order, but is not opposed to investigating and discussing such innovations, to see if introducing any of them might be justified.

    5. Russia has no intention of going fishing in the murky waters created by America’s ever-expanding “empire of chaos,” and has no interest in building a new empire of her own (this is unnecessary; Russia’s challenges lie in developing her already vast territory). Neither is Russia willing to act as a savior of the world, as she had in the past.

    6. Russia will not attempt to reformat the world in her own image, but neither will she allow anyone to reformat her in their image. Russia will not close herself off from the world, but anyone who tries to close her off from the world will be sure to reap a whirlwind.

    7. Russia does not wish for the chaos to spread, does not want war, and has no intention of starting one. However, today Russia sees the outbreak of global war as almost inevitable, is prepared for it, and is continuing to prepare for it. Russia does not war—nor does she fear it.

    8. Russia does not intend to take an active role in thwarting those who are still attempting to construct their New World Order—until their efforts start to impinge on Russia’s key interests. Russia would prefer to stand by and watch them give themselves as many lumps as their poor heads can take. But those who manage to drag Russia into this process, through disregard for her interests, will be taught the true meaning of pain.

    9. In her external, and, even more so, internal politics, Russia’s power will rely not on the elites and their back-room dealing, but on the will of the people.

    To these nine points I would like to add a tenth:

    10. There is still a chance to construct a new world order that will avoid a world war. This new world order must of necessity include the United States—but can only do so on the same terms as everyone else: subject to international law and international agreements; refraining from all unilateral action; in full respect of the sovereignty of other nations.

    To sum it all up: play-time is over. Children, put away your toys. Now is the time for the adults to make decisions. Russia is ready for this; is the world?

    Text of Vladimir Putin’s speech and a question and answer session at the final plenary meeting of the Valdai International Discussion Club’s XI session in Sochi on 24 October 2014:

    It was mentioned already that the club has new co-organizers this year. They include Russian non-governmental organizations, expert groups and leading universities. The idea was also raised of broadening the discussions to include not just issues related to Russia itself but also global politics and the economy.

    An organization and content will bolster the club’s influence as a leading discussion and expert forum. At the same time, I hope the ‘Valdai spirit’ will remain – this free and open atmosphere and chance to express all manner of very different and frank opinions.

    Let me say in this respect that I will also not let you down and will speak directly and frankly. Some of what I say might seem a bit too harsh, but if we do not speak directly and honestly about what we really think, then there is little point in even meeting in this way. It would be better in that case just to keep to diplomatic get-togethers, where no one says anything of real sense and, recalling the words of one famous diplomat, you realize that diplomats have tongues so as not to speak the truth.

We get together for other reasons. We get together so as to talk frankly with each other. We need to be direct and blunt today not so as to trade barbs, but so as to attempt to get to the bottom of what is actually happening in the world, try to understand why the world is becoming less safe and more unpredictable, and why the risks are increasing everywhere around us.

    Today’s discussion took place under the theme: New Rules or a Game without Rules. I think that this formula accurately describes the historic turning point we have reached today and the choice we all face. There is nothing new of course in the idea that the world is changing very fast. I know this is something you have spoken about at the discussions today. It is certainly hard not to notice the dramatic transformations in global politics and the economy, public life, and in industry, information and social technologies.

    Let me ask you right now to forgive me if I end up repeating what some of the discussion’s participants have already said. It’s practically impossible to avoid. You have already held detailed discussions, but I will set out my point of view. It will coincide with other participants’ views on some points and differ on others.

    As we analyze today’s situation, let us not forget history’s lessons. First of all, changes in the world order – and what we are seeing today are events on this scale – have usually been accompanied by if not global war and conflict, then by chains of intensive local-level conflicts. Second, global politics is above all about economic leadership, issues of war and peace, and the humanitarian dimension, including human rights.

    The world is full of contradictions today. We need to be frank in asking each other if we have a reliable safety net in place. Sadly, there is no guarantee and no certainty that the current system of global and regional security is able to protect us from upheavals. This system has become seriously weakened, fragmented and deformed. The international and regional political, economic, and cultural cooperation organizations are also going through difficult times.

    Yes, many of the mechanisms we have for ensuring the world order were created quite a long time ago now, including and above all in the period immediately following World War II. Let me stress that the solidity of the system created back then rested not only on the balance of power and the rights of the victor countries, but on the fact that this system’s ‘founding fathers’ had respect for each other, did not try to put the squeeze on others, but attempted to reach agreements.

    The main thing is that this system needs to develop, and despite its various shortcomings, needs to at least be capable of keeping the world’s current problems within certain limits and regulating the intensity of the natural competition between countries.

    It is my conviction that we could not take this mechanism of checks and balances that we built over the last decades, sometimes with such effort and difficulty, and simply tear it apart without building anything in its place. Otherwise we would be left with no instruments other than brute force.

    What we needed to do was to carry out a rational reconstruction and adapt it the new realities in the system of international relations.

    But the United States, having declared itself the winner of the Cold War, saw no need for this. Instead of establishing a new balance of power, essential for maintaining order and stability, they took steps that threw the system into sharp and deep imbalance.

    The Cold War ended, but it did not end with the signing of a peace treaty with clear and transparent agreements on respecting existing rules or creating new rules and standards. This created the impression that the so-called ‘victors’ in the Cold War had decided to pressure events and reshape the world to suit their own needs and interests. If the existing system of international relations, international law and the checks and balances in place got in the way of these aims, this system was declared worthless, outdated and in need of immediate demolition. 

Pardon the analogy, but this is the way nouveaux riches behave when they suddenly end up with a great fortune, in this case, in the shape of world leadership and domination. Instead of managing their wealth wisely, for their own benefit too of course, I think they have committed many follies.

    We have entered a period of differing interpretations and deliberate silences in world politics. International law has been forced to retreat over and over by the onslaught of legal nihilism. Objectivity and justice have been sacrificed on the altar of political expediency. Arbitrary interpretations and biased assessments have replaced legal norms. At the same time, total control of the global mass media has made it possible when desired to portray white as black and black as white.

    In a situation where you had domination by one country and its allies, or its satellites rather, the search for global solutions often turned into an attempt to impose their own universal recipes. This group’s ambitions grew so big that they started presenting the policies they put together in their corridors of power as the view of the entire international community. But this is not the case.

    The very notion of ‘national sovereignty’ became a relative value for most countries. In essence, what was being proposed was the formula: the greater the loyalty towards the world’s sole power centre, the greater this or that ruling regime’s legitimacy.

    We will have a free discussion afterwards and I will be happy to answer your questions and would also like to use my right to ask you questions. Let someone try to disprove the arguments that I just set out during the upcoming discussion.

    The measures taken against those who refuse to submit are well-known and have been tried and tested many times. They include use of force, economic and propaganda pressure, meddling in domestic affairs, and appeals to a kind of ‘supra-legal’ legitimacy when they need to justify illegal intervention in this or that conflict or toppling inconvenient regimes. Of late, we have increasing evidence too that outright blackmail has been used with regard to a number of leaders. It is not for nothing that ‘big brother’ is spending billions of dollars on keeping the whole world, including its own closest allies, under surveillance.

    Let’s ask ourselves, how comfortable are we with this, how safe are we, how happy living in this world, and how fair and rational has it become? Maybe, we have no real reasons to worry, argue and ask awkward questions? Maybe the United States’ exceptional position and the way they are carrying out their leadership really is a blessing for us all, and their meddling in events all around the world is bringing peace, prosperity, progress, growth and democracy, and we should maybe just relax and enjoy it all?

    Let me say that this is not the case, absolutely not the case.

    A unilateral diktat and imposing one’s own models produces the opposite result. Instead of settling conflicts it leads to their escalation, instead of sovereign and stable states we see the growing spread of chaos, and instead of democracy there is support for a very dubious public ranging from open neo-fascists to Islamic radicals.

    Why do they support such people? They do this because they decide to use them as instruments along the way in achieving their goals but then burn their fingers and recoil. I never cease to be amazed by the way that our partners just keep stepping on the same rake, as we say here in Russia, that is to say, make the same mistake over and over.

    They once sponsored Islamic extremist movements to fight the Soviet Union. Those groups got their battle experience in Afghanistan and later gave birth to the Taliban and Al-Qaeda. The West if not supported, at least closed its eyes, and, I would say, gave information, political and financial support to international terrorists’ invasion of Russia (we have not forgotten this) and the Central Asian region’s countries. Only after horrific terrorist attacks were committed on US soil itself did the United States wake up to the common threat of terrorism. Let me remind you that we were the first country to support the American people back then, the first to react as friends and partners to the terrible tragedy of September 11.

    During my conversations with American and European leaders, I always spoke of the need to fight terrorism together, as a challenge on a global scale. We cannot resign ourselves to and accept this threat, cannot cut it into separate pieces using double standards. Our partners expressed agreement, but a little time passed and we ended up back where we started. First there was the military operation in Iraq, then in Libya, which got pushed to the brink of falling apart. Why was Libya pushed into this situation? Today it is a country in danger of breaking apart and has become a training ground for terrorists.

    Only the current Egyptian leadership’s determination and wisdom saved this key Arab country from chaos and having extremists run rampant. In Syria, as in the past, the United States and its allies started directly financing and arming rebels and allowing them to fill their ranks with mercenaries from various countries. Let me ask where do these rebels get their money, arms and military specialists? Where does all this come from? How did the notorious ISIL manage to become such a powerful group, essentially a real armed force? 

As for financing sources, today, the money is coming not just from drugs, production of which has increased not just by a few percentage points but many-fold, since the international coalition forces have been present in Afghanistan. You are aware of this. The terrorists are getting money from selling oil too. Oil is produced in territory controlled by the terrorists, who sell it at dumping prices, produce it and transport it. But someone buys this oil, resells it, and makes a profit from it, not thinking about the fact that they are thus financing terrorists who could come sooner or later to their own soil and sow destruction in their own countries.

    Where do they get new recruits? In Iraq, after Saddam Hussein was toppled, the state’s institutions, including the army, were left in ruins. We said back then, be very, very careful. You are driving people out into the street, and what will they do there? Don’t forget (rightfully or not) that they were in the leadership of a large regional power, and what are you now turning them into?

    What was the result? Tens of thousands of soldiers, officers and former Baath Party activists were turned out into the streets and today have joined the rebels’ ranks. Perhaps this is what explains why the Islamic State group has turned out so effective? In military terms, it is acting very effectively and has some very professional people. Russia warned repeatedly about the dangers of unilateral military actions, intervening in sovereign states’ affairs, and flirting with extremists and radicals. We insisted on having the groups fighting the central Syrian government, above all the Islamic State, included on the lists of terrorist organizations. But did we see any results? We appealed in vain.

    We sometimes get the impression that our colleagues and friends are constantly fighting the consequences of their own policies, throw all their effort into addressing the risks they themselves have created, and pay an ever-greater price.

    Colleagues, this period of unipolar domination has convincingly demonstrated that having only one power centre does not make global processes more manageable. On the contrary, this kind of unstable construction has shown its inability to fight the real threats such as regional conflicts, terrorism, drug trafficking, religious fanaticism, chauvinism and neo-Nazism. At the same time, it has opened the road wide for inflated national pride, manipulating public opinion and letting the strong bully and suppress the weak.

    Essentially, the unipolar world is simply a means of justifying dictatorship over people and countries. The unipolar world turned out too uncomfortable, heavy and unmanageable a burden even for the self-proclaimed leader. Comments along this line were made here just before and I fully agree with this. This is why we see attempts at this new historic stage to recreate a semblance of a quasi-bipolar world as a convenient model for perpetuating American leadership. It does not matter who takes the place of the centre of evil in American propaganda, the USSR’s old place as the main adversary. It could be Iran, as a country seeking to acquire nuclear technology, China, as the world’s biggest economy, or Russia, as a nuclear superpower.

    Today, we are seeing new efforts to fragment the world, draw new dividing lines, put together coalitions not built for something but directed against someone, anyone, create the image of an enemy as was the case during the Cold War years, and obtain the right to this leadership, or diktat if you wish. The situation was presented this way during the Cold War. We all understand this and know this. The United States always told its allies: “We have a common enemy, a terrible foe, the centre of evil, and we are defending you, our allies, from this foe, and so we have the right to order you around, force you to sacrifice your political and economic interests and pay your share of the costs for this collective defense, but we will be the ones in charge of it all of course.” In short, we see today attempts in a new and changing world to reproduce the familiar models of global management, and all this so as to guarantee their [the US’] exceptional position and reap political and economic dividends.

    But these attempts are increasingly divorced from reality and are in contradiction with the world’s diversity. Steps of this kind inevitably create confrontation and countermeasures and have the opposite effect to the hoped-for goals. We see what happens when politics rashly starts meddling in the economy and the logic of rational decisions gives way to the logic of confrontation that only hurt one’s own economic positions and interests, including national business interests.

    Joint economic projects and mutual investment objectively bring countries closer together and help to smooth out current problems in relations between states. But today, the global business community faces unprecedented pressure from Western governments. What business, economic expediency and pragmatism can we speak of when we hear slogans such as “the homeland is in danger”, “the free world is under threat”, and “democracy is in jeopardy”? And so everyone needs to mobilize. That is what a real mobilization policy looks like.

    Sanctions are already undermining the foundations of world trade, the WTO rules and the principle of inviolability of private property. They are dealing a blow to liberal model of globalization based on markets, freedom and competition, which, let me note, is a model that has primarily benefited precisely the Western countries. And now they risk losing trust as the leaders of globalization. We have to ask ourselves, why was this necessary? After all, the United States’ prosperity rests in large part on the trust of investors and foreign holders of dollars and US securities. This trust is clearly being undermined and signs of disappointment in the fruits of globalization are visible now in many countries. 

The well-known Cyprus precedent and the politically motivated sanctions have only strengthened the trend towards seeking to bolster economic and financial sovereignty and countries’ or their regional groups’ desire to find ways of protecting themselves from the risks of outside pressure. We already see that more and more countries are looking for ways to become less dependent on the dollar and are setting up alternative financial and payments systems and reserve currencies. I think that our American friends are quite simply cutting the branch they are sitting on. You cannot mix politics and the economy, but this is what is happening now. I have always thought and still think today that politically motivated sanctions were a mistake that will harm everyone, but I am sure that we will come back to this subject later.

    We know how these decisions were taken and who was applying the pressure. But let me stress that Russia is not going to get all worked up, get offended or come begging at anyone’s door. Russia is a self-sufficient country. We will work within the foreign economic environment that has taken shape, develop domestic production and technology and act more decisively to carry out transformation. Pressure from outside, as has been the case on past occasions, will only consolidate our society, keep us alert and make us concentrate on our main development goals.

    Of course the sanctions are a hindrance. They are trying to hurt us through these sanctions, block our development and push us into political, economic and cultural isolation, force us into backwardness in other words. But let me say yet again that the world is a very different place today. We have no intention of shutting ourselves off from anyone and choosing some kind of closed development road, trying to live in autarky. We are always open to dialogue, including on normalizing our economic and political relations. We are counting here on the pragmatic approach and position of business communities in the leading countries.

    Some are saying today that Russia is supposedly turning its back on Europe – such words were probably spoken already here too during the discussions – and is looking for new business partners, above all in Asia. Let me say that this is absolutely not the case. Our active policy in the Asian-Pacific region began not just yesterday and not in response to sanctions, but is a policy that we have been following for a good many years now. Like many other countries, including Western countries, we saw that Asia is playing an ever greater role in the world, in the economy and in politics, and there is simply no way we can afford to overlook these developments.

    Let me say again that everyone is doing this, and we will do so to, all the more so as a large part of our country is geographically in Asia. Why should we not make use of our competitive advantages in this area? It would be extremely shortsighted not to do so.

    Developing economic ties with these countries and carrying out joint integration projects also creates big incentives for our domestic development. Today’s demographic, economic and cultural trends all suggest that dependence on a sole superpower will objectively decrease. This is something that European and American experts have been talking and writing about too.

    Perhaps developments in global politics will mirror the developments we are seeing in the global economy, namely, intensive competition for specific niches and frequent change of leaders in specific areas. This is entirely possible.

    There is no doubt that humanitarian factors such as education, science, healthcare and culture are playing a greater role in global competition. This also has a big impact on international relations, including because this ‘soft power’ resource will depend to a great extent on real achievements in developing human capital rather than on sophisticated propaganda tricks.

    At the same time, the formation of a so-called polycentric world (I would also like to draw attention to this, colleagues) in and of itself does not improve stability; in fact, it is more likely to be the opposite. The goal of reaching global equilibrium is turning into a fairly difficult puzzle, an equation with many unknowns.
    So, what is in store for us if we choose not to live by the rules – even if they may be strict and inconvenient – but rather live without any rules at all? And that scenario is entirely possible; we cannot rule it out, given the tensions in the global situation. Many predictions can already be made, taking into account current trends, and unfortunately, they are not optimistic. If we do not create a clear system of mutual commitments and agreements, if we do not build the mechanisms for managing and resolving crisis situations, the symptoms of global anarchy will inevitably grow.

    Today, we already see a sharp increase in the likelihood of a whole set of violent conflicts with either direct or indirect participation by the world’s major powers. And the risk factors include not just traditional multinational conflicts, but also the internal instability in separate states, especially when we talk about nations located at the intersections of major states’ geopolitical interests, or on the border of cultural, historical, and economic civilizational continents.

    Ukraine, which I’m sure was discussed at length and which we will discuss some more, is one of the example of such sorts of conflicts that affect international power balance, and I think it will certainly not be the last. From here emanates the next real threat of destroying the current system of arms control agreements. And this dangerous process was launched by the United States of America when it unilaterally withdrew from the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty in 2002, and then set about and continues today to actively pursue the creation of its global missile defense system.

    Colleagues, friends, I want to point out that we did not start this. Once again, we are sliding into the times when, instead of the balance of interests and mutual guarantees, it is fear and the balance of mutual destruction that prevent nations from engaging in direct conflict. In absence of legal and political instruments, arms are once again becoming the focal point of the global agenda; they are used wherever and however, without any UN Security Council sanctions. And if the Security Council refuses to produce such decisions, then it is immediately declared to be an outdated and ineffective instrument.

    Many states do not see any other ways of ensuring their sovereignty but to obtain their own bombs. This is extremely dangerous. We insist on continuing talks; we are not only in favor of talks, but insist on continuing talks to reduce nuclear arsenals. The less nuclear weapons we have in the world, the better. And we are ready for the most serious, concrete discussions on nuclear disarmament – but only serious discussions without any double standards.

    What do I mean? Today, many types of high-precision weaponry are already close to mass-destruction weapons in terms of their capabilities, and in the event of full renunciation of nuclear weapons or radical reduction of nuclear potential, nations that are leaders in creating and producing high-precision systems will have a clear military advantage. Strategic parity will be disrupted, and this is likely to bring destabilization. The use of a so-called first global pre-emptive strike may become tempting. In short, the risks do not decrease, but intensify.

    The next obvious threat is the further escalation of ethnic, religious, and social conflicts. Such conflicts are dangerous not only as such, but also because they create zones of anarchy, lawlessness, and chaos around them, places that are comfortable for terrorists and criminals, where piracy, human trafficking, and drug trafficking flourish.

    Incidentally, at the time, our colleagues tried to somehow manage these processes, use regional conflicts and design ‘color revolutions’ to suit their interests, but the genie escaped the bottle. It looks like the controlled chaos theory fathers themselves do not know what to do with it; there is disarray in their ranks.

    We closely follow the discussions by both the ruling elite and the expert community. It is enough to look at the headlines of the Western press over the last year. The same people are called fighters for democracy, and then Islamists; first they write about revolutions and then call them riots and upheavals. The result is obvious: the further expansion of global chaos.

    Colleagues, given the global situation, it is time to start agreeing on fundamental things. This is incredibly important and necessary; this is much better than going back to our own corners. The more we all face common problems, the more we find ourselves in the same boat, so to speak. And the logical way out is in cooperation between nations, societies, in finding collective answers to increasing challenges, and in joint risk management. Granted, some of our partners, for some reason, remember this only when it suits their interests.

    Practical experience shows that joint answers to challenges are not always a panacea; and we need to understand this. Moreover, in most cases, they are hard to reach; it is not easy to overcome the differences in national interests, the subjectivity of different approaches, particularly when it comes to nations with different cultural and historical traditions. But nevertheless, we have examples when, having common goals and acting based on the same criteria, together we achieved real success.

    Let me remind you about solving the problem of chemical weapons in Syria, and the substantive dialogue on the Iranian nuclear program, as well as our work on North Korean issues, which also has some positive results. Why can’t we use this experience in the future to solve local and global challenges?
    What could be the legal, political, and economic basis for a new world order that would allow for stability and security, while encouraging healthy competition, not allowing the formation of new monopolies that hinder development? It is unlikely that someone could provide absolutely exhaustive, ready-made solutions right now. We will need extensive work with participation by a wide range of governments, global businesses, civil society, and such expert platforms as ours.

    However, it is obvious that success and real results are only possible if key participants in international affairs can agree on harmonizing basic interests, on reasonable self-restraint, and set the example of positive and responsible leadership. We must clearly identify where unilateral actions end and we need to apply multilateral mechanisms, and as part of improving the effectiveness of international law, we must resolve the dilemma between the actions by international community to ensure security and human rights and the principle of national sovereignty and non-interference in the internal affairs of any state.

    Those very collisions increasingly lead to arbitrary external interference in complex internal processes, and time and again, they provoke dangerous conflicts between leading global players. The issue of maintaining sovereignty becomes almost paramount in maintaining and strengthening global stability.

    Clearly, discussing the criteria for the use of external force is extremely difficult; it is practically impossible to separate it from the interests of particular nations. However, it is far more dangerous when there are no agreements that are clear to everyone, when no clear conditions are set for necessary and legal interference.

    I will add that international relations must be based on international law, which itself should rest on moral principles such as justice, equality and truth. Perhaps most important is respect for one’s partners and their interests. This is an obvious formula, but simply following it could radically change the global situation.

    I am certain that if there is a will, we can restore the effectiveness of the international and regional institutions system. We do not even need to build anything anew, from the scratch; this is not a “greenfield,” especially since the institutions created after World War II are quite universal and can be given modern substance, adequate to manage the current situation.

    This is true of improving the work of the UN, whose central role is irreplaceable, as well as the OSCE, which, over the course of 40 years, has proven to be a necessary mechanism for ensuring security and cooperation in the Euro-Atlantic region. I must say that even now, in trying to resolve the crisis in southeast Ukraine, the OSCE is playing a very positive role.

    In light of the fundamental changes in the international environment, the increase in uncontrollability and various threats, we need a new global consensus of responsible forces. It’s not about some local deals or a division of spheres of influence in the spirit of classic diplomacy, or somebody’s complete global domination. I think that we need a new version of interdependence. We should not be afraid of it. On the contrary, this is a good instrument for harmonizing positions.

    This is particularly relevant given the strengthening and growth of certain regions on the planet, which process objectively requires institutionalization of such new poles, creating powerful regional organizations and developing rules for their interaction. Cooperation between these centers would seriously add to the stability of global security, policy and economy. But in order to establish such a dialogue, we need to proceed from the assumption that all regional centers and integration projects forming around them need to have equal rights to development, so that they can complement each other and nobody can force them into conflict or opposition artificially. Such destructive actions would break down ties between states, and the states themselves would be subjected to extreme hardship, or perhaps even total destruction.

    I would like to remind you of the last year’s events. We have told our American and European partners that hasty backstage decisions, for example, on Ukraine’s association with the EU, are fraught with serious risks to the economy. We didn’t even say anything about politics; we spoke only about the economy, saying that such steps, made without any prior arrangements, touch on the interests of many other nations, including Russia as Ukraine’s main trade partner, and that a wide discussion of the issues is necessary. Incidentally, in this regard, I will remind you that, for example, the talks on Russia’s accession to the WTO lasted 19 years. This was very difficult work, and a certain consensus was reached.

    Why am I bringing this up? Because in implementing Ukraine’s association project, our partners would come to us with their goods and services through the back gate, so to speak, and we did not agree to this, nobody asked us about this. We had discussions on all topics related to Ukraine’s association with the EU, persistent discussions, but I want to stress that this was done in an entirely civilized manner, indicating possible problems, showing the obvious reasoning and arguments. Nobody wanted to listen to us and nobody wanted to talk. They simply told us: this is none of your business, point, end of discussion. Instead of a comprehensive but – I stress – civilized dialogue, it all came down to a government overthrow; they plunged the country into chaos, into economic and social collapse, into a civil war with enormous casualties.

    Why? When I ask my colleagues why, they no longer have an answer; nobody says anything. That’s it. Everyone’s at a loss, saying it just turned out that way. Those actions should not have been encouraged – it wouldn’t have worked. After all (I already spoke about this), former Ukrainian President Yanukovych signed everything, agreed with everything. Why do it? What was the point? What is this, a civilized way of solving problems? Apparently, those who constantly throw together new ‘color revolutions’ consider themselves ‘brilliant artists’ and simply cannot stop.

    I am certain that the work of integrated associations, the cooperation of regional structures, should be built on a transparent, clear basis; the Eurasian Economic Union’s formation process is a good example of such transparency. The states that are parties to this project informed their partners of their plans in advance, specifying the parameters of our association, the principles of its work, which fully correspond with the World Trade Organization rules.

    I will add that we would also have welcomed the start of a concrete dialogue between the Eurasian and European Union. Incidentally, they have almost completely refused us this as well, and it is also unclear why – what is so scary about it?

    And, of course, with such joint work, we would think that we need to engage in dialogue (I spoke about this many times and heard agreement from many of our western partners, at least in Europe) on the need to create a common space for economic and humanitarian cooperation stretching all the way from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean.

    Colleagues, Russia made its choice. Our priorities are further improving our democratic and open economy institutions, accelerated internal development, taking into account all the positive modern trends in the world, and consolidating society based on traditional values and patriotism.

    We have an integration-oriented, positive, peaceful agenda; we are working actively with our colleagues in the Eurasian Economic Union, the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, BRICS and other partners. This agenda is aimed at developing ties between governments, not dissociating. We are not planning to cobble together any blocs or get involved in an exchange of blows.

    The allegations and statements that Russia is trying to establish some sort of empire, encroaching on the sovereignty of its neighbors, are groundless. Russia does not need any kind of special, exclusive place in the world – I want to emphasize this. While respecting the interests of others, we simply want for our own interests to be taken into account and for our position to be respected.

    We are well aware that the world has entered an era of changes and global transformations, when we all need a particular degree of caution, the ability to avoid thoughtless steps. In the years after the Cold War, participants in global politics lost these qualities somewhat. Now, we need to remember them. Otherwise, hopes for a peaceful, stable development will be a dangerous illusion, while today’s turmoil will simply serve as a prelude to the collapse of world order.

    Yes, of course, I have already said that building a more stable world order is a difficult task. We are talking about long and hard work. We were able to develop rules for interaction after World War II, and we were able to reach an agreement in Helsinki in the 1970s. Our common duty is to resolve this fundamental challenge at this new stage of development.

    Thank you very much for your attention

    • Yes, Putin makes sense. He makes too much sense for the likes of the “leadership” in the west. As has been noted this speech is going by unremarked upon by western leaders or the western press.
      Ignoring Putin is a form of tacit statement in it’s deafening silence.

      I think that Putin himself may be naive and missing the main point of western hegemony – they are insane.

      • I beg to differ. I think they know exactly what they’re dealing with and are pushing their buttons to get them to out themselves by performing more stupidity. It’s got to be a bitch for them having their bullshit albeit deadly game outed. People do stupid things when their bluff is called. In this bar scene callout, lets hope their blowup isn’t deadly for humanity. Not long to go now.

  81. TEHRAN (FNA)- Iranian Ambassador to Kuwait Alireza Enayati blasted the western countries and their regional allies for supporting terrorists in the region, and said that the anti-ISIL is just a political showoff.
    “The recent performance of the anti-ISIL coalition shows that the coalition has not acted seriously,” Enayati said.

    He noted that Iran knew that the anti-ISIL coalition was unreal since the beginning because the coalition was created by those countries that previously just watched the ISIL’s crimes.

    The Iranian envoy reiterated the need for collective efforts to fight terrorism in the region.

    Last week, Judiciary Chief Sadeq Amoli Larijani underlined that the US and the European countries are behind the wave of Takfiri terrorism in the region in a move to contain Islamic awakening and defame Islam.

    “The killing of innocent people and other acts committed by this group have nothing to do with the Shiism and Sunnism; in fact it is one of the colonial policies of the US and the European countries who want to taint the image of Islam by introducing ISIL as Islam,” Amoli Larijani said in a meeting with Iraqi Prime Minister Haider al-Abadi in Tehran on October 22.

    He reiterated that terrorists do not pose a threat just to Iraq, “rather the world powers have more programs to make the Middle East region insecure.”

    Amoli Larijani pointed to Iran’s support for Iraq in its fight against the terrorists, and said, “Iran will continue its strong moral and material support for Iraq and Iran’s record in supporting Iraq after the fall of Saddam Hussein clearly indicates this.”


  82. The Khazar cartoon bomb rears it’s ugly head but again.

    Israel Tests the Bounds of Its US Clout
    October 30, 2014

    Israeli resistance to deals on Palestinian peace and Iran’s nuclear program has strained U.S.-Israeli relations and will test if Congress is more loyal to Prime Minister Netanyahu or President Obama. But the tension underscores a deeper division between the two countries, says ex-CIA analyst Paul R. Pillar.
    By Paul R. Pillar

    A piece by Jeffrey Goldberg at The Atlantic, bearing the title “The Crisis in U.S.-Israeli Relations is Officially Here,” has performed a useful service in at least two respects. One is that Goldberg’s piece highlights how friction in the U.S.-Israeli relationship is primarily an epiphenomenon of an Israeli policy trajectory that is detrimental to Israel itself — no matter what U.S. officials may or may not say about the policies, publicly or privately — and not only detrimental to others.

    In commenting, for example, on the latest insertion of right-wing Jewish settlers into Arab areas of East Jerusalem — which many Palestinians unsurprisingly see as another step in de-Palestinianizing East Jerusalem so much that it could not become capital of a Palestinian state — Goldberg writes, “It is the Netanyahu government that appears to be disconnected from reality. Jerusalem is on the verge of exploding into a third Palestinian uprising.”

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the United Nations in 2012, drawing his own “red line” on how far he will let Iran go in refining nuclear fuel.
    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the United Nations in 2012, drawing his own “red line” on how far he will let Iran go in refining nuclear fuel.
    He’s right about the potential for a new intifada, one that could emerge spontaneously from bottled-up frustration and anger and would not need to be ordered or directed by anyone.

    Another service by Goldberg is to portray the relationship far more realistically than one would conclude from the boilerplate that both governments routinely serve up about supposedly unshakeable ties between close, bosom-buddy allies. The fact is that the interests that this Israeli government pursues (not to be confused with fundamental, long-term interests of Israel and Israelis generally) are in sharp and substantial conflict with U.S. interests. No amount of pablum from official spokespersons can hide that fact.

    For both these reasons, Goldberg’s article deserves a wide readership.

    The most recent expressions that reflect the true nature of the relationship are not just a matter of unnamed U.S. officials mouthing off. Goldberg notes in the third sentence of his piece that the comments he is reporting are “representative of the gloves-off manner in which American and Israeli [emphasis added] officials now talk about each other behind closed doors.”

    So the barbed tongues extend in both directions, but with two differences. One is that in this relationship the United States is the giver (of many billions in aid, and much political cover in international organizations) and Israel is the taker; harsh comments are far harder to justify when they are directed by an ungrateful beneficiary to its patron rather than the other way around.

    The other difference is that Israeli leaders insult the United States not just through anonymous comments to journalists but also publicly and openly; the current Israeli defense minister is one of the more recent and blatant practitioners of this.

    One can legitimately question some of the particular accusations by the U.S. officials that Goldberg reports, not to mention the scatological and indecorous terminology employed. But to concentrate on this is to overlook the larger and far more important contours of the relationship. The most fundamental truth about the relationship is that, notwithstanding routine references to Israel as an “ally,” it is not an ally of the United States beyond being the recipient of all that U.S. material and political largesse.

    An ally is someone who offers something comparably significant and useful in return, particularly on security matters. That this is not true of Israel’s relationship with the United States is underscored by the priority that the United States has placed, during some of its own past conflicts in the Middle East such as Operation Desert Storm, on Israel not getting involved because such involvement would be a liability, not an asset.

    The core policy around which much of this Israeli government’s other behavior revolves, and which defines Israel in the eyes of much of the rest of the world, is the unending occupation of conquered territory under a practice of Israel never defining its own borders and thus never permitting political rights to Palestinians under either a two-state or a one-state formula. This policy is directly contrary to U.S. interests in multiple respects, not least in that the United States through its close association with Israel shares in the resulting widespread antagonism and opprobrium.

    One of the biggest and most recent U.S. foreign policy endeavors is the negotiation of an agreement to restrict and monitor Iran’s nuclear program to ensure it stays peaceful. Completion of an agreement would be a major accomplishment in the interest of nonproliferation and regional stability. The Israeli “ally” has been doing everything it can to sabotage the negotiations and prevent an agreement.

    It is a fallacy to think that making nice to the Israeli government will get it to back off from its opposition. It is a fallacy because that government has shown it does not want any agreement with Iran no matter what the terms, and because it is dishonest in expressing its opposition.

    There certainly is genuine concern in Israel about the possibility of an Iranian nuclear weapon, but that is clearly not what is behind the Israeli government’s opposition because the sort of agreement that is shaping up would make it markedly less likely, in terms of both Iranian motivations and capabilities, for Iran ever to make a nuclear weapon than would be the case with no agreement. That’s the very purpose of the agreement.

    The Israeli government instead seeks to keep Iran permanently in diplomatic exile, precluding any cooperation between Iran and the United States on other issues (which would dilute Israel’s claim to being the only worthwhile U.S. partner in the Middle East) and retaining the specter of Iran and a nuclear threat from it as the “real problem” in the Middle East supposedly more worthy of international attention than the occupation and unresolved plight of the Palestinians.

    These objectives, as well as the setback for the cause of nonproliferation that collapse of an agreement with Iran would entail, also are directly contrary to U.S. interests.

    The best way to handle the implacable opposition to an Iranian deal from Netanyahu — who, according to Goldberg’s reporting, has “written off” the Obama administration — is to write off Netanyahu and any hope that he could be brought around on the subject. Needed instead is to expose — to Israelis, as well as to members of Congress and other Americans — the fundamental dishonesty of Netanyahu’s opposition.

    Maybe a useful step in doing that would be to bring back Netanyahu’s cartoon bomb that he displayed at the United Nations General Assembly and point out how the preliminary agreement reached with Iran last year (and which the Israeli prime minister consistently denounced) has already drained the bomb and moved the Iranian program back from the lines that the Israeli prime minister drew with his red marker.

    Calling Netanyahu to account certainly is not a sufficient condition to achieve political change in Israel, with its ever steeper rightward tilt, but it is probably a necessary condition. The state of the relationship with the United States is highly salient and highly important to many Israelis, but it will not be a driver of political change as long as it remains masked by all that boilerplate about how great the “alliance” is.

    There are a couple of problems with the title of Goldberg’s piece (which is probably the doing of an editor, not Goldberg). One is that there isn’t “officially” a crisis. The fact that official statements continue to talk about a supposedly rosy relationship is part of what is, as explained above, wrong.

    The other problem is that in this context the word crisis is a misnomer. The term usually indicates a potential for a big turn for the worse, especially the outbreak of a war between whatever two parties are experiencing a crisis. That’s not what’s involved here.

    The only reason the term crisis comes up regarding U.S.-Israeli relations is the fictional, deliberately inflated view of the relationship as something qualitatively different that ought to defy any of the usual rules that apply to any patron and client or to any bilateral relationship. Sweep aside the politically-driven fiction about two countries that supposedly have everything in common and nothing in conflict and instead deal with reality, and the concept of crisis does not arise at all.

    What you have instead is a bilateral relationship that is like many others the United States has, with some parallel interests and objectives along with other objectives that diverge — sometimes sharply — and with honest recognition of the latter being a normal part of business. Being honest and realistic is good for U.S. interests, and in this case it would be good for the long-term interests of Israel as well.

    Paul R. Pillar, in his 28 years at the Central Intelligence Agency, rose to be one of the agency’s top analysts. He is now a visiting professor at Georgetown University for security studies. (This article first appeared as a blog post at The National Interest’s Web site.

    • “EX-CIA?” That seems to me an oxymoron. The validity of the so-called “state of Israel” is the bottom line issue here. “Israel” is utterly illegitimate. It was spawned by terror, and maintains it’s existence through terror. It is rather like considering the US to be a real constitutional republic. Both Amerika and Israel are vile warmongering entities in need of the harshest reprimand. Both should be dissolved in their present state. In fact the whole meme of “government” should be discarded. But that is a huge issue that will not likely be addressed until everything has blown up in our faces.

    • ‘Terrorism and U.S. Foreign Policy’ by Paul R. Pillar

      “The book’s strength is its nuanced sense of how Washington’s counterterrorism policy actually works, day in and day out.” —Philip Zelikow, Foreign Affairs, 10/3/2001

      “Provides hard realizations about the moral compromises that will be required in this new struggle.” —Robert D. Kaplan, Senior Fellow at the New America Foundation, New York Times Book Review, 10/11/2001

      “If you want to better understand the political context in which the war on terrorism will be fought, then Pillar’s is the book to read.” —Mitchell G. Bard, Executive Director of the American-Israeli Cooperative Enterprise, Middle East Insight, 1/1/2002

      “Even though it was written before the horrorific Sept 11 events there are plenty of references to Osama bin Laden..and many others terrorist individuals and groups. In fact, chapters are broken into headings such as states, groups, counterterrorist instruments, etc.
      What’s MOST interesting about this book is this: immediately after Sept 11 American policymakers (government and elected) had been faulted with not knowing much about terrorism.
      But it is VERY clear from reading this book that this is THE book they have used to get up to speed. This clearly was their “Bible.” A lot of what is going on now seems to be based on the concepts and conclusions in this book; and when you listen to some elected officials on Sunday news shows it’s clear they read THIS book.”~ Joel L. Gandelman VINE VOICE on October 28, 2001
      . . . . . . . .
      So this is obviously the ‘Official Narrative’ of CIA as far as the “War On Terror” is defined. The book’s Publisher is Brookings Institution Press. Pillar also writes for Foreign Policy Magazine, published by CFR.

      I think it has been well enough established by study of the Deep State, that the “War On Terror” is a false construct – a systemic design masquerading as analysis. Pillar is one of the designers, not an “analyst”. He fits in the same category as Philip Zelikow and Condoleezza Rice, that is as a “Public Myth Maker”.

  83. The International Forecaster
    Building Blocks of World Government: Global Taxes
    by James Corbett
    November 1, 2014

    “These words, or words very much like them, are in fact being uttered by people in very powerful positions these days, and we would do well to take note of them. Take the latest op-ed from German Finance Minister and perennial political insider, Wolfgang Schäuble:”Why Taxation Must Go Global.” This phrase should be enough to send shivers down anyone’s spine, but most people will read a headline like that and merely nod in agreement or shrug their shoulders in indifference.

    In order to understand why this is, we have to understand how the words “government” and “taxation” have been carefully crafted to keep people from seeing the truth of how they are being ruled. If they were called openly for what they are-that is, “mafia” and “extortion”-who would go along with them? Centuries of brainwashing have served to obscure this point from much of the public, but here’s a handy-dandy rule of thumb: if someone is demanding money from you on penalty of captivity or even death, then they’re a mafia stooge. But if they’re demanding money from you under threat of captivity or even death and at the same time claiming to be a “public servant” then they’re a government tax collector. It’s all in the wording.

    Case in point: the United Nations. It walks and talks like a government; it has an assembly where (unelected) representatives go to strut and bloviate and make grand political speeches. It quacks like a government; it has a flag and an anthem and all the other trappings of a state. It even dresses like a government; it convenes in ornate assembly halls and presides over a massive, bloated bureaucracy that, like all governments, is guilty not just of sins of omission but sins of commission. But it isn’t really a government. Why? It can’t force anyone to do what it wants and it certainly can’t force anyone to give it money. And so no one takes it seriously on the world stage unless it is propagandistically advantageous to do so.

    The financial elite at the top of the power pyramid have known all along that the power to levy a global tax (backed up with the power to enforce it) is the cornerstone to their dream of global government. Just like the institution of any other tax, it doesn’t matter how inconsequential the tax is at first, it’s merely the act of getting the foot in the door that’s important. Just as the income tax was sold to the people of the US as a minor tax that would only effect the rich when it was first introduced in 1913, so too will the coming world tax be sold as a “public good” that few could disagree with…”


    • Global Tax masquerading as a Local Tax:

      “Such is the case with a closed-door negotiation that took place between members of the World Health Organization in Moscow last month. The meeting was so secretive that the press (including a reporter for the Washington Times) was physically kicked out of the room where deliberations were taking place. Their secret agenda? To implement a 70 percent excise tax on tobacco, a tax that is going to be levied by all of the signatories to a UN anti-tobacco agreement. The tax when implemented will raise the average global price of cigarettes by 107%.”-Ibid

      • We should keep the above in mind when touting Russia and Putin as “heroes against globalization” and global hegemony. This sneaky peat pile of stinking anal hurlant took place in Moscow.


      In one of the bluntest statements on the topic by any globalist thus far, controversial German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schäuble (shown) openly called for “global standards” and “global governance” in taxation to ensure that governments can continue extracting huge sums in taxes from the wealth-producing class in perpetuity. In an October 30 column, Schäuble, who regularly promotes globalism and domestic police-state measures, also touted the global tax-information regime long pushed by socialists and globalistsjust signed in Berlin between more than 120 governments and regimes.

      The German finance chief, writing for the self-styled “world’s opinion page” known as Project Syndicate, lambasted businesses for seeking to legally reduce their worldwide tax burden by “adapting their structures.” Citizens, too, must pay more taxes, he argued. In essence, Schäuble claimed that because of a globalized economy and business system, humanity must now submit to a globalized taxation regime as well. “Tax legislation has not kept pace with these developments,” he wrote, echoing calls by globalists around the world for more plunder. “They need to be adapted to the economic reality of digital services.”

      In a brilliant example of what Orwell called “doublespeak,” the German finance minister goes on to claim that “tensions between national fiscal sovereignty and the borderless scope of today’s business activities can be resolved only through international dialogue and uniform global standards.” In other words, the manufactured “tension” between national sovereignty and the international economy can “only” be solved by abolishing national sovereignty in favor of a global regime — or “uniform global standards,” as Schäuble put it. Almost incredibly, he cites the deeply unpopular, scandal-plagued European Union — currently dealing with multiple economic crises of its own making as citizens try desperately to extricate their nations from Brussels’ claws — as an example of how it could be done.
      While the prominent German politician never mentioned it in his column, the foundation for the emerging new world tax regime he was promoting and celebrating was actually laid by the Obama administration and congressional Democrats in 2010. In a little-noticed provision of a totally unrelated “jobs” bill, Congress included a White House-backed scheme dubbed the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA).

      Under the transparently fraudulent guise of extracting less than $1 billion per year from U.S. taxpayers with assets abroad (enough to run the federal government for less than two hours, and less than the half-baked system will cost), the legislation essentially created a de facto planetary tax regime that turns banks around the world into unpaid agents of the state. In addition to devastating middle-class Americans abroad, the FACTA scheme — blatantly unconstitutional from multiple angles — was used as the model for the emerging OECD-G20 global tax regime. “~Alex Newman

  84. The leaders of the 9/11 Joint Congressional Inquiry were Congressman Porter Goss and Senator Bob Graham, who headed-up the House and Senate intelligence committees at the time. Due to Goss and Graham’s activities before 9/11 and on that day, as well as their representation of the state of Florida, their leadership of the Inquiry presented a remarkable number of questions.

    For example, Goss and Graham were meeting with Pakistani ISI General Mahmud Ahmed just as the first plane struck the World Trade Center. The Ahmed meeting is interesting due to the Pakistani ISI’s history with the CIA in arming the “Afghan Arabs” from which al Qaeda evolved. The ISI had also been intimately linked with the terrorist network previously run by the CIA’s partner—the Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI). Added to these coincidences was the fact that Goss and Graham had just returned from a trip to Pakistan in which they had specifically discussed Osama bin Laden, who was a topic of discussion at their 9/11 breakfast meeting as well.

    It seems to be an unusual coincidence that the leader of the Pakistani ISI would be present as al Qaeda’s historic attack was taking place. Ahmed’s meeting with Goss and Graham is also notable in light of Goss’ history as a veteran CIA operative, a member of a secret assassination squad, and someone who was trained to recruit and run foreign operatives. It is also remarkable that Goss’ home district was the primary base for several of the alleged 9/11 hijackers.

    In fact, much of the evidence that established the official account about the accused men came from Florida. Twelve of them were said to have opened bank accounts in the state, primarily through one institution—SunTrust Bank. Deposits made to these accounts often came from a country that the Inquiry seemed to be protecting—the United Arab Emirates (UAE), which owned the BCCI infrastructure.

    “The FBI had a human source in direct contact with Osama bin Laden in 1993 *and discovered that he was eager to finance terror attacks on the United States* (*legend creation from a limited hangout gone stale~ww), according to little-noticed testimony in a court case several years back.

    The testimony, just reported by the Washington Times, underlines how poorly we understand the degree to which the federal government was interacting with Osama bin Laden and monitoring the activities of a network that came to be widely known as Al Qaeda.

    The information, which emerged during an obscure employment dispute case filed by an agent, was provided by Edward J. Curran, who had been a top official in the Bureau’s Los Angeles office. “It was the only source I know in the bureau where we had a source right in al Qaeda, directly involved,” Curran told a nearly empty courtroom in 2010.

    The source was credible enough that the Bureau was able to use his information to prevent an attack on a Los Angeles Masonic temple at the time.

    Several former lawmakers involved with 9/11 reviews told the newspaper they were unaware of the FBI-Al Qaeda connection.

    “I think it raises a lot of questions about why that information didn’t become public and why the 9/11 Commission or the congressional intelligence committees weren’t told about it,” said former Rep. Peter Hoekstra (R-MI), who chaired the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence in the aftermath of the 9/11 report.”~Russ Baker on Feb 28, 2014


  85. “Everything you’ve learned in school as “obvious” becomes less and less obvious as you begin to study the universe. For example, there are no solids in the universe. There’s not even a suggestion of a solid. There are no absolute continuums. There are no surfaces. There are no straight lines.” ~ R. Buckminster Fuller
    . . . . . . . . . .
    “When I look back on all the crap I learned is high school…
    It’s a wonder I can think at all!”~Simon & Garfunkel


  86. There’s no business like ‘Terrorism’ for sustaining the Police State.
    “Blowback” is a form of modified limited hangout.

    • The term “BLOWBACK” was popularized by Christopher Simpson in his 1988 book of that title.
      The book was in the main about ‘Project Paperclip’ with it’s revelations of official Amerikan involvement and collaboration in using, shielding and supporting Nazi war criminals.

      Having read the book (I have an original hard cover) back then, I did not see the issue as in anyway excusing the perpetrators of this outrage. But the term “blowback” has become a term of excusing such crimes and excesses, as I said above – as a limited modified hangout, that is making the excuse in the lie that such consequences were not a part of the agenda in the first place.

      In reading Simpson’s book, I didn’t get the impression at all that these people collaborating with saving the Nazi high command were at all naive, or didn’t understand the consequences of their actions. It was clear to me that the US system was as Machiavellian and mired in Realpolitik as the Nazi regime.
      I think it was the spin put on the book (and the term blowback) in it’s reception that took the word, making it into the disingenuous newspeak item it is now. The acts of Paperclip were too well documented by Simpson to deny – so what was needed in the official PR, was to frame it as “short sighted” – which is the same bullshit excuse we get over and again about “Intelligence Failures”.

      As Sibel notes so passionately in the roundtable with Corbett et al,
      “Fool me once shame on you – Fool me twice shame on me!”
      (Something little Georgie Bush couldn’t get out of his mouth without a stumble bee stinging his tongue).

  87. Blowback by a different moniker

    Michael Hudson: Europe to Pay for the Whole Mess in Ukraine
    Posted on November 1, 2014 by Yves Smith
    Yves here. This discussion with Michael Hudson on RT focuses on the real meaning of the Ukraine-Russia gas deal. One point that Hudson makes that readers might doubt is that Russia loves the US sanctions. I’m not sure “love” is the right word, but there is reason to think they aren’t working out as the US had hoped. First, they’ve greatly increased Putin’s popularity. Even the intelligentsia in Moscow, who were hostile to him, have largely rallied to his side in the face of foreign bullying. Second, the Western press may be overstating the amount of damage done to the economy by the sanctions. Arguably the biggest negative is the fall in the price of oil, which came about growth in Europe and China slowing, and the Saudis announcing that they’d allow the price to reset at a much lower level than most analysts anticipated. But the ruble has been falling, which blunts that effect, but increases the drain on FX reserves as Russia tries to keep it falling too far and will increase inflation. Third, the sanctions have allowed Russia to engage in protection of domestic industries as a retaliatory measure, for instance, blocking many food imports from Europe.

    Now all good well-indoctrinated neoliberals will say, “Trade protectionism merely allows domestic producers to become inefficient and uncompetitive.” It’s not so simple. Development economists are increasingly of the view that trade restrictions can help smaller economies develop domestic businesses to the point where they can compete in international markets, while if they foreign firms in, they’ll find it nearly impossible to build any local champions.

    A colleague who does business in Russia but has no deep loyalties there, says he sees no signs of negative impact of the sanctions in Moscow (he describes it as now looking like any post World War II European capital). This is confirmed by recent surveys in Russia, so the lack of meaningful impact on Russian citizens isn’t an artifact of his seeing only the better parts of Moscow. Note that the latest EU forecasts anticipate very weak growth this year and next, as opposed to outright recession.

    This visitor describes how the sanctions are helping Russian businesses. One of his friends has the Papa Johns franchise. They used to get their cheese from the Netherlands, but those supplies were cut off by the Russian sanctions against Europe. So they had to buy cheese domestically. It was cheaper but not as good. So he is working with the local farmers and cheese-makers to bring the cheese up to the standard of the cheese he used to import. So he expects to eventually have cheese that is lower cost than what he brought in and of comparable quality. And if he succeeded, the cheesemakers will be more competitive in Europe when the sanctions are relaxed.

    The shorter version of this story is that Russia has a large enough domestic market and enough resources that unlike Iran, it may be closer to being able to function as an autarky when its imports and exports are restricted. The open question is whether it can go through the pain of a reset, with some serious and painful short-term dislocations, and escape the slow strangulation that the US claims it has imposed.

    Now to the RT interview, with the transcript below.

    The gas deal between Ukraine and Russia became possible because Europe realized that it wouldn’t get the gas if it didn’t get behind Ukraine, Wall Street analyst Michael Hudson told RT.

    RT: How important is this gas deal for Ukraine and for Europe?

    Michael Hudson: It’s apparently most important for Europe because it was Europe that gave in on the deal. The problem was never about the price of the Russian gas. The problem was whether Ukraine was doing to keep up trying just to run up a larger and larger gas bill every month and every year and finally default. In the US Treasury, strategists have already discussed in public how Ukraine can simply avoid paying Russia the money that it owed by going to court and stalling it. So Russia understandably said, “We need credit in advance.” Mr. Oettinger of the European Commission said “Wait a minute, Russia, why don’t you just lend them the money. They will repay you.” And Mr. Putin at the Valdai Club speech in Sochi last week made it very clear. Look, [Russia] has already lent them 11 billion dollars, much more than anyone else has lent to Ukraine. Ukraine is bankrupt, it’s torn itself apart. Why didn’t perhaps a European Bank underwrite the loan? Finally, Mr. Oettinger gave in. Europe said “OK, the IMF is going to lend Ukraine the money to pay Russia for the gas for the balance of the year.” So that Ukraine would end up owing the IMF money and the European Commission money, not Russia. So Russia will not be exposed to having to lend any more money to a dead-beat economy.

    RT: You think that it was the EU who gave in on that deal and not Ukraine or Russia. Why?

    MH: Ukraine has passed. Ukraine said “We are broken, we don’t have any money, we have spent all our money on war. Our export industry is collapsing. If we need gas, we’ll simply steal the gas that Russia is sending to Europe. We are not going to starve – we’ll just take your gas.” And Putin said, “Well, if they try to steal gas like they did a few years ago, we’ll just turn off the gas and Europe won’t get gas”. So Europe realized that it wouldn’t get the gas if it didn’t step behind Ukraine and all of a sudden Europe is having to pay for Ukraine’s war against Russia. Europe is having to pay for the whole mess in Ukraine so that it can get gas, and this is not how they expected it to turn out.

    RT: Do you think this deal will improve relations between Europe and Russia?

    MH: Europe is very uncomfortable with being pressured by the US that essentially said “Let’s you and Russia fight.” Europe is already suffering. Germany has always been turning towards Russia, all the way. 50 years ago, I remember Konrad Adenauer in Germany always spoke very pro-Western and pro-American, but always turned economically towards Russia. So of course Europe, and Germany especially, has wanted to maintain its ties with Russia. The problem is the US [wants] to start a new Cold War. It created a lot of resentment in Europe, and Europe is finally capitulating. This means that the US pressure to set Europe against Russia has failed.

    RT: Could we expect now easing of sanctions on Russia?

    MH: No, Europe is still being pressured, the sanctions are pressured by NATO, and NATO is pressing for a military confrontation with Russia. The sanctions are going to continue unless Russia gives back Crimea, which of course it won’t. The sanctions are hurting Europe, they are turning out to be a great benefit for Russia because finally Russia is realizing: “We can’t depend on other countries to supply our basic imports, we have to rebuild our industry.” And the sanctions are enabling Russia to give subsidies to its industry and agriculture that it couldn’t otherwise do. So Russia loves the sanctions, Europe is suffering and the Americans are finding that the Europeans are suddenly more angry at it than they are at Russia.

    • This one pulls in trail neatly

      Saudi Arabia’s Oil Politics on Syria
      November 3, 2014

      Exclusive: Typically when crude oil prices plummet, Saudi Arabia cuts back production to stop and reverse the fall, but this time that hasn’t happened, raising questions about why. Is the reason business or geopolitics, possibly a way to punish Russia and Iran over Syria, asks Andrés Cala.

      By Andrés Cala

      Saudi Arabia is keeping its oil taps wide open even as a glut tumbles world prices to the low $80s per barrel, the lowest level in four years and well below the level that Saudi Arabia must maintain to avoid running a fiscal deficit. But the big question is why? Is the motive just business or is it geopolitics, i.e., punishing oil producers Iran and Russia over Syria?

      The mainstream explanation for the Saudi behavior is that it’s acting to defend its market share in an increasingly oversupplied oil market, which is awash with robust U.S. production while demand growth from China and Europe has stalled. The conventional thinking goes: If Saudi Arabia cut exports, prices would rise but other suppliers might snatch away its clients. So the Saudis would rather weather the storm of lower prices – and hold onto its clients – until the market balances itself.

      U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry delivers a greeting from President Barack Obama during a meeting with King Abdullah of Saudi Arabia in Riyadh on November 4, 2013. [State Department photo/ Public Domain]
      U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry delivers a greeting from President Barack Obama during a meeting with King Abdullah of Saudi Arabia in Riyadh on November 4, 2013. [State Department photo/ Public Domain]

      Other analysts have suggested that Saudi Arabia is undertaking an indirect assault on the U.S. production of so-called “tight oil,” which is more expensive to extract from shale than pumping light crude from Saudi oil reserves. The lower the world’s oil prices, the less viable these more costly oil extractions become.

      But business concerns may not be the main driver of this Saudi oil policy. Instead, the Saudis may be flexing their muscular dominance of the world’s oil markets to advance geopolitical interests, from helping the energy-dependent military government of Egypt – a Saudi ally – to undermining the adversarial regimes in Syria and Iran as well as Russia, which has emerged as a key ally for those two embattled governments.

      While falling oil prices certainly do hurt Saudi Arabia, the Saudis with their vast financial reserves are well-positioned to withstand the economic pain. That is less the case with Russia and Iran, both heavily invested in the defense of Bashar al-Assad’s Syrian regime. In other words, the Saudis may see the precipitous drop in oil prices as a weapon in the broader regional Shiite-Sunni proxy war, with Saudi Arabia leading the Sunni side versus Shiite-ruled Iran.

      The depressed oil prices also dovetail with the Obama administration’s geopolitical interests by putting the squeeze on Russia and Iran as the West seeks to consolidate its control over Ukraine and tries to force Iran to capitulate in talks over its nuclear program.

      But the Saudi geopolitical calculation to sustain record production above 9.5 million barrels per day is probably most directed at Syria where the Saudis have financed the Sunni-led campaign to overthrow Assad, who largely represents Alawite, Shiite, Christian and other minorities. By toppling Assad and replacing him with a Sunni-dominated government, Saudi Arabia would deal a severe blow to Iran and the region’s Shiites.

      Thus, Saudi Arabia is willing to resist pressure from its partners in the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries in order to advance what the Saudis see as their broader regional interests. For Riyadh, the self-inflicted economic pain is acceptable as long as it contributes to the broader imperative of inflicting pain on Assad and his backers.

      The Geostrategic Imperative

      For years Saudi Arabia’s Sunni monarchy has maneuvered, at times with allies such as Turkey and at times alone, to replace Syria’s Assad who comes from the Alawite community, a spinoff of Shiite Islam. Israel also shares the goal of ousting Assad, hoping to shatter “the Shiite crescent” reaching from Tehran through Damascus to Beirut. [See’s “Israel Sides with Syrian Jihadists.”]

      But Saudi Arabia’s Syrian-regime-change policy stumbled when President Barack Obama refused to go to war against Assad last year and Syria’s Iranian-backed forces began regaining lost ground against the Sunni rebels. Russia, too, came to Assad’s defense for its own strategic interests. Russia publicly admonished Saudi Arabia and Qatar for unscrupulously turning Syria into a terrorist haven that threatened global security, particularly the emergence of al-Qaeda’s Nusra Front and the even more brutal Islamic State.

      As these Sunni extremists took over the anti-Assad rebellion, Saudi Arabia found itself in the de facto position of aiding and abetting these terrorist elements, which control large swaths of Syria and – after an Islamic State offensive – a significant part of Iraq. Then, the Islamic State’s strategy of using brutality, including mass executions and beheadings, to intimidate its enemies shocked the world and created political pressure on Obama to intervene against these extremists.

      Saudi Arabia’s monarchy also sensed a growing danger to its stability if the Islamic State’s “caliphate” continued to expand. The Royal Family understands that the Islamic State is popular among some of Saudi Arabia’s conservative Sunni Salafites who might join the Islamic State in turning their guns on the monarchy with the goal of seizing the country’s extraordinary oil wealth. The Islamic State is already active on the Saudi borders with Iraq and Yemen.

      So, recognizing these risks and responding to U.S. pressure, the Saudis agreed to join the U.S.-led coalition mounting airstrikes against Islamic State positions in Iraq and Syria. But Saudi Arabia has not entirely abandoned its hopes of dislodging Assad and thus it demanded assurances from Secretary of State John Kerry during a September visit that Assad would not be allowed to stay in power, according to a report in the Wall Street Journal.

      Saudi Arabia’s use of oil as a weapon supports the longer-range goal of ousting Assad by raising the costs on Iran and Russia for backing him.

      Global Impact of Lower Prices

      There are, of course, other risks for Saudi Arabia from its acceptance of lower oil prices. For one, the lost income undercuts the monarchy’s ability to co-opt its population by providing financial and other benefits. The oil money has shielded the country so far from the extreme political instability undercutting its neighbors, both enemies and allies.

      According to the International Monetary Fund, Saudi Arabia risked running a fiscal deficit as early as 2015, a warning that preceded the recent drop in oil prices. Saudi public spending soared 50 percent between 2010 and 2013 as stimulus for an already hyper-inflated welfare state that is trying to fend off its own Arab Spring. The government is building infrastructure, improving services and increasing handouts. Spending is forecast to continue increasing through 2018.

      The IMF said Saudi Arabia’s government spending might exceed its income – almost entirely from oil revenue – in 2015. This public deficit could increase to 7.4 percent of gross domestic product by 2019. The break-even oil price required to balance the state budget is $91 for 2015, but the price is currently lower than that.

      Still, the price tumble is disproportionally more damaging to Russia and Iran. Russia, already coping with Western sanctions over Ukraine, is heavily dependent on its oil revenue and President Vladimir Putin is well aware of the destabilization of Russia that falling energy prices can inflict. That said, Russia is a lot better prepared than it was in the 1980s and 1990s and thus is in a position to endure for some time.

      Iran will suffer, too, but probably not enough to make it flinch in its various confrontations with the United States and the West. Iran’s economy is weak, especially under sanctions over its nuclear program and from the costs of several proxy wars in the region that are draining its budget. But Iran has historically weathered economic hardship and has recently demonstrated its resilience when it comes to priorities, such as defending its Shiite allies in Syria and Iraq.

      On the other hand, the Saudis know Western allies will appreciate the decision to keep prices low and thus give oil-importing countries a financial break. When the U.S. consumers save on oil imports, which still represent about a third of the net oil that America uses, that means they have more money in their pockets for other purchases.

      The Saudis also knew that the typical market reaction to instability in the oil-rich Middle East is for prices to soar, possibly to $150 a barrel, which would have had a depressing effect on Western economies and added to the political pressures across the developed world. By flooding the world markets with oil now, however, the opposite occurred, with prices sharply declining.

      Another geopolitical gain for Saudi Arabia from the lower oil prices is the relief provided to Egypt’s economy where the Saudis have already lavished billions of dollars in aid on the military regime that overthrew the elected Muslim Brotherhood government of Mohamed Morsi. Though the Muslim Brotherhood is also Sunni, its ideology of Muslim populism represents what the Royal Family views as an existential threat.

      The Muslim Brotherhood has strong supporters, including Qatar, so shielding the Egyptian military regime economically is vital to the Saudis. Lower oil prices, more than direct Saudi aid to the government, brings relief to average Egyptians and thus reduces the likelihood of a popular uprising against the military regime.

      But Saudi Arabia can’t sustain the lower prices indefinitely. OPEC meets in December and could cut nominal production goals, although Saudi Arabia is the ultimate decider. Since the beginning of the world economic crisis in 2008, Saudi Arabia has positioned itself as a central bank of sorts in global oil markets. It is the only country capable of pumping more oil or less to influence supply and demand to a significant degree.

      The Kingdom also has built hard currency reserves that give it ample time, years even, to survive lower oil prices. But it’s not about surviving, but expanding, and thus the likely window of low oil prices will probably close some time in the first half of 2015.

      Saudi Arabia knows there is no reason to panic because its 2014 budget is safe, and the country could easily survive with prices around $85 in the first half of 2015, as long as prices rise to around $95 in the second half.

      Ultimately, Saudi timing on oil prices is anybody’s guess. It likely will be determined by how the Syrian war evolves and the post-election political circumstances in the United States. In the meantime, the world will continue guessing about how much self-inflicted financial pain the Saudi monarchy is ready to accept in its efforts to inflict more pain on Syria’s allies.


    “Prоtесtiоnѕ оf рrоmiѕеѕ оf еnсrурtiоn, рrоxу use, Tоr-likе anonymity and ‘militаrу-grаdе’ соmѕес tесhnоlоgу аrе magic асtѕ — ELINT, SIGINT аnd COMINT always prevail оvеr соmѕес. The mоѕt widely truѕtеd аnd рrоmоtеd systems are thе most likеlу to be реnеtrаtеd, еxрlоitеd, ѕрiеd uроn, ѕuссеѕѕfullу аttасkеd, covertly соmрrоmiѕеd with fаultѕ hiddеn bу рrоmоtеrѕ, operators, соmреtitоrѕ, соmрrоmiѕеrѕ and аttасkеrѕ аll оf whom wаrn against the others whilе mutuаllу bеnеfiting from соntinuоuѕ аlаrmѕ about security аnd рrivасу.”~Cryptome’s Jоhn Yоung

    “When someone рrоmiѕеѕ уоu turnkey anonymity and failsafe рrоtесtiоn frоm spies, mаkе like thаt guy оn The Wаlking Dead and reach for уоur сrоѕѕbоw. Mass ѕurvеillаnсе is a vivid expression оf rаw роwеr and control. Hence whаt аilѕ ѕосiеtу iѕ fundаmеntаllу a political рrоblеm, with economic аnd technical facets, such thаt ѕаfеguаrding сivil libеrtiеѕ on thе Internet will take a lot more than juѕt the right app.” ~Bill Blundеn

  89. We’re рubliѕhing in full, fоr thе first time, manuals explaining thе prominent соmmеrсiаl imрlаnt software “Rеmоtе Cоntrоl System,” mаnufасturеd bу the Itаliаn соmраnу Hacking Tеаm. Despite FBI dirесtоr James Comey’s dirе wаrningѕ about the imрасt of widеѕрrеаd data scrambling — “сriminаlѕ аnd terrorists would like nоthing mоrе,” hе dесlаrеd — Hасking Tеаm еxрliсitlу рrоmiѕеѕ оn itѕ wеbѕitе that its ѕоftwаrе саn “dеfеаt еnсrурtiоn.” The mаnuаlѕ dеѕсribе Hасking Team’s software fоr gоvеrnmеnt technicians аnd analysts, ѕhоwing how it can activate cameras, еxfiltrаtе еmаilѕ, rесоrd Skуре саllѕ, lоg typing, аnd соllесt раѕѕwоrdѕ оn tаrgеtеd devices. Thеу аlѕо саtаlоg a range оf рrе-bоttlеd tесhniԛuеѕ for infесting those devices uѕing wifi networks, USB sticks, streaming vidео, аnd еmаil аttасhmеntѕ tо deliver virаl installers. With a few clicks оf a mouse, even a lightly trained tесhniсiаn can build a ѕоftwаrе аgеnt thаt саn infесt аnd mоnitоr a device, then uрlоаd сарturеd dаtа аt unоbtruѕivе times using a ѕtеаlthу nеtwоrk of proxy servers, аll without lеаving a trасе. That, at lеаѕt, iѕ what Hасking Tеаm’ѕ mаnuаlѕ claim as thе соmраnу triеѕ to distinguish itѕ offerings in the glоbаl mаrkеtрlасе for government hасking ѕоftwаrе.



    ”The sacred rights of mankind, are not to be rummaged for among old parchments or musty records. They are written, as with a sunbeam, in the whole volume of human nature, by the hand of divinity itself, and can never be erased or obscured by mortal power.” ~ Alexander Hamilton

    Mendocino County, in the pristine northern lands of California, where the magnificent ancient coastal Redwood trees meet the inland California Oaks, has voted itself into the constitution writing (righting) business.

    Yesterday, by a significant margin, they became the first county in California, and only the second county in the country to pass into law a very powerful local ordinance that declares local self-governing rights in their communities over state and federal jurisdiction. Over 67% of the votes cast were in favor of the measure.

    The ordinance provides for waters free from toxic trespass; preemptively bans all fracking activities countywide with heavy fines and penalties for violation of the ordinance; and establishes a Community Bill of Rights to, for, and by the residents of Mendocino County while checking corporate powers as well.

    In addition, the newly created law gives the Rights of Nature to exist and flourish without toxic trespass whereas previously Nature had no standing in the court of law.
    . . . . . . .
    Hmm… I do wish these mendacious & enterprising Mendocinoians the very best of luck with their self-governance project.


    “Secret police. Secret courts. Secret government agencies. Surveillance. Intimidation tactics. Harassment. Torture. Brutality. Widespread corruption. Entrapment schemes.

    These are the hallmarks of every authoritarian regime from the Roman Empire to modern-day America, yet it’s the secret police—tasked with silencing dissidents, ensuring compliance, and maintaining a climate of fear—who sound the death knell for freedom in every age.Every regime has its own name for its secret police: Mussolini’s OVRA carried out phone surveillance on government officials. Stalin’s NKVD carried out large-scale purges, terror and depopulation. Hitler’s Gestapo went door to door ferreting out dissidents and other political “enemies” of the state. And in the U.S., it’s the Federal Bureau of Investigation that does the dirty work of ensuring compliance, keeping tabs on potential dissidents, and punishing those who dare to challenge the status quo.

    Whether the FBI is planting undercover agents in churches, synagogues and mosques; issuing fake emergency letters to gain access to Americans’ phone records; using intimidation tactics to silence Americans who are critical of the government, or persuading impressionable individuals to plot acts of terror and then entrapping them, the overall impression of the nation’s secret police force is that of a well-dressed thug, flexing its muscles and doing the boss’ dirty work.

    Indeed, a far cry from the glamorized G-men depicted in Hollywood film noirs and spy thrillers, the government’s henchmen have become the embodiment of how power, once acquired, can be so easily corrupted and abused.

    Case in point: the FBI is being sued after its agents, lacking sufficient evidence to acquire a search warrant, disabled a hotel’s internet and then impersonated Internet repair technicians in order to gain access to a hotel suite and record the activities of the room’s occupants. Justifying the warrantless search as part of a sting on internet gambling, FBI officials insisted that citizens should not expect the same right to privacy in the common room of a hotel suite as they would at home in their bedroom.
    FBI has a long track record of abusing its extensive powers in order to blackmail politicians, spy on celebrities and high-ranking government officials, and intimidate dissidents of all stripes. It’s an old tactic, used effectively by former authoritarian regimes.

    In fact, as historian Robert Gellately documents, the Nazi police state was repeatedly touted as a model for other nations to follow, so much so that Hoover actually sent one of his right-hand men, Edmund Patrick Coffey, to Berlin in January 1938 at the invitation of Germany’s secret police. As Gellately noted, “[A]fter five years of Hitler’s dictatorship, the Nazi police had won the FBI’s seal of approval.”

    Indeed, so impressed was the FBI with the Nazi order that, as the New York Times recently revealed, in the decades after World War II, the FBI, along with other government agencies, aggressively recruited at least a thousand Nazis, including some of Hitler’s highest henchmen, brought them to America, hired them on as spies and informants, and then carried out a massive cover-up campaign to ensure that their true identities and ties to Hitler’s holocaust machine would remain unknown. Moreover, anyone who dared to blow the whistle on the FBI’s illicit Nazi ties found himself spied upon, intimidated, harassed and labeled a threat to national security.”~ RUTHERFORD INSTITUTE, JOHN W. WHITEHEAD

    • A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State Hardcover – June 25, 2013
      by John Whitehead (Author), Nat Hentoff (Introduction)

      The winner of two national book awards, including a Gold Medal in the prestigious Benjamin Franklin Awards, A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State paints a chilling portrait of a nation in the final stages of transformation into a police state, complete with surveillance cameras, drug-sniffing dogs, SWAT team raids, roadside strip searches, blood draws at DUI checkpoints, mosquito drones, tasers, privatized prisons, GPS tracking devices, zero tolerance policies…


    “Using the Sandy Hook Elementary School massacre as its justification, the Obama administration has recently given the psychiatric business and pharmaceutical industry a major gift by quietly introducing a behavioral and mental health program in public schools throughout the United States.

    An under-reported section of “Now is the Time” is applied to “making schools safer” and “improving mental health services” for students.

    Mass media have blacked out the Obama administration’s program which transforms our nation’s public schools in to lucrative referral centers for big psychopharma.

    On September 22, 2014 Department of Health and Human Services Secretary Sylvia M. Burwell announced $99 million in new grants “to train new mental health providers, help teachers and others recognize mental health issues in youth and connect them to help and increase access to mental health services for young people.”

    On September 23 the Department of Education announced an additional $70 million in “School Climate Transformation grants.” According to the DOE, over half of the funding “will be used to develop, enhance, or expand systems of support for implementing evidence based, multi-tiered behavioral frameworks for improving behavioral outcomes and learning conditions.”

    The goals of such measures include “connecting children, youths, and families to appropriate services and supports,” and “increasing measures of and the ability to respond to mental health issues among school-aged youth.”

    ProPublica’s reports on how hundreds of kids are being restrained by police & staff across the country…”

  93. “Censorship”
    Dave Hodges – The Common Sense Show

    alternative media

    There is a plot designed to hide the truth from the general public and preserve the veil of secrecy and censorship which permeates the mainstream media and I think you have a right to know about this.

    Alternative Media Under Attack

    There is an ongoing conspiracy between the money interests behind the mainstream media, the Department of Defense (DoD) and several intelligence agencies which are working together to falsely and artificially inflate the numbers of the mainstream media (i.e. Hannity) and whose purpose it is to obfuscate the true Internet ratings of the alternative media and even block traffic to alternative media sites (e.g. Steve Quayle, Doug Hagmann, Dave Hodges, et al).

    Google, Yahoo, Bing, the Internet rating site of Alexa and a plethora of other website controlling “traffic cops” are conspiring to lessen the influence of the alternative media. The six corporations that control 98% of the media determine, in large part, what you see, hear and think. They are not about to let an upstart media group change their stranglehold over their control over of the public and their perceptions.

    Statistical Irregularities

    For about year, my news director, Annie DeRiso, and I have noticed several statistical anomalies coming from our Google inspired traffic and the corresponding Alexa ratings. For example, during the late September to late October 2014 period where Ebola was dominating both the dinosaur mainstream and alternative, truthful media, The Common Sense Show was averaging about 12,000-16,000 hits on the website per day, just from Google alone. As soon as the mainstream media stopped covering Ebola as its top story, the Google hits to The Common Sense Show dipped below 2,000 hits and the change matched and was just as instantaneous as the mainstream media. On a typical “bad day” Google still averages 6,000-9,000 hits on the website per day. And let’s not forget that Alexa showed nearly alternative media website dropping by the same percentage in September of 2014. How many coincidences does it take to make a conspiracy?

    By the way, these statistical anomalies only transpire during periods high drama and controversial news events where the corporate controlled media seeks to exert its maximum influence. These statistical anomalies have occurred at the height of the illegal immigration invasion of the United States this past summer. As soon as the switch was flipped and the MSM stopped covering the Ebola story, the Google hits on The Common Sense Show took a corresponding dive. The same “anomalies” have occurred during the Syrian (2013) crisis and the Ukrainian crisis.

    Steve Quayle Receives Corresponding & Confirming Information

    Steve Quayle was recently sent a memo from a high ranking military officer which addresses this topic. According to Quayle, the source is completely reliable and he verbalized the fact that Steve Quayle, Dave Hodges (The Common Sense Show) and Doug and Joe Hagmann (The Hagmann and Hagmann Report radio show) are being blocked by the DoD. Further, a certain percentage of direct and Google based web traffic to these websites are being blocked from being able to access these sites according to other sources as well.

    Google operates off of an algorithm which is presently limiting searches on the topics of “Obama, Ebola, Military firings…” according to Quayle’s source. Steve Quayle’s military source went on to say that this is not an outright ban (that would be too obvious), but that “This has happened with greater frequency and is about half of the articles you post”.


    Steve Quayle has also told me that he has been contacted by military personnel who would access his former broadcasts, by satellite in Afghanistan. These military personnel were told that they “would be court-martialed ” for accessing Quayle’s broadcasts.

    From a leaked DoD document sent to Steve Quayle, if a D0D employee tries to access a flagged website, such as Quayle’s, Hodges’ and Hagmann’s website/radio shows, this is a message that one is going to see.

    You have attempted to access a website with possible security risks. As such, we advise against further access. However, if a MISSION ESSENTIAL access requirement exists, click on the link below and proceed with caution. This is a DoD enterprise-level protection system intended to reduce risk to DoD users and protect DoD systems from intrusion. It will block access to high-risk websites and filter high-risk web content. You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: o The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
    o At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
    o Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG authorized purpose.
    o This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests–not for your personal benefit or privacy.
    o Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details. Click
    Globalists such as Soros and Brzezinski have bemoaned the fact that the public is waking up. This begs a couple of questions. First, what percentage does Hagmann, Quayle, Hodges, Before Its News, et al. have to reach before their collective efforts will totally consume the country? The answer according to most sociologists and marketing experts is about 10% and when that number is reached exponential growth takes place. We are almost there. The second question has to do with how long will the purveyors of the status quo of the New World Order continue to allow this unchecked growth, which threatens to greatly lessen their power and influence? The answer to the question is, not much longer.

    The Net Effect

    I am among a growing number of journalists who believe that when medical martial law is fully implemented as a result of the Ebola crisis, Internet sites such as Quayle, Hodges and Hagmann are going to be permanently taken down and we will return to one version of the truth and the people behind that version don’t have your best interests at heart.

    My readers and listeners will undoubtedly ask me what we can do about this blatant attempt at censoring the news. The answer is simple, take a few moments and write a form letter, and include a hard copy of this article, and mail it to one sponsor for every mainstream media outlet that you participate in. Simply tell the sponsor that you will not be using their service or product because of their indirect complicity in this latest attempt at censoring the news. If America was to do this, the ripple effect would be felt all the way back to the White House. George Noory would be working at Walmart and Wolf Blitzer would master the phrase “Do you want fries with this burger, sir?”

  94. I am a monkey sitting in the public library working on their computer because mine was nuked by aliens.

    I want to thank Veri for keeping the griddle hot here at the bar & grill. I may be quite on and off here for the time being. Stay cool and don’t let the Joneses out-smith you

    • “AAA” Anglo American Axis.
      Here’s one to keep the griddle going.
      Granted, it reads a little over the top with a kind of zeal but still an interesting read never the less. Anybody that’s been following the whole geopolitical agenda that’s been unfolding as reported via quality alternate news can see the faltering of the western hegemony. As we’ve seen happen especially with Iraq firstly through Saddam Hussein’s wanting to trade oil in Euro’s and the ongoing quagmire to the day there. Then bringing down Gaddafi’s Libya because he dared to create an African central bank and currency, TPTB destroyed a country that had the highest standard of living on the whole continent.
      In times like this, the propaganda quotient is high from all quarters but there’s still much to be grokked from reading between the lines.

      Michael Thomas by Michael Thomas
      November 5th, 2014
      Updated 11/09/2014 at 2:31 pm


      State of the Nation

      Why is the Anglo-American Axis so afraid of Putin and determined to bring him down?

      No world leader has been so demonized by the West over the past decade as President Vladimir Putin of Russia has.

      No other president or prime minister has been subjected to so many outrageous personal attacks and unrelenting false accusations.

      Clearly, Vladimir Putin represents a genuine threat to the World Shadow Government (WSG) in a way that profoundly unnerves those who reside at the peak of the global power pyramid.

      Why are they so afraid of him?
      Before that question can be answered, the hidden history of the preplanned collapse of the USSR must first be understood and properly considered. Only by understanding the true historical context in which Vladimir Putin operated at that time will his actions and pronouncements of today take on great meaning. This unknown history is also quite important if one is to comprehend the reactions of his countless detractors throughout the leadership of the Anglo-American Axis (AAA). As follows:


      One of the best kept secrets which predicated the inevitable collapse of Soviet communism and the subsequent breakup of the USSR is that it actually occurred in a manner not too unlike a carefully controlled demolition. Only in this case they were bankers and politicians, investment brokers and power-brokers who actually pressed the buttons. All of the plans toward that end were fastidiously laid by these stakeholders, all of whom had the greatest interest in exploiting the vast wealth of the Russian motherland.

      The fall of the Berlin Wall and collapse of the USSR were not the spontaneous series of major events that the Mainstream Media (MSM) would have us believe. Neither was it the result of President Ronald Reagan’s request: “Mr. Gorbachev, Tear Down This Wall”; although his Hollywood background made for some great (and convincing) political theatre. “Perestroika” and “glasnost” were simply buzzwords bandied about to present the appearance of a fundamentally changed USSR. Yes, Russia did become liberalized especially in contrast to Soviet Communism, but only so it could be neo-liberalized by the banksters.

      In fact, the entire dissolution of the USSR was the product of numerous top secret meetings which took place with very high level (as in highest level) representatives from the USSR, USA, UK and other major AAA nations and WSG controllers. By and large the most important of these meetings concerned the meticulously engineered business and commercial, banking and investment aspects necessary for an orderly breakup of the USSR republics and its eastern European satellites.

      By 1989 the pendulum of power had swung from those who wished to see the USSR and her satellites controlled by communism to those who wanted to directly control her prodigious natural wealth, industrial base and other national assets by way of naked predatory capitalism. Toward that end the many notorious Russian oligarchs were each selected and appointed by the Western coalition of bankers to oversee the outright theft of all major assets and natural resources from the Russian people. This unique form of corrupt predatory capitalism was at first hidden from public view as it was implemented to strip everything of value from both the state and the citizenry.

      This jointly blessed transitional process was the only way in which the Soviet Union was ‘permitted’ to be liberated from those who secretly controlled her destiny throughout nearly 75 years of nominal Soviet Communism. Leaders such as Mikhail Gorbachev and Boris Yeltsin were chosen to rubber stamp the entire state-coordinated theft by the oligarchs. As political leaders are usually kept in the dark, neither of them, nor their inner circles, were privy to the details of this scheme to steal Russian wealth. They were merely frontmen whose primary task was to usher the process along with the veneer of legitimacy. However, because of their positions of political power and unique vantage points, both were grimly aware that “a deal had been made with the devil” behind their backs.

      Boris Yeltsin bore the greatest burden because of the timing of his term as President as he watched the oligarchs steal everything in sight. His well known drinking problem and heart condition were surely the result of having to go along with the whole charade. Nevertheless, he knew that in the future stewardship of Vladimir Putin, Russia would be “protected”. For just as the vulture capitalists from both Russia and the West executed their plans (and contracts) to strip Russia bare, so, too, had an ultra-secret group of Russian patriots and nationalists, loyal politicians and government officials made an even stronger compact to take it all back … when the right time presented itself.



      The following headline portrays exactly what did not occur just prior to the fall of the Berlin Wall and subsequent collapse of the Soviet Union.

      Director Admits C.I.A. Fell Short In Predicting the Soviet Collapse – New York Times

      Can anyone believe that the CIA tried to present itself as having failed to predict this monumental and unparalleled collapse, particularly when it was The Company that was actually pulling the levers and pushing the buttons of what was essentially a controlled demolition?

      The CIA even went so far as to take a lot of bad press to convince the American public (and the world-at-large) that they had ‘truly’ failed miserably in this regard. Such was their intent to hide the actual scheme perpetrated against the Russian people, as well as against all the former republics that made up the Soviet bloc, that the CIA was made the subject of various political dramas acted out all over the ‘Washington, DC theatre district’ in an effort to cover up any US involvement.

      The Company does after all bear the direct responsibility of seeing to it that all Anglo-American Axis international agreements are strictly adhered to. In reality, contract enforcement of this nature has always been the CIA’s primary duty. In the instant case of Russia, however, their long range assessments and strategic analyses fell WAY short of the mark. So mistaken were they that it can now be safely stated that it was really the CIA that ultimately got conned. Perhaps there were also those well-positioned CIA ‘whistleblowers’ who played the game so as to alert their Russian counterparts of the various schemes and scams being run from Saint Petersburg to Vladivostok by the Western banksters.


      What better way for the oligarchs to shield themselves from Russian indictments than to seek the full protection of the CIA, MI6 and MOSSAD crime syndicate deep within the Anglo-American Axis (AAA). Even the recently freed ex-president, Mikhail Kodorkovsky[1], of the now defunct Yukos Oil has been spending more time in the good ole USA stumping for a new Russian revolution. The CIA’s other Russian political plant, former world chess champion Gary Kasparov, has also been working overtime to supplant Putin as “Protector of the Realm” as he preaches incessantly to the American political establishment about the ‘grave danger’ of Putin’s truly enlightened leadership.

      It seems that neither of these Western dupes understands that this is not 1917. And that Vladimir Putin is not Czar Nicholas of Romanov fame. They also fail to realize that many of their fellow oligarchs abroad, as well as political pawns at home, have met with disastrous fates; such are the forces from on high which have aligned with Putin’s master plan for a strong and sovereign Russia. Each one of the many oligarchs, acting out of extreme self interest as they have, cannot even hope to touch Putin now that state power has been irreversibly consolidated to administer the Kremlin’s will.

      UKRAINE-POLITICS-UNRESTThe Maidan or central square in Kiev, Ukraine after the disastrous coup that was directed and financed by the U.S.


      What is particularly surprising, in view of the very dynamic moves being played on the current global geopolitical chessboard, is that the West is so transparent in regard to both their method and motive toward undermining Russia. The recent Kiev coup and ongoing Ukraine revolution provide a perfect example of yet another nation collapse executed within the historical orbit of Russia. Here, again, Zionist oligarchs with ties to the US, UK and Israel have been appointed to all the key national leadership positions, as well as to the governorships of all the regions known as oblasts. Once again, the AAA game plan has been executed according to the same playbook as that utilized during the USSR collapse, with the billionaire oligarchs taking total control of the wealth of the Ukraine.

      Most do not know, but there is a plan afoot by the Modern State of Israel to set up a return to its original homeland in the Ukraine. The Eastern Ukraine was once a part of the kingdom of Khazaria during a time when Judaism was chosen by the king to become the official state religion. Those Khazarian adherents to Judaism would go on to constitute what is now known as Ashkenazi Jewry. Over centuries of migrations throughout Russia, as well as emigrations to all parts of eastern, central and western Europe, the Ashkenazim have evolved into the richest and most politically powerful religious group in Eurasia.

      In fact the Modern State of Israel (MSI) was formed by the Zionist movement which derived its power and wealth from Ashkenazi Jewry the world over. However, the MSI experiment is not going so well. Most of those Jews who emigrated from Russia and the Ukraine, as well as many who fled Europe during pre World War II persecution, post WWII chaos and right up to the present day instability now understand that they jumped right from the frying pan into the fire.

      Furthermore, many Jews have now come to realize that the cultural PTSD[2] generated by both WWI and WWII was purposefully inflicted so that they would be more amenable to taking up residence in a foreign patch of desert land surrounded by Muslim and Arab nations which were forced to watch the outright theft of Palestine in broad daylight from their brethren. Not a good way at all to move into the neighborhood, especially when the neighbors can very easily lob mortars and missiles into your midst.

      This is where the plot to repopulate the Ukraine comes in. Most Israelis of European descent are naturally more comfortable on “the Continent” completely out of range of such mortar and missile attacks. Hence, the Ukraine was chosen by the Zionist leadership as a new fallback position. Not only is the brazenly apartheid regime of the Modern State of Israel untenable in any civilized world, it has shown itself as the thoroughly rogue nation and criminal state that it is today. In fact, the Modern State of Israel has ignominiously distinguished itself as an unprecedented and peerless international pariah.

      Particularly in light of their recent destruction of Gaza, Israel has essentially sealed its fate. Consequently, the Middle East has morphed into a HUGE powder keg ready to blow whenever Israel decides to cross one too many red lines for the umpteenth time. Any normal person living in such a volatile environment would only want to far remove themselves from such a precarious state of affairs, which is why there is now a very quiet movement of Ashkenazi Jews back to the Ukraine, their ancestral homeland.


      From the very beginning of the manufactured civil war in the Ukraine, the Western powers have revealed their intentions of creating a new “European Israel”. Removing the Russian language and substituting Hebrew as the second official language of the Ukraine is just one quite obvious move toward the establishment of a new Israeli enclave. All the while the Anglo-American Axis accuses Russia of having designs to create a new region –Novorossiya — known literally as New Russia. Such a red herring has accomplished the goal of not arousing suspicion as to the real plot to take over the Ukraine, just as Palestine was in the late 1940s. Furthermore, witness Israel’s extraordinary silence regarding the whole AAA misadventure in the Ukraine before and during the ongoing, fabricated civil war.


      Not only would such a “European Israel” provide a highly strategic geopolitical location from which to continue their efforts to destabilize Russia, the AAA would also use the Ukraine to run interference throughout the European Union. Just as Israel has been used to disrupt the entire Middle East for decades, the new Ukraine state being constituted for Israeli resettlement will serve a similar function throughout a Eurozone that is slowly becoming hostile to Jewish populations and their interests.

      When the neofascist leadership in Kiev turned the military loose on the urban and rural areas of the Eastern Ukraine, it became apparent that a much greater agenda of ethnic cleansing was at work. Many authoritative reports have indicated the wholesale slaughter of innocent civilians, as well as the wanton destruction of infrastructure/places of worship/homes/businesses of the Russian-speaking populace. Some have even insinuated that a slow motion plan of systematic genocide is at work.


      If the Anglo-American Axis is distinguished by one pursuit above all, it is its unquenchable thirst for oil and natural gas. So addicted is the AAA to hydrocarbon fuel that the Petrodollar quickly became the world reserve currency. The strength of so much sustained worldwide demand for oil as an energy source has now reached a critical point however. Both the AAA war machine and economic juggernaut require LOTS of oil and gas to run its tyranny across the planet. Not only is the Anglo-American Axis terribly wasteful and inefficient in the utilization of these energy resources, which Russia possesses in great abundance, it expends considerable amounts of time and energy, money and capital in the process of further acquisition of the hydrocarbon fuel needed to maintain sole superpower status.

      Herein lie the seeds of its own destruction, for the Anglo-American Axis can no longer bear the costs necessary to maintain its empire. The extent to which war and other forms of conflict have been relied upon to secure additional sources of oil and gas no longer makes sense. All the nations which have walked down this path of perpetual war have been exposed. Some, like Israel, are now considered anathema to an overwhelming majority of nations worldwide. Likewise, the USA is vilified all over the world as a bully bent on self-destruction, just as the UK is universally known by its City of London bankster MO.

      In light of these commonly held perceptions, the fortune/fate ratios of both the BRICS Alliance and Anglo-American Axis, are soaring and plummeting respectively. While the European-American-Japanese economic model continues to go bust in real time, the BRICS Alliance is at the very least setting itself up for a future boom. Clearly the trajectories of the BRICS nations are poised to shoot toward the stars, as the Western powers are precariously plunging toward an unprecedented “crash and burn”. Ironically, it is only through the cooperation and collaboration with the BRICS allied nations, and especially Russia, that the Eurozone and American sphere of influence can be saved from almost certain economic collapse and financial breakdown.

      When the smoke and mirrors that define so much of the Western economic mirage begin to fade, Eurozone countries will profoundly regret imposing such counterproductive sanctions on Russia. It is they who now suffer tremendous economic consequences, right in the middle of a resurgent recession, from Russia’s much more debilitating economic sanctions. Even the vaunted economic engine of Europe — Germany — has lost its capacity to jumpstart the rest of the EU, all because they chose to side with the real perpetrators of the Kiev coup d’état.

      The battle for the Ukraine is not so much about the AAA geopolitical gambit gone wrong, as much as it is a litmus test for those who will be allowed to join an authentic global movement defined by economic justice, social equality and political stability. Furthermore, it is respect for national sovereignty — above all else — that Putin’s Russia, Jinping’s China, and Modi’s India expect from the world, as the rest of the world ought to receive from all the BRICS nations.

      Vladimir Putin


      First, it is critical to understand that it is not just Putin the man who they’re afraid of. It is not even Russia as a nation that scares the living daylights out of the AAA. It is the FORCE behind Putin which they have not seen occupy a major political office since John F. Kennedy. Surely the AAA must wonder how they all got so tricked into believing that Putin was one of them in the first place. He was, after all, a KGB functionary with all the right credentials to be trusted to play their game, only their way, all the time.

      However, just like JFK back in the early ’60s, once Putin saw exactly how the AAA game was being played on the people — EVERYWHERE — he flipped on them and has never looked back. Because his predecessor Boris Yeltsin, who assisted the Russian oligarchs in the plundering, pillaging and raping of the Russian motherland, gave his firm blessing to Putin as political heir, no one ever thought Putin would perform such a ‘radical’ 180° turnaround. In both the formulation of state policy and administration of the federal government he set about the process of taking back Russia from those who misappropriated her wealth. So dramatic was his conversion against the rapacious oligarchy that he is now spoken of as a veritable reincarnation of Peter the Great, who also saved Russia from enemies both within and without.

      President Putin’s close alignment with the Patriarch of the Russian Orthodox Church — His Holiness Patriarch Kirill – has become the cause for the deeply religious and traditional people of Russia to become enamored with him. His socially conservative agenda is much more in sync with Russian sensibilities as it is protective of a refined culture that is at odds with the permissiveness of an ever-coarsening Western society. In this particular area of divergence, Putin’s Russia has served as a countervailing force to the AAA modus operandi of sewing seeds of social chaos and political disorder wherever they set their sights. The propagation of overly permissive societal norms is their signature strategy in this regard, which Putin repeatedly bumps up against.

      It is significant to point out that the Russia that Yeltsin inherited was one that the thoroughly corrupt oligarchs were promised. In other words, the emancipation from Communism only came with the understanding that the Russian oligarchs would be permitted to steal the nation’s assets — natural resources, industrial plants and whatever else they could get their hands on. This little known fact is why Boris Yeltsin freely admitted at the end of his career to some historic mistakes, especially those related to the systematic transfer of Russian wealth to those now infamous oligarchs.

      He knew that it was the key to Russia’s eventual freedom from those Western powers which were integral to orchestrating the fall of the Berlin Wall in a relatively orderly manner.

      History has now shown us that Boris Yeltsin had great foresight in his choice of Vladimir Putin as Prime Minister. His final words to Putin in his capacity as President were: “Take care of Russia.” They have likewise been translated as “Protect Russia.” In Putin was the perfect vessel found to ensure that Boris Yeltsin’s last wish would be honored. Putin himself uttered the following words a couple of days prior to Boris Yeltsin’s funeral.

      “We will do everything we can to ensure that the memory of Boris Nikolayevich Yeltsin, his noble thoughts and his words ‘take care of Russia’ serve as a moral and political benchmark for us,”[3]


      Which is exactly what Putin set about to do, regardless of Western reaction and/or threats from all the usual suspects. Putin would not, under any circumstances, allow predatory capitalists to destroy Russia. He quite deliberately — under cover of “national security” — initiated all of the necessary legal process and governmental procedure to reclaim that which had been stolen from the Russian people. This particular tact was especially effective, and foolproof, since the AAA has used the same pretext to take over nations large and small for centuries.

      Nevertheless, the West could only recoil in utter shock that a President would actually protect his nation in this fashion. That Putin put the interests of Russia and its citizenry before the bankers … and the industrialists … and the powerful oligarchs was seen as the ultimate betrayal. After all, his actions ran counter to the back room deal that was cut by the real power-brokers who negotiated the “fall of the Wall”. Communism was to be eradicated ONLY if the oligarchs were granted unfettered access to Russia’s wealth. And so they were … … … for the time being.

      Little did anyone know that Boris Yeltsin — and especially Vladimir Putin later on — tricked them all. Unfortunately, such a benevolent deception ultimately took a great toll on Yeltsin’s health in the form of death by heart disease. As an extremely patriotic and self-sacrificing Russian leader, Boris Yeltsin knew that he had to play nice with the Western leaders (and their oligarch agents) if the nation was to be liberated from their predatory claws. In the end he did a superlative job, particularly in ensuring a smooth transition to Putin upon whom fell the weight of the benign double-cross.



      No one understands Russian history of the 20th century better than the justifiably resentful citizens of the USSR. These folks suffered great trials and tribulations at the hands of Communist thugs who were put into power by Western bankers and the Anglo-American political class. They know exactly what happened to their motherland in the wake of the totally fraudulent Bolshevik Revolution. They also know precisely who was responsible for such a catastrophic social, economic and political cataclysm.

      “It has been said that the Russian steppes has born many a philosopher. That great expanse of land runs on seemingly forever with wide open sky and unbroken winds that stir the soul … to know the truth … and nothing but the Truth.”[4]

      Only by understanding the temperament of those Russian peoples who lived through the disaster of Communism, which was foisted on them by foreign agents with a surreptitious agenda, will the forces that stand behind Putin be correctly understood. In this regard, it is not Putin, the President, that the Western Powers are dealing with. It is a proud and patriotic Russian movement that sprang up with the awareness that the Anglo-American Axis was responsible for their lost century. This truth cannot be erased from history by airbrushing a few internet sites which are controlled by the CIA. Nor can the many odious and therefore inconvenient historical facts be eradicated from the Russian psyche when so much pain and suffering was caused to so many.

      Truly, the forces which support Putin in his quest for genuine national sovereignty are much greater than any US President or UK Prime Minister, NATO Supreme Allied Commander or European Union Leader. In fact the power behind Vladimir Putin is Russia herself, a force quite determined not to be held prisoner by the Anglo-American Axis ever again. And no amount of saber-rattling by Washington, or economic terrorism by the European Union, or financial sabotage from the City of London will alter that determination.


      Unlike every other country that has recently fallen to naked Anglo-American aggression, Russia had substantially developed much nuclear weapon technology during the Cold War. Little did the West ever imagine that Russia would then use the prospect of not only nuclear weapon technology, but also far more advanced and destructive weaponry which has never been utilized before on Planet Earth, as a powerful deterrent to unprovoked Anglo-American Axis acts of war.

      Nor did the same Western predatory capitalists ever dream that the richest man in Russia — Mikhail Khodorkovsky[3] — would be imprisoned for 10 years. Being their point man for the further looting of Russia’s oil and gas reserves and related assets, the whole misguided AAA scheme went completely bust. However, once the oligarchs were stripped of their power, money and influence, all the West could rely upon was brute force, as they continue to exercise with extraordinary savagery in places like the Ukraine. To intimidate and threaten, coerce and extort is all the Anglo-American Axis knows how to do these days, so successful have these tactics been in subjugating completely powerless and/or defenseless nations around the world for many decades.

      Nevertheless, now that the Russian Federation has reassessed their nuclear weapons capability and redeployed critical assets on their western border, their tactical response and strategic preparedness have never been better. While this particular state of affairs poses a great obstacle to the AAA’s long range plan toward a New World ‘Order’, Russia and the ever-growing BRICS Alliance present an even greater challenge to their fatally flawed implementation plan.



      Russia is not only joined by the BRICS Alliance in its efforts to level the global playing field, it is also supported by many other nations near and far, Hungary being one that has broken ranks with the European Union. Certainly the broke and bankrupted Anglo-American Axis has its job cut out when going up against a growing number of countries that will no longer be treated like stepchildren. When nations like China and Russia, India and Brazil, South Africa and Venezuela, Bolivia and Ecuador, publicly express their misgivings with American hegemony, the whole world pays close attention. Therein lies the real power behind Vladimir Putin.

      History books will one day show that the world community of nations rallied around the moral high ground taken by Vladimir Putin in the second decade of the new millennium. Not only do the Russian people fully support their president, but the vast populations of China, India, and many other nations stand solidly behind their leaders against the incessant meddling by the Anglo-American Axis. The pervasiveness of the internet has simply made it too easy to share what is REALLY going on around the world, especially when the AAA is working so vigorously against the interests of common people everywhere.

      Vladimir Putin, no matter what intrigues and machinations are set in motion to disrupt his best intentions, has been found out by his own people. They know that he has done his level best to protect Russia. They also know that, in his resolve to take care of the Russian people, he also considers the best interests of citizens of every nation, including those which relentlessly antagonize Russia and persecute him at every opportunity. This extraordinary posture is not only quite rare among world leaders today, it is an admirable quality in any age … which is just another reason why they so detest Vladimir Putin’s wise and enlightened leadership.


      Only by divine ordination does a KGB lieutenant colonel wind up fulfilling the last wishes of his predecessor serving alternately as both President and Prime Minister of Russia. Because Vladimir Putin took that presidential directive so seriously, however, he now sits in the crosshairs of the most formidable military machine and economic juggernaut on Earth. However, in stark contrast to JFK’s short tenure which took place in the very belly of the beast, Putin has an unparalleled firewall of protection erected around him. He knew that if Boris Yeltsin’s final wish was to be carried out, he and his collaborators would have to be protected from harm. The AAA team, after all, never plays nice and always breaks the rules.

      In light of Putin’s perceived reneging on a contract that was essentially agreed to by his predecessors, there existed no moral imperative for him to abide by such an illegal and unethical agreement. On the very face of it, he could have been rightfully accused of treason of the highest order had he complied with the demands of the AAA. Only a traitor would perform on such an outrageous contract, so Putin knew that both the law and the people would be on his side once he flipped on the oligarchs and their Western sponsors. Nevertheless, doing so has brought the wrath of the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers, the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderberg Group upon himself and Russia.

      Being the wise, old soul that Putin is, he knew that his terms in office would be the most consequential of the modern era … for both Russia and the world-at-large. He has not shrunk from the demands of such a difficult undertaking; in fact, he seems to be emboldened by the formidable challenge that it is. But then he has the people of Russia firmly on his side, as well as an overwhelming majority of nations on Earth. When the people power around the planet starts to coalesce around the true intentions that Vladimir Putin represents and has frequently uttered, the change many wait for will come fast and furiously. Truly, global transformation lies right around the corner; a genuine new world order marked by implicit respect for both national and personal sovereignty.


      “Through Russia comes the hope of the world. Not in respect to what is sometimes termed Communism or Bolshevism — no! But freedom — freedom! That each man will live for his fellow man. The principle has been born there. It will take years for it to be crystallized; yet out of Russia comes again the hope of the world.”
      ~ Edgar Cayce

      Clearly this prophetic utterance by Edgar Cayce was both prescient and perceptive. For not only have the steppes of Central Asia forged the hearts and minds of the Russian people over centuries, the tyranny of Soviet communism proved to be a crucible like no other. Russia has always been a nation of philosophers with writers like Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky molding the national consciousness since the 19th century. Given their relatively recent release from the imposed atheism of godless Marxism, Russians young and old have re-embraced the mystical traditions of the Russian Orthodox Church.

      Given this very profound and ongoing cultural transformation, a new national mindset is emerging. Undoubtedly it is one that is bending inexorably toward a more conservative and traditional society, especially one that is moving in the opposite direction of Western societies. Putin is well aware of the sensibilities which predominate throughout the Motherland. He seeks to offend no one, but at the same time will not let the crazies run the asylum as they do throughout the Anglo-American Axis. Nor will he permit the values and principles, customs and traditions of any minorities dominate Russian culture.

      In light of what is at stake for both Putin’s Russia and Obama’s USA, it is now apparent that an epic battle has been raging across the land. The most recent battle in the Ukraine is only one more among those being waged throughout the entire Middle East and beyond. Both Russia and China have seen their geopolitical positions assaulted and undermined wherever they attempt to establish new markets or engage trading partners. Particularly wherever energy resources are at stake, the wars have become more apocalyptic. So much so that many wonder if an epoch-ending World War III is around the corner. However, such an engineered Armageddon can only be foisted on the community of nations with the participation of both East and West.

      Fortunately, Putin’s Russia will not be goaded into a World War 3 scenario. Neither will Jinping’s China nor Modi’s India. Because of Putin’s unshakeable resolve and strong leadership within the BRICS Alliance, none of the nations being routinely assailed by the AAA will be triggered into full scale war. The whole world has Vladimir Putin to thank for his sane and sober response to so many conflicts and skirmishes, false flag attacks and proxy invasions being staged across the planet on a weekly basis by the Anglo-American Axis.

      The Russian people have come to respect Putin as a leader who is fiercely protective of the Motherland. Comparisons to Peter the Great, who has been praised “as an industrializer and cultural visionary who turned his country into a European power” are quite understandable. Under the stewardship of Tsar Peter I “Russia became feared but also respected by its neighbors, and he is the official czar-hero of Russian history.”[6] Perhaps the following picture disseminated by the AAA Mainstream Media as a putdown does reflect Putin in his current role as “Protector of Russia” and moral leader of the free world.


      State of the Nation
      November 5, 2014

      Author’s Note

      There is a massive amount of false information being spread across cyber-space regarding Vladimir Putin. One of the primary disinfo campaigns is to link him to the very oligarchs who still remain in positions of power in Russia. Putin inherited an unprecedented economic mess and financial disaster from decades of communist mismanagement. He was also forced to deal with pervasive political problems and endemic government corruption from the same era. All the while he had to steer the country through major social, philosophical and religious transformation. In view of this context, is it not clear that he had to — initially — make as many friends as possible before all the purges began?

      Given these realities, Putin did what any righteous and pragmatic leader would do — usher the process along in as smooth and painless a way as possible. The vast majority of Russians had already suffered terribly … for many decades. Therefore, he has always tried to work with those who have been cooperative. Some of the oligarchs saw the writing on the wall and made the overtures necessary to convince Putin of their loyalty to rebuilding Russia first. Those that left the Motherland would not renounce their thieving ways. Those who have stayed are much more aligned with Putin’s program than their previous affiliations and behavior might indicate. When faced with either being exiled or joining the cause, it became a fairly easy decision for those oligarchs who valued their Russian roots.

      Then there is the matter which concerns those who assert that Putin must be in bed with the Rothschilds, the Western elite, the NWO, the Illuminati, the World Shadow Government, the FED (banksters), etc. As the president and prime minister of a once superpower nation, how could he possibly terminate all the normal international relationships in the midst of rebuilding the nation? It was only through the vital trade and commerce with Europe, as well as satisfying the energy demands of those and other countries that Russia, had the cash flow to survive the whole ordeal. So much of the Russian economy was (and is) driven by oil and gas revenue; a reality that Russia would have to face sooner or later. For the sake of survival, deals were made whenever, wherever and with whomever necessary.

      Lastly, there are those who declare that Putin is unwittingly being used as controlled opposition. Do they really think that Putin is not aware of the many games being played by the AAA’s vast network of intelligence services? He was KGB, doing a heckuva lot more than the MSM would ever acknowledge. His involvement at the highest levels of playing the now ubiquitous Great Game gave him an education that only the Committee for State Security could provide. In fact, only the invaluable experience accrued within Russia’s primary security agencies (he was also appointed head of the FSB) could adequately prepare him for his future challenges. Therefore, when many ask how an ex-KGB officer can possibly do good, we wonder how else Putin could have performed the herculean task of a successful national rehabilitation since 1999 … without being purged or assassinated!
      Moral of the story: Only an extremely well connected ex-KGB operative and well informed ex-FSB Director could possibly have received the necessary support and vigilant protection to have kept him out of harm’s way for the past 15 years as Russia’s premier leader and statesman.

      Read more:

    • This parallels the first installment from a different perspective

      Russia’s Vulnerability to EU – US Sanctions and Military Encroachments
      By James Petras,
      Axis of Logic
      Sunday, Nov 9, 2014

      The US-EU sponsored coup in the Ukraine and its conversion from a stable Russian trading partner, to a devastated EU economic client and NATO launch pad, as well as the subsequent economic sanctions against Russia for supporting the Russian ethnic majority in the Donbas region and Crimea, illustrate the dangerous vulnerability of the Russian economy and state. The current effort to increase Russia’s national security and economic viability in the face of these challenges requires a critical analysis of the policies and structures emerging in the post-Soviet era.

      Pillage as Privatization
      Over the past quarter century, several trillion dollars worth of public property in every sector of the Russian economy was illegally transferred or violently seized by gangster-oligarchs acting through armed gangs, especially during its ‘transition to capitalism’.

      From 1990 to 1999, over 6 million Russian citizens died prematurely as a result of the catastrophic collapse of the economy; life expectancy for males declined from 67 years during the Soviet era to 55 year during the Yeltsin period. Russia’s GNP declined sixty percent – a historic first for a country not at war. Following Yeltsin’s violent seizure of power and his bombing of the Russian parliament, the regime proceeded to ‘prioritize’ the privatization of the economy, selling off the energy, natural resources, banking, transport and communication sectors at one-tenth or less of their real value to well-connected cronies and foreign entities. Armed thugs, organized by emerging oligarchs “completed” the program of privatization by assaulting, murdering and threatening rivals. Hundreds of thousands of elderly pensioners were tossed out of their homes and apartments in a vicious land-grab by violent property speculators. US and European academic financial consultants “advised” rival oligarchs and government ministers on the most “efficient” market techniques for pillaging the economy, while skimming off lucrative fees and commissions –fortunes were made for the well-connected. Meanwhile, living standards collapsed, impoverishing two thirds of Russian households, suicides quadrupled and deaths from alcoholism, drug addiction, HIV and venereal diseases became rampant. Syphilis and tuberculosis reached epidemic proportions – diseases fully controlled during the Soviet era remerged with the closure of clinics and hospitals.

      Of course, the respectable western media celebrated the pillage of Russia as the transition to “free elections and a free market economy”. They wrote glowing articles describing the political power and dominance of gangster oligarchs as the reflection of a rising “liberal democracy”. The Russian state was thus converted from a global superpower into an abject client regime penetrated by western intelligence agencies and unable to govern and enforce its treaties and agreements with Western powers. The US and EU rapidly displaced Russian influence in Eastern Europe and quickly snapped up former state-owned industries, the mass media and financial institutions. Communist and leftist and even nationalist officials were ousted and replaced by pliant and subservient ‘free market’ pro-NATO politicians. The US and EU violated every single agreement signed by Gorbachev and the West: Eastern European regimes became NATO members; West Germany annexed the East and military bases were expanded right up to Russia’s borders. Pro-NATO “think tanks” were established and supplied intelligence and anti-Russian propaganda. Hundreds of NGOs, funded by the US, operated within Russia as propaganda and organizing instruments for “subservient” neo-liberal politicians. In the former Soviet Caucuses and Far East, the West fomented separatist sectarian movements and armed uprisings, especially in Chechnya; the US sponsored dictators in the Caucuses and corrupt neo-liberal puppets in Georgia. The Russian state was colonized and its putative ruler, Boris Yeltsin, often in a drunken stupor, was propped up and manipulated to scratch out executive fiats . . . further disintegrating the state and society.

      The Yeltsin decade is observed and remembered by the Russian people as a disaster and by the US-EU, the Russian oligarchs and their followers as a ‘Golden Age’… of pillage. For the immense majority of Russians it was the Dark Ages when Russian science and culture were ravaged; world-class scientists, artists and engineers were starved of incomes and driven to despair, flight and poverty. For the US, the EU and the oligarchs it was the era of ‘easy pickings’: economic, cultural and intellectual pillage, billion dollar fortunes, political impunity, unbridled criminality and subservience to Western dictates. Agreements with the Russian state were violated even before the ink was dry. It was the era of the unipolar US-centered world, the ‘New World Order’ where Washington could influence and invade nationalist adversaries and Russian allies with impunity.

      The Golden Era of unchallenged world domination became the Western ‘standard’ for judging Russia after Yeltsin. Every domestic and foreign policy, adopted during the Putin years 2000 – 2014, has been judged by Washington according to whether it conformed or deviated from the Yeltsin decade of unchallenged pillage and manipulation.

      The Putin Era: State and Economic Reconstruction and EU-US Belligerence
      President Putin’s first and foremost task was to end Russia’s collapse into nothingness. Over time, the state and economy recovered some semblance of order and legality. The economy began to recover and grow; employment, wages and living standards, and mortality rates improved. Trade, investment and financial transactions with the West were normalized – unadulterated pillage was prosecuted. Russia’s recovery was viewed by the West with ambiguity: Many legitimate business people and MNCs welcomed the re-establishment of law and order and the end of gangsterism; in contrast, policymakers in Washington and Brussels as well as the vulture capitalists of Wall Street and the City of London quickly condemned what they termed Putin’s ‘rising authoritarianism’ and ‘statism’, as Russian authorities began to investigate the oligarchs for tax evasion, large-scale money laundering, the corruption of public officials and even murder.

      Putin’s rise to power coincided with the worldwide commodity boom. The spectacular rise in the price of Russian oil and gas and metals (2003-2013) allowed the Russian economy to grow at a rapid rate while the Russian state increased its regulation of the economy and began to restore its military. Putin’s success in ending the most egregious forms of pillage of the Russian economy and re-establishing Russian sovereignty made him popular with the electorate: he was repeatedly re-elected by a robust majority. As Russia distanced itself from the quasi-satellite policies, personnel and practices of the Yeltsin years, the US and EU launched a multi-prong hostile political strategy designed to undermine President Putin and restore pliant Yeltsin-like neo-liberal clones to power. Russian NGOs funded by US foundations and acting as CIA fronts, organized mass protests targeting the elected officials. Western-backed ultra-liberal political parties competed unsuccessfully for national and local offices. The US-funded Carnegie Center, a notorious propaganda mill, churned out virulent tracts purporting to describe Putin’s demonic ‘authoritarian’ policies, his ‘persecution’ of dissident oligarchs and his ‘return’ to a ‘Soviet style command economy’.

      While the West sought to restore the ‘Golden Age of Pillage’ via internal political surrogates, it pursued an aggressive foreign policy designed to eliminate Russian allies and trading partners, especially in the Middle East. The US invaded Iraq, murdered Saddam Hussein and the Baath Party leadership, and established a sectarian puppet regime, eliminating Moscow’s key secular-nationalist ally in the region. The US decreed sanctions on Iran, a major lucrative trading partner with Russia. The US and the EU backed a large-scale armed insurgency to overthrow President Bashaar Assad in Syria, another Russian ally, and to deprive the Russian Navy of a friendly port on the Mediterranean. The US and the EU bombed Libya, a major oil and trade partner of Russia (and China) hoping to install a pro-Western client regime.

      Goading Russia in the Caucasus and on the Black Sea, the US backed-Georgian regime invaded a Russian protectorate, South Ossetia, in 2008, killing scores of Russian peacekeepers and hundreds of civilians, but was repelled by a furious Russian counter-attack.

      In 2014, the Western offensive to isolate, encircle and eventually undermine any possibility of an independent Russian state went into high gear. The US financed a civil-military coup ousting the elected regime of President Viktor Yanukovytch, who had opposed EU annexation and NATO affiliation. Washington imposed a puppet regime deeply hostile to Russia and ethnic Russian-Ukrainian citizens in the southeast and Crimea. Russian opposition to the coup and support for pro-democracy federalists in the south-east and Crimea served as a pretext for Western sanctions in an effort to undermine Russia’s oil, banking and manufacturing sectors and to cripple its economy.

      Imperial strategists in Washington and Brussels broke all previous agreements with the Putin Administration and tried to turn Putin’s oligarch allies against the Russian president by threatening their holdings in the West (especially laundered bank accounts and properties). Russian state oil companies, engaged in joint ventures with Chevron, Exxon, and Total, were suddenly cut off from Western capital markets.

      The cumulative impact of this decade-long Western offensive culminating in the current wave of severe sanctions was to provoke a recession in Russia, to undermine the currency (the ruble declined 23% in 2014), drive up the cost of imports and hurt local consumers. Russian industries, dependent on foreign equipment and parts, as well as oil companies dependent on imported technology for exploiting the Arctic reserves were made to feel the pain of ‘Putin’s intransigence’.

      Despite the short-term successes of the US-EU war against the Russian economy, the Putin Administration has remained extremely popular among the Russian electorate, with approval ratings exceeding 80%. This has relegated Putin’s pro-Western opposition to the dustbin of history. Nevertheless the Western sanctions policy and the aggressive political – NATO military encirclement of Russia, has exposed the vulnerabilities of Moscow.

      Russian Vulnerabilities: The Limits of Putin’s Restoration of Russian Sovereignty
      In the aftermath of the Western and Russian oligarch’s pillage of the Russian economy and the savage degradation of Russian society, President Putin pursued a complex strategy.

      First, he sought to differentiate between ‘political’ and ‘economic’ oligarchs: the latter included oligarchs willing to co-operate with the government in rebuilding the economy and willing to confine their activity to the generous guidelines set forth by President Putin. They retained enormous economic power and profits, but not political power. In exchange, Putin allowed the ‘economic’ oligarchs to maintain their dubiously acquired business empires. In contrast, those oligarchs who sought political power and financed Yeltsin-era politicians were targeted – some were stripped of their fortunes and others were prosecuted for crimes, ranging from money laundering, tax evasion, swindles and illegal transfer of funds overseas up to financing the murder of their rivals.

      The second focus of President Putin’s early political strategy was to deepen Russian cooperation with Western states and economies but on the basis of reciprocal market exchanges rather than one-sided, Western appropriation of Russian resources prevalent under Yeltsin. Putin sought to secure greater political-military integration with the US and EU to ensure Russian borders and spheres of influence. To that end, President Putin opened Russian military bases and supply lines for the US-EU military forces engaged in the invasion and occupation of Afghanistan and he did not oppose the EU-US sanctions against Iran. Putin acquiesced to the US invasion and occupation of Iraq, despite Russia’s longstanding economic ties with Baghdad. He joined the five powers ‘overseeing” the Palestine – Israeli ‘peace’ talks and went along with Washington’s one-sided support of Israel. He even gave the ‘green light’ to the NATO bombing of Libya, naively assuming it would be a limited affair – a ‘humanitarian’ intervention.

      As a result of Putin’s political and diplomatic collusion with the Washington-NATO military expansion, Russian trade, investment and finance with the West prospered. Russian firms raised loans in Western capital markets; foreign investors flocked to the Russian stock market and multi-nationals formed joint ventures. Major oil and gas ventures flourished. The Russian economy recovered the living standards of the Soviet era; consumer spending boomed; unemployment fell from double to single digit; salaries and back wages were paid and research centers, universities, schools and cultural institutions began to recover.

      The third component of Putin’s strategy was the state recovery (re-nationalization) of the strategic oil and gas sector. By outright purchase and buy-outs, through financial audits and the confiscation of the assets of gangster oligarchs, the Russian state takeover of oil and gas was successful. These re-nationalized sectors formed joint ventures with Western oil giants and led Russian exports during a period of peak energy demand. With the rise in oil prices over the Putin decade, Russia experienced a consumer-driven import boom – from agricultural commodities to luxury jewelry and autos… Putin consolidated his electoral support and deepened Russia’s ‘integration’ in Western markets.

      Putin’s expansion and growth strategy looked exclusively westward to the EU and US, and not east to Asia/China or south to Latin America.

      With this focus on the West, Putin’s initial tactical success began to expose Russia’s strategic vulnerabilities. The first signs were evident in the Western support for the corrupt oligarchs’ anti-Putin campaign and the media’s demonization of the Russian judicial system which prosecuted and convicted gangster oligarchs, like Mikhail Khodorkovsky. The second sign was the West’s financial and political support of the Yeltsin-era neo-liberals competing against Putin’s United Russia Party and candidates…It became clear that Putin’s effort to restore Russian sovereignty conflicted with the West’s plans to maintain Russia as a vassal state. The West favorably counterpoised the Golden Years of unrestrained pillage and domination of the Yeltsin period to the Putin era of an independent and dynamic Russia – by constantly tying the Russian president to the defunct Soviet Union and the KGB.

      In 2010, the US encouraged its client, President Sakashvili of Georgia to invade Russia’s protectorate in South Ossetia. This was the first major indication that Putin’s accommodation with the West was counter-productive. Russian territorial borders, its allies and spheres of influence became Western targets. The US and EU condemned Russia’s defensive response even as Moscow withdrew its troops from Georgia after applying a sound beating.

      Georgia was a militarist dress rehearsal; one of several western planned and financed coups – some dubbed ‘color revolutions’ other’s NATO ‘humanitarian interventions’. Yugoslavia in the Balkans was fragmented by NATO bombing and Ukraine had several ‘color’ uprisings up to the present bloody ‘civil war’. Washington and Brussels interpreted Putin’s series of conciliatory measures as weakness and felt free to encroach further on Russia’s frontier and to knock off regimes friendly to Russia.

      By the middle of the second decade of the new century, the US and EU made a major strategic decision to weaken Russia’s security and its economy sovereignty: to seize control over Ukraine, expel Russia from its Black Sea military base in Crimea, convert the Ukraine into an advanced NATO outpost and cut Eastern Ukraine’s economic ties with Russia – especially the Russian market for the strategic Ukrainian military weaponry. The coup was financed by the West, while far-right and neo-Nazi Ukraine gangs provided the shock troops .The Kiev junta organized a war of conquest directed at purging the anti-coup, pro-democracy forces in the southeast Donbas region with its Russian ethnic majority and heavy industrial ties to Russia.

      When Putin finally recognized the clear danger to Russia’s national security, his government responded by annexing Crimea after a popular referendum and started to provide sanctuary and supply lines for the embattled anti-Kiev federalists in eastern Ukraine. The West exploited the vulnerabilities in the Russian economy, which had resulted from Putin’s development model, and imposed wide-reaching economic sanctions designed to cripple Russia’s economy.

      Western Sanctions, Russian Weakness: Rethinking Putin’s Strategic Approach
      Western aggressive militarism and the sanctions against Russia exposed several critical vulnerabilities of Putin’s economic and political strategy. These include (1) his dependence on Western-oriented ‘economic oligarchs’ to promote his strategy for Russian economic growth; (2) his acceptance of most of the privatizations of the Yeltsin era; (3) his decision to focus on trade with the West, ignoring the China market, (4) his embrace of a gas and oil export strategy instead of developing a diversified economy; (5) his dependence on his allied robber-baron oligarchs – with no real experience in developing industry, no true financial skills, scant technological expertise and no concept of marketing – to restore and run the peak manufacturing sector. In contrast to the Chinese, the Russian oligarchs have been totally dependent on Western markets, finance and technology and have done little to develop domestic markets, implement self-financing by re-investing their profits or upgrade productivity via Russian technology and research.

      In the face of Western sanctions Putin’s leading oligarch-allies are his weakest link in formulating an effective response. They press Putin to give in to Washington as they plead with Western banks to have their properties and accounts exempt from the sanctions. They are desperate to protect their assets in London and New York. In a word, they are desperate for President Putin to abandon the freedom fighters in southeast Ukraine and cut a deal with the Kiev junta.

      This highlights the contradiction within Putin’s strategy of working with the ‘economic’ oligarchs, who have agreed not to oppose Putin within Russia, while transferring their massive wealth to Western banks, investing in luxury real estate in London, Paris and Manhattan and forming loyalties outside of Russia. In effect, they are closely tied to Russia’s current political enemies. Putin’s tactical success in harnessing oligarchs to his project of growth via stability has turned into a strategic weakness in defending the country from crippling economic reprisals.

      Putin’s acceptance of the Yeltsin-era privatizations provided a certain stability in the short-run but it led to the massive flight of private capital overseas rather than remaining to be invested in projects to insure greater self-sufficiency. Today the capacity of the Russian government to mobilize and convert its economy into an engine of growth and to withstand imperial pressure is much weaker than the economy would have been if it was under greater state control. Putin will have a difficult time convincing private owners of major Russian industries to make sacrifices – they are too accustomed to receiving favors, subsidies and government contracts. Moreover, as their financial counterparts in the West press for payments on debts and deny new credits, the private elites are threatening to declare bankruptcy or to cut back production and discharge workers.

      The rising tide of Western military encroachments on Russia’s borders, the string of broken promises regarding the incorporation of Eastern Europe into NATO and the bombing and destruction of Yugoslavia in the 1990’s, should have shown Putin that no amount of unilateral concessions was likely to win Western acceptance as a bona fide “partner”. Washington and Brussels were unwavering in their strategy to encircle and maintain Russia as a client.

      Instead of turning west and offering support for US-NATO wars, Russia would have been in a far better position to resist sanctions and current military threats if it had diversified and oriented its economy and markets toward Asia, in particular China, with its dynamic economic growth and expanding domestic market, investment capacity and growing technical expertise. Clearly, China’s foreign policy has not been accompanied by wars and invasion of Russian allies and encroachment on Russia’s borders. While Russia has now turned to increase economic ties with Asia in the face of growing NATO threats, a great deal of time and space has been lost over the past 15 years. It will take another decade to reorient the Russian economy, with its major industries still controlled by the mediocre oligarchs and kleptocrats, holdovers from the Yeltsin period.

      With the closure of Western markets, Putin has had to ‘pivot’ to China, other Asian nations and Latin America to find new markets and economic partners. But his growth strategy still depends on oil and gas exports and most of Russia’s private ‘business leaders’ are not real entrepreneurs capable of developing new competitive products, substituting Russian technology and inputs and identifying profitable markets. This generation of Russian ‘business leaders’ did not build their economic empires or conglomerates from the ‘bottom up’ – they seized and pillaged their assets from the public sector and they grew their wealth through state contracts and protection. Moscow now asks them to find alternative overseas markets, to innovate, compete and replace their dependence on German machinery.

      The bulk of what passes for the Russian industrial capitalist class are not entrepreneurs, they are more like rent collectors and cronies – oriented to the West. Their origins are more often as gangsters and warlords who early on strong- armed their rivals out of the public giveaways of the 1990’s. While these oligarchs have sought to gain respectability after consolidating their economic empires and hired public relations agencies to polish their images and economic consultants to advise them on investments, they have never demonstrated any capacity to grow their firms into competitive enterprises. Instead they remained wholly dependent on capital, technology and intermediary imports from the West and subsidies from the Putin Administration.

      The so-called Russian “capitalist” rentiers stand in sharp contrast to the dynamic Chinese public and private entrepreneurs – who borrowed overseas technology from the US, Japan, Taiwan and Germany, adapted and improved on the technology and are producing advanced highly competitive products. When the US-EU sanctions came into force, Russian industry found itself unprepared to substitute local production and President Putin had to arrange trade and import agreements with China and other sources for inputs.

      The biggest strategic flaw in Putin’s economic strategy was his decision to concentrate on gas and oil exports to the West as his ‘engine of growth’. This resulted in Russia’s dependency on high prices for commodity exports and Western markets. With this in mind the US and EU exploited Russia’s vulnerability to any drop in the world price for energy and its dependence on Western oil extraction technology, equipment and joint ventures.

      Putin’s policy has relied on a vision of economic integration with the West alongside greater co-operation and political connections with the NATO powers. These assumptions have been proven wrong by the march of events: US and EU cooperation was tactical and contingent on asymmetrical, indeed unilateral, concessions from Russia – especially its continued willingness to sacrifice its traditional allies in the Balkans, Middle East, North Africa and especially the Caucuses. Once Russia began to assert its own interests, the West turned hostile and confrontational. Ever since Russia opposed the coup regime in Kiev, the West’s goal has been the overthrow of Putin’s Russia. The ongoing Western offensive against Russia is not a passing phase: it is the beginning of a prolonged, intensified economic and political confrontation.

      Though Russia is vulnerable, it is not without resources and capacity to resist, defend its national security and advance its economy.

      Conclusion: What is to be Done?
      First and foremost Russia must diversify its economy; it must industrialize its raw materials and invest heavily in substituting local production for Western imports. While shifting its trade to China is a positive step, it must not replicate the previous commodities (oil and gas) for manufactured goods trading pattern of the past.

      Secondly, Russia must re-nationalize its banking, foreign trade and strategic industries, ending the dubious political and economic loyalties and rentier behavior of the current dysfunctional private ‘capitalist’ class. The Putin Administration must shift from oligarchs to technocrats, from rentiers to entrepreneurs, from speculators who earn in Russia and invest in the West to workers co-participation– in a word it must deepen the national, public, and productive character of the economy. It is not enough to claim that oligarchs who remain in Russia and declare loyalty to the Putin Administration are legitimate economic agents. They have generally disinvested from Russia, transferred their wealth abroad and have questioned legitimate state authority under pressure from Western sanctions.

      Russia needs a new economic and political revolution – in which the government recognizes the West as an imperial threat and in which it counts on the organized Russian working class and not on dubious oligarchs. The Putin Administration has pulled Russia from the abyss and has instilled dignity and self-respect among Russians at home and abroad by standing up to Western aggression in the Ukraine. From this point on, President Putin needs to move forward and dismantle the entire Yeltsin klepto-state and economy and re-industrialize, diversify and develop its own high technology for a diversified economy. And above all Russia needs to create new democratic, popular forms of democracy to sustain the transition to a secure, anti-imperialist and sovereign state. President Putin has the backing of the vast majority of Russian people; he has the scientific and professional cadre; he has allies in China and among the BRICs; and he has the will and the power to “do the right thing”. The question remains whether Putin will succeed in this historical mission or whether, out of fear and indecision, he will capitulate before the threats of a dangerous and decaying West

    By Barrie Zwicker (Special to Truth and Shadows)

    “THE “TERRORIST” EVENTS of Wednesday October 22nd in Ottawa and two days earlier in St-Jean-sur-Richelieu bear all the hallmarks of a coordinated cross-border one-two punch false flag operation.

    The first, the left jab hit-and-run killing of a Canadian soldier, would be the psychological softening up for the follow-up right cross, the killing of another Canadian soldier in Ottawa. Together they dazed the public to an extent that even the ostentatiously-iconic murder at the National War Memorial alone might not have achieved.

    The context was within the intensification of the so-called “global war on terror” and in concert with the pro-military Stephen Harper government’s deployment of warplanes supposedly fighting “the terrorists” of the suddenly-emerging “Islamic State.” The first bombing sorties of Canadian F-18s took place hours after the violent acts of supposed “homegrown” and “self-radicalized” supporters of “Islamic jihad.”

    Domestically the second outrage occurred on the very day the government was to introduce legislation giving the RCMP, CSIS and CSEC [CSEC is changing its name (to CSE) so that it can continue to spy – and indeed do more spying abroad – but not have the word “Canada” associated with this spying. “Spy agency CSEC says goodbye to Canada” is the headline over an October 31st Toronto Star story by Tonda MacCharles. ( expanded powers under decreased transparency.]

    These coincidences of timing, I submit, are not coincidences at all but quite deliberately planned to maximize the intended impacts: greater public support for a new war in the Middle East, better chances for faster and less-questioned support in Parliament for the increased police and spy powers, and enhanced public approval ratings for the Harper government in the run-up to next year’s general election.

    This article delves deeper into the timing including that the events happened, to the day, as military-intelligence “exercises” were taking place that precisely mirrored the “surprise” events. Other hallmarks include the prior involvement of government agents with both of the supposed jihadists, the fact that both were easy-to-manipulate “human wreckage” and the early “terrorism” branding led by the Prime Minister. Other hallmarks include the unfolding parade of memorable iconic elements and images, the “lone wolf” narratives, the dual role of the media in general to both to reinforce the official narrative and to fail to ask fundamental questions about it.”
    . . . . . . . . . .
    I strongly advise that everyone read this important work by Mr Zwicker – \\][//

    • “The death of an actual bona fide terrorist or, much more often the case, a recruited patsy (the classic being Oswald) obviates the possibility of a trial in a court of law (as distinguished from trial in the “court of public opinion”). Trial in a court of law carries with it the possibility of evidence emerging that could be damning to the state and the Crown’s case.”~Barrie Zwicker

      6 The branding
      The St-Jean-sur-Richelieu events were instantly defined as “terrorism” by Prime Minister Stephen Harper in the House of Commons and thereafter were widely so defined by the military, by “intelligence experts,” RCMP Commissioner Bob Paulson and by many media players. (There are honourable exceptions to the general rush to judgment within the media. We identify some later.)
      The “anthrax attacks,” MacQueen writes, “were the result of a [domestic] conspiracy meant to help redefine the enemy of the West, revising the global conflict framework from the Cold War to the Global War on Terror.”
      “The events in Ottawa were not meant to replace the global-conflict framework but rather to reinforce the new 2001 model: “Islam” as the permanent mortal enemy of “the West.”
      The rhetoric, like ad copy, is part and parcel of the branding. Buzzwords (“war on terror,”), code words (“national security”), snarl words (“terrorists,” “radical Islam,” “threats”) and purr words (“our allies,” “security”) as semanticist S. I. Hayakawa dubbed them, displace rational thought.
      The historical record – not in the slightest acknowledged by the “security vs privacy” equation – shows conclusively that those most spied upon, whose personal security is threatened repeatedly, are those who question authority, those who are peaceful dissidents, those who seek and act for improvements to the status quo, specifically for more equality and justice, those who are left-of-centre up to and including revolutionaries. The danger posed to loss of privacy among those on the left is much greater than it is for those on the right or for those not politically involved at all, which is to say the vast majority of citizens. This historical record goes unaddressed in 99% or more of the discourse about the dangers of “loss of privacy.
      The so-called “war on terror,” fed by the national security state to the public like slops to pigs, paves the way through regression to a world of “military tribunals” (an oxymoron), of Star Chambers, to a new Dark Ages.~”Ibid

      See also:

  96. The law never feigns what is impossible. Fiction is like art; it imitates nature, but never disfigures it. It aids truth, but it ought never to destroy it. It may well suppose that what was possible, but which does not exist; but it will never feign that what was impossible actually is.

    Fictions were invented by the Roman praetors who, not possessing the power to abrogate the law, were nevertheless willing to derogate from it under the pretense of doing equity. Fiction is the resource of weakness which, in order to obtain its object, assumes as a fact what is known to be contrary to truth: when the legislator desires to accomplish his object, he need not feign, he commands. Fictions of law owe their origin to the legislative usurpations of the bench.
    It is said that every fiction must be framed according to the rules of law, and that every legal fiction must have equity for its object. To prevent their evil effects, they are not allowed to be carried further than the reasons which introduced them necessarily require.

    The law abounds in fictions. That an estate is in abeyance; the doctrine of remitter, by which a party who has been disseised of his freehold and afterwards acquires a defective title, is remitted to his former good title; that one thing done today, is considered as done at a preceding time by the doctrine of relation; that because one thing is proved, another shall be presumed to be true, which is the case in all presumptions; that the heir, executor, and administrator stand by representation in the place of the deceased are all fictions of law. “Our various introduction of John Doe and Richard Roe; our solemn process upon dissension by Hugh Hunt; our casually losing and finding a ship (which never was in Europe) in the parish of St. Mary Le Bow, in the ward of Cheap; our trying the validity of a will by an imaginary wager of five pounds; our imagining and compassing the king’s death, by giving information which may defeat an attack upon an enemy’s settlement in the antipodes; our charge of picking a pocket or forging a bill with force and arms; of neglecting to repair a bridge, against the peace of the king, his crown and dignity are circumstances, which, looked at by themselves, would convey an impression of no very favorable nature, with respect to the wisdom of our jurisprudence.”

    [Thank you to Gate 88 for the lead to this information.]

    • LAW

      Law is fiction. It is a fictional language. It only applies to fictitious entities, such as; corporations, states, persons, citizens, etc…
      Of course human beings are lassoed hog-tied and forced into submission to the state at birth. You even get a ‘certification’ of such!

      Government is a racket. Law is the Rule of the racketeers.

      That’s right folks; There’s no business like bullshit – it’s the only game in town.


      • LMAO.. Thats what my old 77 year old daddy says all the time.. It’s all Bullshit folks!!! {Just like Carlin said it} I’ve got to go over there and take him snow machining..

        Rogue, I live right betwixt the Sawtooth Wilderness and the Frank Church Wilderness. Just another nut in the woods..

      • Aha, so you be in Idaho ho ho in da deep deep show?

        I passed through the upper part of Idaho once going somewhere…t’was long ago.

        I am in Indiana now south tip of it. It’s colder than twich outside now, had some snow flakes falling but nothing stuck to the ground__yet.

        I have an issue with my web set up, so I can’t chat much now… More later.

  97. Since 1990 I have been preaching that the Constitution was never mine and the People in “We the People” was not the common man on the street, but rather the aristocracy of Hamilton, Jefferson, Adams, Washington, Jay and others. Lysander Spooner is another man in the 1800’s that had the same sentiments. He too showed that the constitution was not only NOT a contract with the people, but that none of the signers signed it with any conviction and it is evident that they only signed in a witness capacity, check it out for yourself by looking at how they signed the constitution and bound no one unless they agreed to the terms in the alleged contract called a constitution that they drafted.

    The following is from the Cases in Constitutional law. I had used the John Barron case to prove my point that the common man on the street had nothing to do with creating the constitution quite a few years back.. The majority of the people put the constitution even before the word of the LORD ALMIGHTY, because they revere it so much they will say they will defend it. What they do not know is that the constitution gives unlimited power to those men who assume the power and jurisdiction over them and offers them no protection whatsoever. The hoopla of the government spin doctors have led the common man to believe the common man has protections built in to protect him. Nothing could be further from the truth. The lie is so big that people, even when shown, still revert back to the constitution as if it were GOD himself. It is only because of the teachings they had that was passed down from generation to generation. Just like the little boy believes in the big lie you tell him for the fist 5 to 7 years of his life that there is a Santa, Tooth fairy and Easter bunny. Small lies but still lies. He won’t believe there is none of the above when you tell him. It is more serious in real life, the lies that have been fed your relatives all the way back to 1776, and now when we researchers tell you the truth, you still want to believe in the Big Lie, just like the 5 year old wants to believe in Santa. I want to point out that what you read is not one word of mine, except where I make comments. I will bold those words that will draw your attention and make you see the light that I saw over 10 years ago. It is a slow process, to come to the realization that in order to control the people, they must be made to believe in (government) lies. Please note how the courts, after the John Barron case, have changed the meaning so that they can start changing what the genesis of the constitution was all about. They had to do this to keep the people 10 steps behind in figuring out what Patrick Henry warned, that the constitution was a document to enslave the people of America. So I start with the book, which is the same book I used describing the 16th Amendment, Direct and Indirect taxes. Remember it is what the enemy (government State and Federal) says that counts. Sometimes they tell us things in court cases that go right over our heads.

    They can’t say that we were not warned.


  98. Freedom is a state of mind. That is; free thinking is the aspect that sets one free. There has always been restrictions on action in human societies. There has always been coercion in human interactions.

    Vying is.

    You are as free as you allow your thinking to be. That is the greatest freedom human beings can achieve. Appreciate that and enjoy it for “what it is”, and speak your truth as you see it and know it to be.

    You don’t have freedom of choice until you know what your choices really are.

  99. Canada’s Quiet Coup: How a CIA Off-shoot Helped Install Stephen Harper as Canada’s Prime Minister

    Author, poet, academic, and former Canadian diplomat Prof. Peter Dale Scott recently disclosed a wikileaks cable indicating that the International Republican Institute (IRI), an off-shoot of the CIA, and a subsidiary of the National Endowment for Democracy (NED) helped install Stephen Harper as Canada’s Prime Minister. This was the coup.
    “The assault by the Harper-Flanagan juggernaut on the generally friendly orientation of Canadian conservatism towards the state, towards Indigenous peoples, and towards the institutions of Crown sovereignty helped clear aside obstacles to the importation from United States of the Republican Party’s jihad on managed capitalism. Flanagan and Harper took charge of the Canadian version of the Reagan Revolution aimed at transforming the social welfare state into the stock market state.”

    The implications of this conservative “jihad” are a threat to our national security on many levels. Stephen Harper’s attacks on Canada’s knowledge base are foundational to what can only be described as an endorsement of man-made climate change, which is likely the foremost threat to both humanity and to Canada. The Fifth Assessment Report of the International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) stresses the urgency to act now to mitigate catastrophic climate change, and yet the Harper government is moving Canada in the opposite direction. Most recently, the Harper government ratified a bilateral agreement with China, the Foreign Investment Promotion and Protection Agreement (FIPPA), which all but guarantees further expansion of Canada’s Tar Sands, and an expansion of its carbon economy.


  100. Bread, Circuses & Bombs – Decline Of The American Empire – Part Two

    By: James_Quinn

    In Part One of this article I discussed the similarities between the Roman Empire and the American Empire at a high level. In this article I’ll delve into some specific similarities and rhymes between the fall of the Roman Empire and our modern day empire of debt, decay and decline. I’ll address our expansive level of bread and circuses and how defects in our human nature lead to people willingly sacrificing their liberty for promises of safety and security. All empires decline due to the same human failings and ours is no exception. If anything, ours will be far more spectacular and rapid due to our extreme level of hubris, arrogance, willful ignorance and warlike preference for dealing with foreign powers.

    It seems there were a few visionary thinkers in the late 1950s who foresaw the dire course our former Republic was setting. Their writings were a prophecy and a warning. There was still time to change course and avoid the pitfalls that led to the Roman Empire collapse. In Brave New World Revisited, Aldous Huxley warned against allowing a few amoral men using propaganda, scientific advancements, technology, brainwashing, and economics to control and manipulate a willfully ignorant populace into a dystopian dictatorship. The Soviet and Chinese dictatorships of the late 1950s are long gone, but Huxley foresaw how modern propaganda techniques would be used by the state to drown the masses in a sea of triviality, irrelevance, and consumerism.

    “In their propaganda today’s dictators rely for the most part on repetition, suppression and rationaliza­tion — the repetition of catchwords which they wish to be accepted as true, the suppression of facts which they wish to be ignored, the arousal and rationaliza­tion of passions which may be used in the interests of the Party or the State. As the art and science of manip­ulation come to be better understood, the dictators of the future will doubtless learn to combine these tech­niques with the non-stop distractions which, in the West, are now threatening to drown in a sea of irrele­vance the rational propaganda essential to the mainten­ance of individual liberty and the survival of demo­cratic institutions.”

    Another man of vision was President Dwight D. Eisenhower. As someone who understood the military industrial complex and the world of politics and power, he knew the danger of allowing the arms industry to dictate the foreign policy of the country. Maintaining a military empire bankrupted Rome and it is bankrupting the American empire. Eisenhower’s warning was unheeded.

    “We have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment. We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations. This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every State house, every office of the Federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society.

    In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. The prospect of domination of the nation’s scholars by Federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present and is gravely to be regarded.”

    When I was researching the similarities between the fall of the Roman Empire and our American Empire fall in progress, I stumbled across an essay written in 1956 by Ben Moreell called Of Bread and Circuses.

    Toxic Bread, iGadgets, Circuses, & Zoloft
    “The evil was not in bread and circuses, per se, but in the willingness of the people to sell their rights as free men for full bellies and the excitement of the games which would serve to distract them from the other human hungers which bread and circuses can never appease. The moral decay of the people was not caused by the doles and the games. These merely provided a measure of their degradation. Things that were originally good had become perverted and, as Shakespeare reminds us, ‘Lilies that fester smell far worse than weeds.’” – Ben Moreell – 1956 – Of Bread and Circuses

    There is nothing inherently evil about food, iPhones, professional sports, television, computers, music or medicine. Human beings need food to sustain them, entertainment to provide relaxation and diversion from their daily labors, and medicine to alleviate illness and prolong their lives. Only when the people allow themselves to be lured into servitude by malevolent purveyors of bread and circuses does the perversion of seemingly harmless things begin to fester and overwhelm a nation with the fetid stench of decay and decadence. The moral degeneration of the American populace, like the Roman people before them, happened slowly over time as they sold their liberty, freedom, and self-respect for full bellies, an endless array of modern day distractions, and promises from their highly educated rulers they would be taken care of and protected from all threats to their well-being, whether foreign, domestic, physical, mental, or social.

    It did not happen all at once. It happened gradually over time. We allowed the weaker facets of our human nature to succumb to the pleasurable promises of a minority of power seeking manipulative men who always attempt to control and influence the majority because they believe they are wiser and deserving of riches, glory and supremacy. The greediest, most arrogant, ambitious and well educated amongst us tend to rise to the top in all societies. As Ben Franklin stated, only a virtuous people can keep sociopaths from gaining control of our political, economic and financial systems and perverting a republic built upon a foundation of free markets, liberty, and self-sufficiency.

    “Only a virtuous people are capable of freedom. As nations become more corrupt and vicious, they have more need of masters.”- Benjamin Franklin

    Historian Tacitus noted, as Rome became more and more corrupt, the number of laws grew rapidly. The Roman aristocracy, through corruption and thievery achieved lofty status in Roman society. Senators and wealthy knights engaged in extensive practices of conspicuous consumption, creating palatial town houses and monumental “art villas” to demonstrate their high rank in society. The peasants sank into poverty, while being satiated with bread and circuses. And it was all done legally, just as it is being done legally today by our beloved aristocracy and their minions.

    “The more corrupt the state, the more numerous the laws.” – Tacitus – The Annals of Imperial Rome

    Has the proliferation of laws, rules, and regulations over the last century made us freer, safer and less corrupt?

    The virtue of the American people has dissipated rapidly over the last century through their willful ignorance, laziness, apathy, vanity, greed and covetousness, while the true ruling power has consciously and intelligently manipulated the masses without them being aware they were being molded, controlled, dominated and influenced by Ivy League educated men of no conscious, empathy, or sense of decency. The paragraph below, written in 1928 by Edward Bernays, reveals the true nature of our “democracy” and our real masters:

    “The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. …We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society. …In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons…who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind.” – Edward Bernays – Propaganda

    Bernays and his disciples believed the American citizenry nothing more than a herd of irrational animals that needed to be led by enlightened despots like him and other highly educated wealthy men who knew what was best in a democratic society. The term propaganda developed negative connotations after some Germans used it so effectively during the 1930s, so modern American despots changed the term to public relations. It’s all about the message. As media tools have become more technologically advanced and the study of human psychology perfected, the members of the invisible government have achieved their goal of governing, molding, and pulling the wires that control the public mind in a way that enriches them and their benefactors while satisfying the base needs of the masses and keeping them distracted with trivialities, technological wonders, and a myriad of bogeyman threats. These men have contempt for the common man. They have contempt for the U.S. Constitution. They have contempt for free markets. And they have control of our country.

    Needs, Wants & Desires
    The concept of bread and circuses ties closely to Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs theory. The ruling class realizes the masses must be kept fed, clothed and housed or revolution would ensue. The human needs documented by Maslow were satisfied or not satisfied by humans prior to the 20th century. Once the ruling class gained control of the monetary system through their jurisdiction over the Federal Reserve and the fiscal system through their manipulation of taxes and spending, they were able to bribe the masses with their own money. The rise of the welfare state has not reduced poverty or boosted the standard of living of the poor. It has enslaved tens of millions at the basic human needs level. Once those in power had successfully bribed the masses with bread (SNAP), shelter (subsidized housing), subsistence (unemployment compensation & welfare), security (Social Security) and safety (Medicare, Medicaid), it was only necessary to keep them distracted with circuses to efficiently teach them to love their servitude.

    “A really efficient totalitarian state would be one in which the all-powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a population of slaves who do not have to be coerced, because they love their servitude.” – Aldous Huxley – Brave New World

    The invisible governing authorities don’t want the masses to actually satisfy their psychological and self-fulfillment needs. The last thing they want is an educated, aware, critical thinking, independent, courageous, self-reliant, civic minded populace questioning the motivations of their keepers. This is where the corporate fascists who control the mass media propaganda machine and the sickcare industrial complex have combined forces to create a painless concentration camp of prisoners enjoying their servitude and happy to sacrifice their liberty for perceived safety. An uneducated, obese, sickly, depressed, overly-medicated populace is not a threat to the ruling class. They have been conditioned and pharmacologically sedated to such an extent the governing class feels indestructible, displaying arrogance and hubris in dangerous doses.

    “There will be in the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them but will rather enjoy it.” – Aldous Huxley

    The concept of voluntary servitude has been a constant theme across the ages as most people want to be led, told what to do, and will not question or contest those in authority. Liberty and freedom require effort, sacrifice, honor and a people with a strong moral character. The Roman people succumbed to tyranny by abandoning their liberty to despots for a full belly and grand spectacles. The American people have succumbed to modern day banker, billionaire and politician oligarchs for a belly full of toxic corporate processed food, cable HDTV with 600 stations, iGadgets, a never ending supply of cheap Chinese produced crap at big box retail stores, Facebook, Twitter, 24 hour drive thru Dunkin Donuts joints, and an endless array of professional sporting events, all paid for with an infinite supply of cheap consumer debt from the Wall Street fraud machine. We live in a warfare/welfare surveillance state built on a foundation of debt, consumerism, and delusion, with no tears. We’ve learned to love our servitude.

    French philosopher Etienne de La Boetie captured the degradation of the once noble Roman people five centuries ago, and his words ring true today as the American people have foolishly relinquished their liberty to a corporate aristocracy that has bankrupted the nation, debased the currency, pillaged the middle class and set in motion an irreversible decline of the empire.

    “Plays, farces, spectacles, gladiators, strange beasts, medals, pictures, and other such opiates, these were for ancient peoples the bait toward slavery, the price of their liberty, the instruments of tyranny. By these practices and enticements the ancient dictators so successfully lulled their subjects under the yoke, that the stupefied peoples, fascinated by the pastimes and vain pleasures flashed before their eyes, learned subservience as naively, but not so creditably, as little children learn to read by looking at bright picture books. Roman tyrants invented a further refinement. They often provided the city wards with feasts to cajole the rabble, always more readily tempted by the pleasure of eating than by anything else.

    The most intelligent and understanding amongst them would not have quit his soup bowl to recover the liberty of the Republic of Plato. Tyrants would distribute largess, a bushel of wheat, a gallon of wine, and a sesterce: and then everybody would shamelessly cry, ‘Long live the King!’ The fools did not realize that they were merely recovering a portion of their own property, and that their ruler could not have given them what they were receiving without having first taken it from them.” – Etienne de La Boétie – Discourse on Voluntary Servitude – 1548

    We are fools to not realize the governing authorities who benevolently distribute bread and entitlements to the masses have already taken the money at gunpoint from the people, while syphoning off their cut, favoring their courtesans and taking away our liberties and freedoms. H.L. Mencken, who could match de La Boetie in contempt for the ignorant masses and corrupt politicians, understood our democracy was destined for the trash heap of history.

    “Democracy is a pathetic belief in the collective wisdom of individual ignorance. No one in this world, so far as I know—and I have researched the records for years, and employed agents to help me—has ever lost money by underestimating the intelligence of the great masses of the plain people. Nor has anyone ever lost public office thereby.” – H.L. Mencken – Notes on Democracy

    In Part Three of this article I will address how the creation of the Federal Reserve has led to a century of currency debasement, mindless consumption and endless warfare, while impoverishing the masses and setting in motion the dynamics of empire collapse.

    Join me at to discuss truth and the future of our country.

    By James Quinn

    • In A Nutshell

      Bread, Circuses and Bombs – Decline of The American Empire
      Politics / US Politics
      Sep 23, 2014 – 06:43 PM GMT
      By: James_Quinn

      “Already long ago, from when we sold our vote to no man, the People have abdicated our duties; for the People who once upon a time handed out military command, high civil office, legions — everything, now restrains itself and anxiously hopes for just two things: Bread and Circuses.” – Juvenal – Satire (100 A.D.)

      Roman satirist and poet Juvenal was displaying contempt for a degraded Roman citizenry that had shunned civic responsibility, shirked their duties of citizenship within a republic, and had chosen to sell their votes to feckless politicians for assurances of bread and circuses. Rather than govern according to noble principles based upon reason, striving for public policies that led to long term sustainability and benefitting the majority of citizens, politicians chose superficial displays and appeasing the masses utilizing the lowest common denominator of “free” food and bountiful spectacles, pageants, and ceremonies in order to retain power.

      The Roman Empire’s decline stretched across centuries as the gradual loss of civic virtue among its citizenry allowed demagogues to gain power and barbarians to eventually overrun the weakened empire. While the peasants were distracted with shallow exhibitions of palliative pleasures, those in power were debasing the currency, enriching themselves, and living pampered lives of luxury. The Roman leaders bought public approval and support, not through exemplary public service, but through diversion, distraction, and the satisfaction of base immediate needs and desires of the populace. Satisfying the crude motivations of the ignorant peasants (cheap food and entertainment) is how Roman politicians bought votes and retained power. Free wheat, circus games, and feeding Christians to lions kept the commoners from focusing on politicians pillaging and wasting the empire’s wealth.

      History may not repeat exactly because technology, resource discoveries, and political dynamics change the nature of society, but it does rhyme because the human foibles of greed, lust for power, arrogance, and desire for conquest do not vary across the ages. The corruption, arrogance, hubris, currency debasement, materialism, imperialism, and civic decay that led to the ultimate downfall of the Roman Empire is being repeated on an even far greater scale today as the American Empire flames out after only two centuries. The pillars of western society are crumbling under the sustained pressure of an immense mountain of debt, created by crooked bankers and utilized by corrupt politicians to sustain and expand their welfare/warfare state. Recklessness, myopia, greed, willful ignorance, and selfish disregard for unborn generations are the earmarks of decline in this modern day empire of debt, delusion and decay.

      “Armaments, universal debt, and planned obsolescence – those are the three pillars of Western prosperity. If war, waste, and moneylenders were abolished, you’d collapse. And while you people are over-consuming the rest of the world sinks more and more deeply into chronic disaster.” – Aldous Huxley – Island

      Rome was eight and a half centuries old when Juvenal scornfully described the degenerative spiral of the Roman populace. Still, the Western Empire lasted another three centuries before finally succumbing to the Visigoths and Vandals. The far slower pace of history and lack of other equally matched competing nation states allowed Rome to exist for centuries beyond its Pax Romana period of unprecedented political stability and prosperity, which lasted for two centuries. Prior to becoming an empire, the Roman Republic was a network of towns left to rule themselves with varying degrees of independence from the Roman Senate and provinces administered by military commanders. It was ruled, not by Emperors, but by annually elected magistrates known as Roman Consuls. The Roman citizens were a proud people who had a strong sense of civic duty and made government work for the people.

      During the 1st century B.C. Rome suffered a long series of internal conflicts, conspiracies and civil wars, while greatly extending their imperial power beyond Italy through military conquest. After the assassination of Julius Caesar and the ascension of Augustus to emperor in 27 BC, after a century of civil wars, Rome experienced an unprecedented period of peace and prosperity. During this era, the solidity of the Empire was furthered by a degree of societal stability and economic prosperity. But it didn’t last. The successors to Augustus contributed to the progressive ruination of the empire. The repugnant reigns of Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, and Nero reflected the true nature of the Roman people, who had relinquished their sovereignty to government administrators to whom they had granted absolute powers, in return for food and entertainment. It was the beginning of the end.

      The American Republic began as a loose confederation of states who ruled themselves, with little or no direction from a central authority. The Articles of Confederation, ratified in 1781 by all 13 States, limited the powers of the central government. The Confederation Congress could make decisions, but lacked enforcement powers. Implementation of most decisions, including modifications to the Articles, required unanimous approval of all thirteen state legislatures. After winning the war for independence from England, the U.S. Constitution, which shifted power to a central authority, was ratified in 1789. The Bill of Rights, the first ten amendments to the Constitution, was passed in 1791 with the purpose of protecting individual liberties and insuring justice for all. Their function was to safeguard the citizens from an authoritarian federal government. These imperfect documents would benefit and protect the rights of the American people only if applied by moral, just, incorruptible, noble, honorable leaders and enforced by an educated, concerned, vigilant citizenry.

      As with the Roman Empire, the quality of leadership has rapidly deteriorated over the last two centuries and now wallows at disgustingly low levels. These leaders are a reflection of a people who have abandoned their desire for knowledge, responsibility for their lives, work ethic, belief in freedom and the U.S. Constitution. The Juvenal of our times was H.L. Mencken who aptly and scornfully described the citizenry in 1920 as an ignorant mob who would eventually elect a downright moron to the presidency. He was right.

      “The larger the mob, the harder the test. In small areas, before small electorates, a first-rate man occasionally fights his way through, carrying even the mob with him by force of his personality. But when the field is nationwide, and the fight must be waged chiefly at second and third hand, and the force of personality cannot so readily make itself felt, then all the odds are on the man who is, intrinsically, the most devious and mediocre–the man who can most easily adeptly disperse the notion that his mind is a virtual vacuum.

      The Presidency tends, year by year, to go to such men. As democracy is perfected, the office represents, more and more closely, the inner soul of the people. We move toward a lofty ideal. On some great and glorious day the plain folks of the land will reach their heart’s desire at last, and the White House will be adorned by a downright moron.” – H.L. Mencken

      A Republic was formed 225 years ago, as opposed to a monarchy, by men of good intentions. They weren’t perfect, but their goals for the new nation were honorable and decent. Ben Franklin had his doubts regarding whether we could keep a republic. He had good reason to doubt the long-term sustainability of this experiment. Freedom is not something bestowed on us by men of higher caste. We are born into this world free, with the liberty to live our lives as we see fit, the opportunity to educate oneself and the freedom to succeed as far as our capabilities and efforts allow. Only a self-reliant, virtuous, moral, civic minded people are capable of enjoying the fruits of freedom. Once corruption, self-interest, greed, and dependency upon government bureaucrats for sustenance become prevalent, the populace seeks masters who promise safety and security in return for sacrificing essential liberty and basic freedoms.

      The country has defeated foreign invaders, withstood financial calamities, endured a bloody civil war, benefitted immensely from the discovery of oil under its soil, became an industrial power, fought on the winning side of two world wars, and since 1946 has become the greatest imperial empire since Rome fell to the barbarians. Over the course of our 225 year journey there has been a gradual relinquishment of the citizens’ sovereignty and autonomy to an ever more overbearing central government. Lincoln’s unprecedented expansion of Federal government authority during the Civil War marked a turning point, as state and local rights became subservient to an all-powerful central authority. Individual liberty has been surrendered and freedoms forfeited over a decades long insidious regression of a once courageous, independent, self-sufficient citizenry into a mob of cowering, willfully ignorant dependents of the deep state.

      From the inception of the country there has been a constant battle between the banking interests and the common people. Bankers have used fraudulent fractional reserve banking to speculate for their own benefit, made risky loans, and created every financial crisis in the country’s history. The profits from excessive risk taking are retained by the bankers. The inevitable losses are borne by taxpayers with the excuse that the financial system must be saved and preserved. The storyline never changes. The beginning of the end of the American Empire can be pinpointed to the year 1913, only 124 years after its inception. Private banking interests captured the monetary system of the empire with the secretive creation of the Federal Reserve. The power of the central state was solidified with the implementation of the personal income tax, allowing politicians to bribe their constituents with modern day “bread and circuses”, paid for with money taken at gunpoint from them by the central state. We are now nothing but the hollowed out shell of a once noble Republic.

      A century of central banking and heavy taxation of the people by bought off politician puppets has coincided with a century of war, depressions, currency debasement, overconsumption, obscene levels of consumer debt, trillions of excessive debt financed government spending, hundreds of trillions in unfunded entitlement liabilities, and a persistent decline in standard of living for the masses due to Federal Reserve manufactured inflation. We have failed to heed the lessons of history. We have repeated the blunders committed by the Romans.

      The American Empire will not be murdered by an external force because it is too busy committing suicide. The moneyed interests, corporate oligarchs and their hand-picked politician front men see themselves as conquering heroes. Their colossal hubris and arrogance is only matched by the ignorance, gullibility, quivering fear of bogeymen, and susceptibility to propaganda of the general populace. The Wall Street bankers and feckless politicians are not gods, they are only men. Death is the great equalizer for emperors and peasants alike. The only thing that remains is your legacy and whether you positively impacted the world. It can be unequivocally stated that those in power today are leaving a legacy of despair, destruction, and debt.

      Empires are born and empires die. The American Empire will not be sustained for eight centuries, as the swiftness of modern civilization, nuclear proliferation, religious zealotry, and sociopathic leadership ensures we will flame out in a blaze of glory before reaching our third century. The spirit of independence, idealism, self-reliance, entrepreneurship, knowledge seeking, advancement, and goodwill towards our fellow citizens that marked the height of our fledgling country has succumbed to a malaise of government dependency, cynicism, living on the dole, financial Ponzi schemes, willful ignorance, materialism, delusion, and myopic self-interest. The moral decline of the American populace has been reflected in the deteriorating quality of leaders we have chosen over the last century. Prosperity was taken for granted and no longer earned. We abdicated our civic responsibility to corrupt financiers and power seeking politicians. As time has passed, the ruling elite have grown ever more powerful and wealthy, at the expense of the peasantry. These sociopaths see themselves as god-like emperors, on par with the vilest of the Roman emperors.

      Historians will mark 1980 as another turning point, when the nation capitulated to the financiers and ceded control of our destiny to Wall Street bankers, the military industrial complex, and globalist billionaires. The final deformation from a productive society built upon savings, capital investment, and goods production to a borrowing, gambling, and consumption society built upon debt and profiteering by powerful corporate and banking interests had commenced. The peak of this warfare/welfare state insanity was reached in 2000 and the road to decline and decay is now littered with the figurative corpses of a gutted middle class and the literal corpses of men, women and children across the globe, killed during our never ending imperial conquests. The ruling elite sense the futility and foolishness of their folly, but their insatiable appetite for wealth, power, triumph and glory blind them to the destructive consequences of their actions upon the nation and their fellow man. Power and dominion over others is a powerful aphrodisiac for our current day emperors and self-preservation at all costs is their mantra.

      While they bask in their perceived triumph and glory, achieved through rigging the financial and political systems in their favor, they should heed the faint whisper in their ear that all glory is fleeting.

      “For over a thousand years Roman conquerors returning from the wars enjoyed the honor of triumph, a tumultuous parade. In the procession came trumpeteers, musicians and strange animals from conquered territories, together with carts laden with treasure and captured armaments. The conquerors rode in a triumphal chariot, the dazed prisoners walking in chains before him. Sometimes his children robed in white stood with him in the chariot or rode the trace horses. A slave stood behind the conqueror holding a golden crown and whispering in his ear a warning: that all glory is fleeting.” – George S. Patton, Jr.

      The decline of the Roman Empire can be attributed to a number of supportable hypotheses, which have been documented by historians over time. They include:

      Perpetual warfare depleted the treasury and wasted the manhood of the empire. The use of mercenary armies eventually led to the sacking of Rome by the very armies they had employed.
      Military overexpansion and spending resulted in resources being diverted from technological advancement, maintenance of the civil infrastructure, and worthwhile investments to support economic growth.
      Excessive welfare spending, oppressive taxation and currency debasement widened the gap between rich and poor, resulting in discontent, mistrust and rebellion.
      The emergence of an all-powerful centralized authoritarian government ruling by mandate, racked by corruption, and kept in power by bribing its subjects with promises of bread and circuses.
      Emperors and Senators became oligarchs and their conspicuous consumption provided proof of their corruption and decadence. The widespread corruption and incompetence of its leadership led to a waning in civic pride among the citizens.
      The decline in productive commercial and agricultural industries due to high taxes on producers, used to support the military empire, contributed to the circumstances that allowed barbarian invasions to succeed.
      The moral decay of the people was caused by the influx of slave labor from conquered territories, resulting in a decline in middle class work ethic, and the subsequent rise in the level of citizens on the dole. An economy based upon slave labor precluded a middle class with buying power.
      In Part Two of this tale of two empires, I’ll document the parallels between mistakes made, eternal human foibles, military misfortunes, financial misconduct, and moral decay, that denote the decline of the Roman and American Empires.

      Join me at to discuss truth and the future of our country.

      By James Quinn


    On this edition of Film, Literature and the New World Order James Perloff, author of The Shadows of Power and Truth Is A Lonely Warrior, joins us to discuss the 1970 Hollywood/Japanese production, Tora, Tora Tora! We discuss Perloff’s recent article on the Pearl Harbor deception, “Pearl Harbor: Roosevelt’s 9/11″ and the pieces of the Pearl Harbor puzzle that the movie leaves out. We get into the details of where the movie came from and how it paints Pearl Harbor as a tragic accident rather than a devious deception.


  102. “When the Maine sank, the proactive Assistant Secretary of the Navy had been Teddy Roosevelt. After the 1898 Spanish-American War he became governor of New York, and by 1901 was President of the United States. When the Lusitania sank, the Assistant Secretary of the Navy was his distant cousin Franklin D. Roosevelt – who likewise went on to become governor of New York and then President.

    Just as coincident: during the Lusitania affair, the head of the British Admiralty was yet another cousin of Franklin D. – Winston Churchill. And in a chilling déjà vu, as Pearl Harbor approached, these two men were now heads of their respective states.”~James Perloff
    . . . . . . .

    Obviously not: “Just as coincident” but a clear indicator of machinations behind the scenes by a ‘hidden hand’. So much of deep history has such ‘coincident’ that it is obvious agenda covered by pale Limited Hangout.

  103. Amerika the Duplicitous

    In a 1940 (election-year) speech, Roosevelt stated typically: “I have said this before, but I shall say it again and again and again: Your boys are not going to be sent into any foreign wars.”2 But privately, the President planned just the opposite: to bring America into the World War as Britain’s ally, exactly as Woodrow Wilson had done in World War I. Roosevelt dispatched his closest advisor, Harry Hopkins, to meet Churchill in January 1941. Hopkins told Churchill: “The President is determined that we [the United States and England] shall win the war together. Make no mistake about it. He has sent me here to tell you that at all costs and by all means he will carry you through, no matter what happens to him – there is nothing he will not do so far as he has human power.”3 William Stephenson, who ran British intelligence operations in the U.S., noted that American-British military staff talks began that same month under “utmost secrecy,” which, he clarified, “meant preventing disclosure to the American public.”[4]~Perloff

    4. William Stephenson, A Man Called Intrepid (New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1976), 157.


    • It should be mentioned here and highlighted that much of this information is also documented in Douglas Reed’s excellent book, THE CONTROVERSY OF ZION.

  104. Pearl Harbor begs comparison to 9/11:

    Both events were carefully orchestrated false flags (although Pearl Harbor differed in that the attack itself was genuinely undertaken by a provoked foreign power);
    Both involved massive death and violent destruction;
    Both resulted in war and transformed American society;
    Both were followed by official commissions that concealed the truth;
    Both inspired “truthers” who were ridiculed by mainstream media because, “after all, our own government would never do that to us.”Perloff

  105. The soft, the complacent
    the self-satisfied societies
    will be swept away
    with the debris of history


    • Imagination itself has become “un-American.” It is accepted, but with fear and distrust, when it embellishes a concrete experience, the story of how a fortune was made or a victory won.
      But where it exists solely for itself, when it becomes a culture or a dialectic, it is no longer tolerated.” Americans are insensitive to philosophical ideas. They need something tangible, something concrete, something that has been acted on the stage. Acted, that is, seen and felt. What is said is not important. We are not impressed by explanations, and verbal play leaves us indifferent.
      What we want is action.”~Arthur Miller

    • ” The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our stars. But in ourselves…”

      The Bungling View of History; coincidence, happenstance, accidents, fate… all in denial of human input, as if it is robotic, is just bullshit.

  106. clandestine

    characterized by, done in, or executed with secrecy or concealment, especially for purposes of subversion or deception; private or surreptitious:
    Their clandestine meetings went undiscovered for two years.

    1560-70; < Latin clandestīnus, equivalent to *clande, *clamde, variant of clam secretly (with -de adv. particle) + -stīnus, probably after intestīnus internal; see intestine

    hidden, underhand, covert, confidential, illicit.


  107. Philosopher’s Stone of the Candy Crush World Order
    Posted: 15 Nov 2014 10:00 PM PST
    The transition to a fully synthetic society brings with it a mundane, infinitely boring version of everything. Fake food, fake (abridged, digital) books, fake news, fake breasts, fake Darwinian narratives, fake history, fake religions and preachers, false environments, even fake drugs – nothing is exempt from the irrational drive to overlay all of reality with a meaningless digital copy.

    As I wander through the infinite data stream, I find myself more and more struck with the utterly synthetic, pseudo-intellectual, nihilistic character of it all. Just ten years ago, most people I knew bought books and actually read them. There’s a certain discipline and aesthetic experience involved in reading, and then chewing and digesting a book, something akin to a mystical revelation. Yet nowadays, the preference is for “Kindle,” a name that conceals a subtle clue about burning books, we discover we are boldly embarking on a Brave New quest to become fully synthetic. All of this is an omen for the frightening issue regarding education I fear – understanding lengthy, important works of literature will disappear. For millennia humans have found it natural to contemplate difficult texts in a physical form, rather than scrolling through bytes on a screen. I know I find it almost impossible to do on a screen, though I have read many 1,000-plus page physical books. The Internet is great medium for articles, but are people really going to read the works of the Western iCanon? I doubt it. The point is that decades from now, no one will read important works of history and the classics – at all (Fahrenheit 451). This is precisely what Bertrand Russell said would occur by design, too.

    Most are familiar with the theme in dystopian fiction of books being burned or eliminated, but as I progress in my learning, it becomes increasingly evident how far down the dystopian path we already are. A leftist progressive writer and I had a couple interactions recently, and my thoughts on this matter seemed to play out on the screen before me. The assumption of said writer was that true journalism would awaken the masses and the Internet was the great hope of humanity for bringing about revolution. In other words, man is a machine to be programmed with just the right data stream. Over and over, every interaction I have, especially with individuals in alternative media and its nooks and crannies, the presupposition no one ever questions is this Enlightenment model of reality.

    While it is obviously true that individuals can change their mind and actions based on new information, the underlying false assumption is that, like a machine, all that’s needed for human development and progress is newer, larger amounts of information. A manifestation of the reign and age of quantity, the quantity we now consume is information. Economics is already moving into the realm of the trafficking of information, as the “sustainable” SmartCities of the future will be structured entirely around total information awareness. This model works on the basis that there are no higher realms, no spiritual dimension to man, and the complete solution to his ills is simply more. More information, more articles, more education, more, more, more. If we can only see beyond the subatomic particles – we’ll see more. If we can only write more articles – we’ll know more. Obviously these are good things in themselves, but across the spectrum of modern Western thought and life, the dominant motivating force is all about the acquisition of more. The SmartCities will not be based around more stuff, but greater and greater immersion into the matrix of the virtual, like the holographic entertainment scene from THX 1138.

    sports godessgod thing

    There is a dark twist to this ouroboros of gobbling consumption. In the past, the drive for more took man to new continents, established new colonies, brought about amazing inventions and advancements, etc., but consider where our unquenched desire is about to take us today – into the realm of the virtual. We are no longer concerned with real exploration, real knowledge accompanied by wisdom, real interactions, etc., but with the synthetic versions of all these things. It is as if a disgustingly obese man devoured every piece of cake and candy in sight, and then demanded all the same goodies on Candy Crush or some other childish video game. The obesity of the public is a mirror for the obesity of man’s black hole of desire for meaningless more, a dark vortex of infinite nihilistic swallowing, ingesting and elimination of itself.


  108. Canada: Decoding Harper’s Terror Game. Beneath the Masks and Diversions
    By Prof. John McMurtry

    “Stephen Harper is the most deeply reviled Prime Minister in Canada’s history. On the world stage, he is the servant of Big Oil boiling oil out of tar-sands to destroy major river systems and pollute the planet with dirty oil, while his attack dog John Baird leads the warmongering and bullying of nations like Iran and Syria targeted by the US-Israeli axis.

    He is the most despotic and toxic first minister in the life of our country. His administration defunds every social program and life protective system it can. It strips the country of its public information infrastructures at every level – including now the gagging of non-profit NGO’s by eliminating their charitable status if they question any policy of his regime.

    Just as his friend George Bush Jr., Harper holds government by big-money backing, continual lies, attack ads, and life-blind policies to enrich the already rich. Canada’s neo-con political class may have its head on backwards, but Harper is very cunning in skirting, subverting and perverting the law to abuse power at every level. He is the poster boy of the global corporate agenda of wrecking society and its common life support systems.”


  109. Genocide in Context…

    The American Indian Holocaust, known as the “500 year war” and the “World’s Longest Holocaust In The History Of Mankind And Loss Of Human Lives.”


    The term Genocide derives from the Latin (genos=race, tribe; cide=killing) and means literally the killing or murder of an entire tribe or people. The Oxford English Dictionary defines genocide as “the deliberate and systematic extermination of an ethnic or national group” and cites the first usage of the term as R. Lemkin, Axis Rule in Occupied Europe, (1944) p.79. “By ‘genocide’ we mean the destruction of a nation or an ethnic group.”

    The U.N. General Assembly adopted this term and defended it in 1946 as “….a denial of the right of existence of entire human groups.” Most people tend to associate genocide with wholesale slaughter of a specific people. However, “the 1994 U.N. Convention on the Punishment and Prevention of the Crime of Genocide, describes genocide beyond outright murder of people as the destruction and extermination of culture.” Article II of the convention lists five categories of activity as genocidal when directed against a specific “national, ethnic, racial, or religious group.”

    Hitler’s concept of concentration camps as well as the practicality of genocide owed much, so he claimed, to his studies of English and United States history. He admired the camps for Boer prisoners in South Africa and for the Indians in the wild west; and often praised to his inner circle the efficiency of America’s extermination – by starvation and uneven combat – of the red savages who could not be tamed by captivity.”~ P. 202, “Adolph Hitler” by John Toland

    Native Americans have the highest mortality rate of any U.S. minority because of U.S. action and policy. The biggest killers though were smallpox, measles, influenza, whooping cough, diphtheria, typhus, bubonic plague, cholera, and scarlet fever. All imported by the Europeans colonists.


    • To bad the Turtle Islanders didn’t cut off Chris’s puny little head eh? Chris would probably claim “the Pope made me do it.”

      Papal Bulls of the 15th century gave Christian explorers the right to claim lands they “discovered” and lay claim to those lands for their Christian Monarchs. Any land that was not inhabited by Christians was available to be “discovered”, claimed, and exploited. If the “pagan” inhabitants could be converted, they might be spared. If not, they could be enslaved or killed.

      The Discovery Doctrine is a concept of public international law expounded by the United States Supreme Court in a series of decisions, initially in Johnson v. M’Intosh in 1823. The doctrine was Chief Justice John Marshall’s explanation of the way in which colonial powers laid claim to newly discovered lands during the Age of Discovery. Under it, title to newly discovered lands lay with the government whose subjects discovered new territory. The doctrine has been primarily used to support decisions invalidating or ignoring aboriginal possession of land in favor of colonial or post-colonial governments.

      John Marshall, who is most credited with describing the doctrine, did not voice wholehearted support of the doctrine even while using it to justify judicial decisions. He pointed to the doctrine as simple fact, looking at the possession-takings which had been supported by it as things which had occurred and had to be recognized. The supposedly inferior character of native cultures was a reason for the doctrine having been used, but whether or not that was justified was not relevant for Marshall.

      This Doctrine governs United States Indian Law today and has been cited as recently as 2005 in the decision City Of Sherrill V. Oneida Indian Nation Of N.Y.

      • yes…and we have gone over the fact that “Law” is a fiction, all of it concerns fictitious entities, not human beings. It is almost Taoist, or the concept of Maya [Hindi] given “legal status”.

        None of these ‘Legal Scholars’ are ‘HUMAN – ATARIAN’ – they are puny minds stuck in delusion. They believe their metaphors as if they were actually manifest in any other than their own actions. They “create of their word” – or “abaracadabara”. It’s the stupefied audience that doesn’t get that it’s just a staged magic act.

  110. Genocide or the deliberate extermination of one ethnic group by another is not new, for example in 1937 the Pequot Indians were exterminated by the Colonists when they burned their villages in Mystic, Connecticut, and then shot all the other people — including women and children — who tried to escape. The United States Government has refused to ratify the U.N. convention on genocide. There are many facets of genocide which have been implemented upon indigenous peoples of North America. The list of American genocidal policies includes: Mass-execution, Biological warfare, Forced Removal from homelands, Incarceration, Indoctrination of non-indigenous values, forced surgical sterilization of native women, Prevention of religious practices, just to name a few.

    Prior to the arrival of Columbus the land defined as the 48 contiguous states of America numbered in excess of 12 million. Four centuries later, it had been reduced by 95% (237 thousand). How? When Columbus returned in 1493 he brought a force of 17 ships. He began to implement slavery and mass-extermination of the Taino population of the Caribbean. Within three years five million were dead. Fifty years later the Spanish census recorded only 200 living! Las Casas, the primary historian of the Columbian era, writes of numerous accounts of the horrendous acts that the Spanish colonists inflicted upon the indigenous people, which included hanging them en masse, roasting them on spits, hacking their children into pieces to be used as dog food, and the list continues.

    This did not end with Columbus’ departure, the European colonies and the newly declared United States continued similar conquests. Massacres occurred across the land such as the Wounded Knee Massacre. Not only was the method of massacre used, other methods for “Indian Removal” and “clearing” included military slaughter of tribal villages, bounties on native scalps, and biological warfare. British agents intentionally gave Tribes blankets that were intentionally contaminated with smallpox. Over 100 thousand died among the Mingo, Delaware, Shawnee and other Ohio River nations. The U.S. army followed suit and used the same method on the Plains tribal populations with similar success.”~Ibid


  111. Columbus installed himself as Governor of the Caribbean islands, with headquarters on Hispaniola (the large island now shared by Haiti and the Dominican Republic). He described the people, the Arawaks (called by some the Tainos) this way:

    “The people of this island and of all the other islands which I have found and seen, or have not seen, all go naked, men and women, as their mothers bore them, except that some women cover one place only with the leaf of a plant or with a net of cotton which they make for that purpose.

    “They have no iron or steel or weapons, nor are they capable of using them, although they are well-built people of handsome stature, because they are wondrous timid…. [T]hey are so artless and free with all they possess, that no one would believe it without having seen it.

    “Of anything they have, if you ask them for it, they never say no; rather they invite the person to share it, and show as much love as if they were giving their hearts; and whether the thing be of value or of small price, at once they are content with whatever little thing of whatever kind may be given to them.” [3, pg.63; 1, pg.118]

    In an ominous foreshadowing of the horrors to come, Columbus also wrote in his journal:

    “I could conquer the whole of them with fifty men, and govern them as I pleased.”

    After Columbus had surveyed the Caribbean region, he returned to Spain to prepare his invasion of the Americas. From accounts of his second voyage, we can begin to understand what the New World represented to Columbus and his men — it offered them life without limits, unbridled freedom.

    Columbus took the title “Admiral of the Ocean Sea” and proceeded to unleash a reign of terror unlike anything seen before or since. When he was finished, eight million Arawaks — virtually the entire native population of Hispaniola — had been exterminated by torture, murder, forced labor, starvation, disease and despair. [3, pg.x]

    A Spanish missionary, Bartolome de las Casas, described first-hand how the Spaniards terrorized the natives. [4] Las Casas gives numerous eye-witness accounts of repeated mass murder and routine sadistic torture.

    As Barry Lopez has accurately summarized it,

    “One day, in front of Las Casas, the Spanish dismembered, beheaded, or raped 3000 people.

    ‘Such inhumanities and barbarisms were committed in my sight,’ he says, ‘as no age can parallel….’

    “The Spanish cut off the legs of children who ran from them. They poured people full of boiling soap. They made bets as to who, with one sweep of his sword, could cut a person in half. They loosed dogs that ‘devoured an Indian like a hog, at first sight, in less than a moment.’ They used nursing infants for dog food.” [2, pg.4]

    This was not occasional violence — it was a systematic, prolonged campaign of brutality and sadism, a policy of torture, mass murder, slavery and forced labor that continued for CENTURIES.

    “The destruction of the Indians of the Americas was, far and away, the most massive act of genocide in the history of the world,” writes historian David E. Stannard. [3, pg.x]

    Again from:


      ko.yan.nis.qatsi (from the Hopi Language) n. 1. craz y life. 2. life in turmoil. 3. life out of balance.
      4. life disintegrating. 5. a state of life that calls for another way of living.

    • So who was this “Christ’s Dove”; Christopher Columbus?

      Cristoforo Colombo (Italian), Cristóbal Colón (Spanish), Christopher Columbus (Anglicized Latin), Christ-bearing Dove (as we would literally translate his name).

      Surely not his actual name, but a code name, allegorical of the dove sent out to find dry land from the Ark of Noah – a myth upon myth.
      Where did the charts come from that he had in his possession? The Knights Templar are the most likely source according to their history and probable earlier voyages to “the New World”.

      Whoever he was, he was one of the worst criminals in the annals of history, evil incarnate.
      (And of course it is so fitting that Amerika has a holiday named after such obscene filth as he.)


  112. JFK Assassination Conspiracy.The Secret Service Stand Down Order. Was This Pre-Planned?


    • Thanks Gate88,

      I think it is obvious that Clint Hill is lying in that interview about the agent being called off as ‘joking around’ and saying he was going to lunch. It is obvious from the agent’s body language in the footage that he was nonplussed, and surprised to be called off of his duty station.
      The agents in the back-up car seem astonished as well.

      But it is the bulk of the rest of the case as illuminated by sincere research that gives weight to this scene being exactly what it appears to be, the agent being called off that back of the limo as a ‘stand down order’.

      • Rogue – Don’t get the wrong impression. Your own open minded genius is like a breath of fresh air.

        Yeah, the magician was working over time on that one for sure. This deal with these agents was probably cast into the play to add to the confusion?

        You know what they say about the mainstream media.. Well handy dandy mainstream books ain’t worth squat my friend.. I grade various books on truth versus non truth delivered whether by intent or not depending on how complete the message is based on the historical legal evidence involved.

        Think Hudson’s Bay Company command – Permanent Industrial Expositions.

        I’m going with Greer as the shooter. {Did you ever see that video showing the Secret Service Stands Down. The two Secret Service Agents who should have been on the rear of the Limo stands for the feet and handles for the hands? Ordered off the limo shortly before the public beheading of JFK.}

        I’m sorry but the Crown Banking Cartel of London has controlled the “American Puppetry” since the 1783 Paris Treaty Agreement. The document speaks for itself. No, Jack was telling his massa in Rome that he was going to run the corporation not Rome..

        Think the Concessions of King John to the Pope in 1213. The Pope owns England. In the Paris Treaty mentioned the “The Holy Trinity” is mentioned. That is the Pope, the King of England, and the Crown Bank.. They killed off a rebel president, they made an example of him for any to consider who might try to thwart them. I recommend “Vatican Assassins – Wounded in the House of my Friends” – Phelps.. And of course those legal Pdfs recently shared. Especially Montgomery. Phelps book is rated an 80% accurate by me. And even this non published book has some problems.. Think Cardinal Spellman. Why did Military insiders call Vietnam “Spelly’s War”…

        {The Pope quashed the Magna Carta because those Nobles held a sword to the Kings throat when he signed it}

        These bastards have fought back and forth over the Temporal Power forever it seems. These fucks are brilliant at making us all look in the wrong place. “No he did it” “That lone Nut” “No they did it” “Those Poor poor Wandering Nutty Jews” And the guy in the dress wearing the Pointy hat comes out and condemns the crimes he ordered done..

        Just how I see it after all these years..

      • Well, I don’t go for the Greer pistol shot thing, but some of the rest I can ponder with an open mind.

        My bottom line is that “government, church, state” – all of that is naive bullshit! Only when the human race matures to the point of rejecting all that ‘authority’ nonsense will there be a chance for positive change.

        We know that the CIA, and all intelligence agencies are controlled by the peak of the pyramid of power, there are no “national entities” in control of themselves … whether it is a pointy hat or a top hat at the very top of the foodchain is still a matter of conjecture for me. There are things that weight it different ways from different context and POV.

        Your case is not rejected here – just mulled over.

  113. “Ebola is in danger of becoming a worldwide crisis, with the potential to reach 1.4 million cases by January, at what point should the conspiracy theories be challenged?”~Jolley

    As of this date the total cases of Ebola in US and Mali are: 7. – the total deaths in both countries are: 4.

    The WHO situation report of 12 November reported 4 cases and 4 deaths in Mali. One probable case and death has been reclassified and is now excluded from the Mali case count.

    **The outbreaks of Ebola Virus Disease (EVD) in Senegal and Nigeria were declared over on 17 October and 19 October 2014, respectively. A national EVD outbreak is considered to be over when 42 days (double the 21-day incubation period of the Ebola virus) has elapsed since the last patient in isolation became laboratory negative for EVD.


  114. You have this? Yeah you’re spot on the “Club of Villains” rule book is a total fraud. It’s amazing.

    The assumption that a certain thing is true, and which gives to a person or thing a quality which is not natural to it, and consequently establishes, a certain disposition, which, without the fiction, would be repugnant to reason and to truth. It is an order of things which does not exist, but which the law prescribes or authorizes. It differs from presumption because it establishes as true, something which is false; whereas presumption supplies the proof of something true.

    The law never feigns what is impossible. Fiction is like art; it imitates nature, but never disfigures it. It aids truth, but it ought never to destroy it. It may well suppose that what was possible, but which does not exist; but it will never feign that what was impossible actually is.

    Fictions were invented by the Roman praetors who, not possessing the power to abrogate the law, were nevertheless willing to derogate from it under the pretence of doing equity. Fiction is the resource of weakness which, in order to obtain its object, assumes as a fact what is known to be contrary to truth: when the legislator desires to accomplish his object, he need not feign, he commands. Fictions of law owe their origin to the legislative usurpations of the bench.

    It is said that every fiction must be framed according to the rules of law, and that every legal fiction must have equity for its object. To prevent their evil effects, they are not allowed to be carried further than the reasons which introduced them necessarily require.

    The law abounds in fictions. That an estate is in abeyance; the doctrine of remitter, by which a party who has been disseised of his freehold and afterwards acquires a defective title, is remitted to his former good title; that one thing done today, is considered as done at a preceding time by the doctrine of relation; that because one thing is proved, another shall be presumed to be true, which is the case in all presumptions; that the heir, executor, and administrator stand by representation in the place of the deceased are all fictions of law. “Our various introduction of John Doe and Richard Roe; our solemn process upon disseisin by Hugh Hunt; our casually losing and finding a ship (which never was in Europe) in the parish of St. Mary Le Bow, in the ward of Cheap; our trying the validity of a will by an imaginary wager of five pounds; our imagining and compassing the king’s death, by giving information which may defeat an attack upon an enemy’s settlement in the antipodes; our charge of picking a pocket or forging a bill with force and arms; of neglecting to repair a bridge, against the peace of the king, his crown and dignity are circumstances, which, looked at by themselves, would convey an impression of no very favorable nature, with respect to the wisdom of our jurisprudence.”



    • Yes Gate88,

      I have been going through the articles on that site. Much to learn and ponder there…

      Thanks for turning me on to it.

  115. “Whether the mask is labeled fascism, democracy, or dictatorship of the proletariat, our great adversary remains the apparatus–the bureaucracy, the police, the military. Not the one facing us across the frontier of the battle lines, which is not so much our enemy as our brothers’ enemy, but the one that calls itself our protector and makes us its slaves. No matter what the circumstances, the worst betrayal will always be to subordinate ourselves to this apparatus and to trample underfoot, in its SERVICE, all human values in ourselves and in others.”~Simone Weil

    Tony Cartalucci November 20, 2014

    …”Considering the hysteria generated by ISIS’ alleged global exploits, it should then be infinitely curious to readers who happen across US policymakers claiming that ISIS may pose a threat, but constitutes by far a lesser threat than Iran or Syria – the two principle nations leading the real fight against ISIS and its international sponsors. Furthermore, US policymakers claim there is no urgency to defeat ISIS, and it should instead be “contained.” Of course, this “containment” will be within states targeted by US-backed regime change – serving as a convenient agent of destruction, destabilization, and perhaps even regime change itself…”


    “The entire report [Brookings’ “Which Path to Persia?” report published in 2009] is a documented conspiracy to justify and provoke war with a nation actively seeking to avoid war even at the cost of suffering innumerable humiliations, covert attacks, assassinations, decades-spanning sanctions, and other forms of terroristic provocations. When Hein and other US policymakers refer to Iran and Syria as a “greater threat” than ISIS, they do not mean a threat to the national security of the American people or the territory of the United States itself – but rather a threat to their own hegemonic interests well beyond America’s borders and even interests that lie within the borders of Iran and Syria themselves.

    Deciphering the deceptive, criminal language used by US policymakers illuminates the ongoing conspiracy in which ISIS plays a central part. ISIS is considered not a threat – not because the US can manage what they claim is an inherently “anti-Western” terrorist organization – but rather because the US itself created and controls it. Syria and Iran, while not actual threats to the West, are considered instead “threats” to US interests – more specifically – the interests of the corporate-financier elite on Wall Street and their lobbyists in Washington D.C.”

  117. The Monster In The Machine

    All-Out War in Ukraine: NATO’s ‘Final Offensive’
    By James Petras, Axis of Logic
    Axis of Logic
    Friday, Nov 21, 2014

    There are clear signs that a major war is about to break out in Ukraine: A war actively promoted by the NATO regimes and supported by their allies and clients in Asia (Japan) and the Middle East (Saudi Arabia). The war over Ukraine will essentially run along the lines of a full-scale military offensive against the southeast Donbas region, targeting the breakaway ethnic Ukraine- Russian Peoples Republic of Donetsk and Lugansk, with the intention of deposing the democratically elected government, disarming the popular militias, killing the guerrilla resistance partisans and their mass base, dismantling the popular representative organizations and engaging in ethnic cleansing of millions of bilingual Ukraino-Russian citizens. NATO’s forthcoming military seizure of the Donbas region is a continuation and extension of its original violent putsch in Kiev, which overthrew an elected Ukrainian government in February 2014.

    The Kiev junta and its newly ‘elected’ client rulers, and its NATO sponsors are intent on a major purge to consolidate the puppet Poroshenko’s dictatorial rule. The recent NATO-sponsored elections excluded several major political parties that had traditionally supported the country’s large ethnic minority populations, and was boycotted in the Donbas region. This sham election in Kiev set the tone for NATO’s next move toward converting Ukraine into one gigantic US multi-purpose military base aimed at the Russian heartland and into a neo-colony for German capital, supplying Berlin with grain and raw materials while serving as a captive market for German manufactured goods.

    An intensifying war fever is sweeping the West; the consequences of this madness appear graver by the hour.

    War Signs: The Propaganda and Sanctions Campaign, the G20 Summit and the Military Build Up
    The official drum- beat for a widening conflict in Ukraine, spearheaded by the Kiev junta and its fascist militias, echoes in every Western mass media outlet, every day. Major mass media propaganda mills and government ‘spokesmen and women’ publish or announce new trumped-up accounts of growing Russian military threats to its neighbors and cross-border invasions into Ukraine. New Russian incursions are ‘reported’ from the Nordic borders and Baltic states to the Caucuses. The Swedish regime creates a new level of hysteria over a mysterious “Russian” submarine off the coast of Stockholm, which it never identifies or locates – let alone confirms the ‘sighting’. Estonia and Latvia claim Russian warplanes violated their air space without confirmation. Poland expels Russian “spies” without proof or witnesses. Provocative full-scale joint NATO-client state military exercises are taking place along Russia’s frontiers in the Baltic States, Poland, Romania and Ukraine.

    NATO is sending vast arms shipments to the Kiev junta, along with “Special Forces” advisers and counter-insurgency experts in anticipation of a full-scale attack against the rebels in the Donbas.

    The Kiev regime has never abided by the Minsk cease fire. According to the UN Human Rights office 13 people on average –mostly civilians –have been killed each day since the September cease fire. In eight weeks, the UN reports that 957 people have killed –overwhelmingly by Kiev’s armed forces.

    The Kiev regime, in turn, has cut all basic social and public services to the Peoples’ Republics’, including electricity, fuel, civil service salaries, pensions, medical supplies, salaries for teachers and medical workers, municipal workers wages; banking and transport have been blockaded.

    The strategy is to further strangle the economy, destroy the infrastructure, force an even greater mass exodus of destitute refugees from the densely populated cities across the border into Russia and then to launch massive air, missile, artillery and ground assaults on urban centers as well as rebel bases.

    The Kiev junta has launched an all-out military mobilization in the Western regions, accompanied by rabid anti-Russian, anti-Eastern Orthodox indoctrination campaigns designed to attract the most violent far right chauvinist thugs and to incorporate the Nazi-style military brigades into the frontline shock troops. The cynical use of irregular fascist militias will ‘free’ NATO and Germany from any responsibility for the inevitable terror and atrocities in their campaign. This system of ‘plausible deniability’ mirrors the tactics of the German Nazis whose hordes of fascist Ukrainians and Ustashi Croats were notorious in their epoch of ethnic cleansing.

    G20-plus-NATO: Support of the Kiev Blitz
    To isolate and weaken resistance in the Donbas and guarantee the victory of the impending Kiev blitz, the EU and the US are intensifying their economic, military and diplomatic pressure on Russia to abandon the nascent peoples’ democracy in the south-east region of Ukraine, their principle ally.

    Each and every escalation of economic sanctions against Russia is designed to weaken the capacity of the Donbas resistance fighters to defend their homes, towns and cities. Each and every Russian shipment of essential medical supplies and food to the besieged population evokes a new and more hysterical outburst – because it counters Kiev-NATO strategy of starving the partisans and their mass base into submission or provoking their flight to safety across the Russian border.

    After suffering a series of defeats, the Kiev regime and its NATO strategists decided to sign a ‘peace protocol’, the so-called Minsk agreement, to halt the advance of the Donbas resistance into the southern regions and to protect its Kiev’s soldiers and militias holed-up in isolated pockets in the East. The Minsk agreement was designed to allow the Kiev junta to build up its military, re-organize its command and incorporate the disparate Nazi militias into its overall military forces in preparation for a ‘final offensive’. Kiev’s military build-up on the inside and NATO’s escalation of sanctions against Russia on the outside would be two sides of the same strategy: the success of a frontal attack on the democratic resistance of the Donbas basin depends on minimizing Russian military support through international sanctions.

    NATO’s virulent hostility to Russian President Putin was on full display at the G20 meeting in Australia: NATO-linked presidents and prime ministers, especially Merkel, Obama, Cameron, Abbott, and Harper’s political threats and overt personal insults paralleled Kiev’s growing starvation blockade of the besieged rebels and population centers in the south-east. Both the G20’s economic threats against Russia and the diplomatic isolation of Putin and Kiev’s economic blockade are preludes to NATO’s Final Solution – the physical annihilation of all vestiges of Donbas resistance, popular democracy and cultural-economic ties with Russia.

    Kiev depends on its NATO mentors to impose a new round of severe sanctions against Russia, especially if its planned invasion encounters a well armed and robust mass resistance bolstered by Russian support. NATO is counting on Kiev’s restored and newly supplied military capacity to effectively destroy the southeast centers of resistance.

    NATO has decided on an ‘all-or-nothing campaign’: to seize all of Ukraine or, failing that, destroy the restive southeast, obliterate its population and productive capacity and engage in an all-out economic (and possibly shooting) war with Russia. Chancellor Angela Merkel is on board with this plan despite the complaints of German industrialists over their huge loss of export sales to Russia. President Hollande of France has signed on dismissing the complaints of trade unionists over the loss of thousands French jobs in the shipyards. Prime Minister David Cameron is eager for an economic war against Moscow, suggesting the bankers of the City of London find new channels to launder the illicit earnings of Russian oligarchs.

    The Russian Response
    Russian diplomats are desperate to find a compromise, which allows Ukraine’s ethnic Ukraine- Russian population in the southeast to retain some autonomy under a federation plan and regain influence within the ‘new’ post-putsch Ukraine. Russian military strategists have provided logistical and military aid to the resistance in order to avoid a repeat of the Odessa massacre of ethnic Russians by Ukrainian fascists on a massive scale. Above all, Russia cannot afford to have NATO-Nazi-Kiev military bases along its southern ‘underbelly’, imposing a blockade of the Crimea and forcing a mass exodus of ethnic Russians from the Donbas. Under Putin, the Russian government has tried to propose compromises allowing Western economic supremacy over Ukraine but without NATO military expansion and absorption by Kiev.

    That policy of conciliation has repeatedly failed.

    The democratically elected ‘compromise regime’ in Kiev was overthrown in February 2014 in a violent putsch, which installed a pro-NATO junta.

    Kiev violated the Minsk agreement with impunity and encouragement from the NATO powers and Germany.

    The recent G20 meeting in Australia featured a rabble-rousing chorus against President Putin. The crucial four-hour private meeting between Putin and Merkel turned into a fiasco when Germany parroted the NATO chorus.

    Putin finally responded by expanding Russia’s air and ground troop preparedness along its borders while accelerating Moscow’s economic pivot to Asia.

    Most important, President Putin has announced that Russia cannot stand by and allow the massacre of a whole people in the Donbas region.

    Is Poroshenko’s forthcoming blitz against the people of southeast Ukraine designed to provoke a Russian response – to the humanitarian crisis? Will Russia confront the NATO-directed Kiev offensive and risk a total break with the West?

    James Petras latest book is the Politics of Empire:The U.S, Israel and the Middle East (

    • James Petras presents a prescient analysis is the critical situation developing in the confrontation between NATO and Russia. Russia, being put in one of those “damned if you do – damned if you don’t” squeeze makes for a volatile and dangerous situation for the entire world – it is insane. We seem to be sleepwalking into catastrophe.
      spiderhead 2008
      The gods must be crazy! We already know that the human race is.

  118. NY TIMES
    “In a tense confrontation with President Obama’s closest adviser on Thursday, a group of Senate Democrats accused the White House of trying to censor significant details in a voluminous report on the use of torture by the Central Intelligence Agency.

    During a closed-door meeting on Capitol Hill with Denis R. McDonough, the White House chief of staff, the senators said that the White House was siding with the C.I.A. and trying to thwart negotiations over the report’s release. The negotiations have dragged on for months because of a dispute over the C.I.A.’s demand that pseudonyms of agency officers be deleted from the report.

    The C.I.A., supported by the White House, has argued that even without using the real names of the officers, their identities could still be revealed.

    According to several people in attendance, the meeting was civil, but neither side gave ground, and it ended without resolution. The Senate Intelligence Committee spent five years working on the 6,000-page report, which is said to provide grim details about the torture of detainees in C.I.A. prisons during the Bush administration, and describe a persistent effort by C.I.A. officials to mislead the White House and Congress about the efficacy of its interrogation techniques. The committee voted this year to declassify the report’s executive summary, numbering several hundred pages, but the fight over redactions has delayed the release.
    . . . . . . . . . .

    Only the names have been changed to protect the guilty. Of course since torture is a crime the names should most certainly be made public and those who performed and have been accessories to torture should be prosecuted. But that ‘accessory after the fact’ charge now includes the present junta. The dilemma arises of the prosecutors charging themselves, an absurd situation.
    Government is a racket.

    • Thanks for the video report Veri. I didn’t know about this huge turnout in Mexico! And as the narrator ended with, this sort of thing seems to be happening all around the world – except the west, where the populations are completely sedated by hypnotic PR.

  119. The outing of a boot lick. Canada’s shame.

    Living with insanity
    By John Chuckman, Intrepid Report
    Intrepid Report
    Sunday, Nov 23, 2014

    Harper, Abbott, and Cameron at the Brisbane G-20

    Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper is reported by a spokesman, to have had the following exchange with Russian President Vladimir Putin during the Brisbane G-20 summit: “Well, I guess I’ll shake your hand, but I only have one thing to say to you: you need to get out of Ukraine.” Putin is said to have replied, “Impossible. Since we are not there.”

    A graceless bit of diplomatic crudity from a truly graceless man, Stephen Harper, someone Canadians know has a history of underhanded practices at home, from introducing ugly personal-attack campaign advertising, using secretive and bullying tactics in parliament, failing to deal with corrupt practices by subordinates especially an American-style election scandal of robocalls which sent some voters to the wrong polls, to having appointed several unbelievably incompetent and corrupt ministers. He is known for a ferocious temper in private, a very controlling man who grants his political associates absolutely no freedom of expression, and is reported by insiders as having on at least one occasion thrown a chair in a meeting. His silencing of Canadian government scientists from offering their opinions on issues in areas of expertise has been a simmering international scandal, as has his complete suppression of environmental issues.

    Before Harper, Canada enjoyed for many decades a reputation for fairness and decency and intelligence in international affairs with statesmanship and openness exhibited by figures like Lester Pearson or Jean Chretien or Paul Martin. Harper has destroyed a great deal of that as he pursues a single-minded role as American junior partner in almost all things.

    He completely abandoned Canada’s traditional policies of fairness and balance in the Middle East, literally shocking many Canadians at times with fervent outbursts about Israel, including suggestions that Canadian critics of Israel are anti-Semitic. He does this, as any astute political observer recognizes, to solicit increased campaign funds from Canada’s financially successful Jewish community, taking his cue from Republicans in the United States such as Newt Gingrich who alone received $18 million dollars from one wealthy supporter of Israel for his last nomination campaign in exchange for inserting into his speeches that there was no such thing as a Palestinian, an utterly insincere and ridiculous statement. Since Israel is no admirer of President Putin’s, he being too independent-minded and opposed to the American exceptionalism Israel tightly embraces and by which it prospers, this activity of Harper’s puts him in an anti-Russian frame of mind from the start.

    Harper has made an annual photo-op journey to Canada’s North, always trying to appear to voters as the man most concerned with a future there of melting ice creating free access through the Northwest Passage. Ironically, he periodically mentions Russia as the nation he is most concerned about, but Canada’s recent history couldn’t make it clearer that it is the United States which represents the great threat to our Northern waters and shore. Everything from unauthorized American atomic submarine prowling to a giant American oil tanker passing to published American charts showing this future open water as international tells a pretty harsh story. But in every detail, Harper only pretends America is a great and non-threatening friend.

    Harper is the single most obsessed leader in Canada’s history with pleasing, almost fawning over, the United States. Had the history of Canada, which included a great deal of disagreement and contention with the United States over its many imperialistic behaviors, included many leaders of Harper’s character, there quite likely would not be a county called Canada today.

    So here are the demonstrated qualities of the man performing as Canada’s diplomatic ass at the G-20 in Brisbane. He demonstrates a genuinely anal-retentive temperament, is intolerant of differences of opinion, and embraces a willful blindness to the world’s greatest threat to peace, the United States in its self-appointed role as imperial arbiter among nations.

    In case you wonder why a man like Harper even holds office in Canada, it is because the effective opposition was split with internal battles and because the last leader they selected in desperation following those battles was a man of no political intelligence or even experience and a totally unattractive personality to the public, Michael Ignatieff, someone who managed to do almost everything wrong. It also reflects a democratic deficit in our parliamentary structure where a party with just over 39% of the vote can be a parliamentary majority. So despite Canadians consistently being about 60% or higher inclined to somewhat progressive parties, Harper has had a free run at pole-axing the country’s traditional international reputation. Every day we come to be seen as a bit more like the deceptive and brutal American colony in the Middle East he embraces so closely.

    We unfortunately live in a time utterly lacking statesmen in the West. I don’t know the detailed backgrounds of those other aggressive fools at the G-20, Abbott of Australia and Cameron of Britain, but I know they are both men who have lied exceedingly and been intimately involved with such nasty business as favors for the unsavory Rupert Murdoch empire. I can think of nothing which recommends either of them as statesmen. Indeed, they both, quite literally, kowtow to America.

    Putin is head and shoulders above these men in intellect and focus, readiness to communicate clear views to the world, someone demonstrating considerable patience, and, from all evidence, someone notably free of the blowhard ideology which virtually characterizes Harper, Abbott, and Cameron.

    Putin’s moves in Ukraine seem to me appropriate for dealing with a deliberately-induced crisis in an important neighboring country, and one with a long history of connections and associations. He has not invaded Ukraine, something which he could easily do were he so inclined. I suspect he has supplied weapons to East Ukraine, but that is something the United States does all the time, including supplying weapons to some of the most brutal groups and governments on earth, as it is right now doing in Syria, with secret night cargo flights out of Turkey to terrorist cutthroats. Just ask yourself what America would do about a comparable situation in Mexico: patience simply would not exist, and Mexico City would be quickly overrun by tanks.

    The people of East Ukraine, Russian in background and sympathies, deserve protection as much as they deserve the huge amounts of emergency supplies Russia has supplied in a conflict owing its origin entirely to the covert acts of America. Had the coup-established government of Ukraine originally offered protection of Eastern interests, including language rights they openly tried suppressing, the story might have been different, but they did precisely the opposite, passing unfair laws, making threat after threat, and attacking their own citizens. Who wouldn’t rebel in that environment, including any of the states of the United States? How easily people forget past rebellions in the United States, the greatest of which was the Civil War, still the bloodiest war Americans ever experienced.

    It is quite clear that the United States is responsible for destabilizing Ukraine. Its CIA funds have been invested in many unsavoury projects, perhaps most disturbing is its paying support to a collection of neo-Nazi groups, ranging from extremist parties to violent militia forces, some of the very groups who have committed atrocities such as murdering many hundreds of civilians and some of whom actually march under swastika-like flags. It does seem more than a bit strange that men like Harper, Abbott, and Cameron implicitly support that kind of filthy work while charging Putin with dark acts, dark acts which are stated ambiguously and certainly never proved.

    It is also clear that the United States has pressured all authorities involved to delay and obscure the investigation into the destruction of Flight MH17, and the only explanation for that can be America’s preventing, for as long as possible while the new coup-created government of Ukraine consolidates its position, the highly embarrassing finding that Ukraine in fact shot it down. The United States has said over and over it has evidence about the crash, yet it has never produced a scrap of it. Just as it never produced evidence for so many past claims from what actually happened on 9/11 to the assassination of a president.

    The great irony of the G-20 summit in Brisbane is that its only substantial agreement concerned doing everything possible to promote growth in a world whose economy is dangerously stagnating, yet it wasted time and energy on America’s fantasy stories about Russia and Ukraine, insulted Russia’s president, and threatened, in some cases, further growth-suppressing sanctions. Nothing could be more contradictory and unproductive or, frankly, just plain stupid.

    John Chuckman is former chief economist for a large Canadian oil company. He lives in Canada, which he is fond of calling “the peaceable kingdom.” His first book has just been published, “The Decline of the American Empire and the Rise of China as a Global Power,” published by Constable and Robinson, London

    • The System will choose men who do the System’s bidding.

      ” Nothing could be more contradictory and unproductive or, frankly, just plain stupid.”~Chuckman

      No not stupid, it’s just plain evil, because it is done purposely.

  120. The Electromagnetic War on Humanity
    By Zen Gardner

    Retired British military intelligence scientist Barrie Trower who for years worked in microwave and stealth warfare, has been speaking out and supplying scientific documentation regarding the serious dangers of EMFs, and getting results.

    He said,

    “During the 1950s and 1960s during the Cold War, it was realised by accident that microwaves could be used as stealth weapons when the Russians beamed the American embassy during the Cold War and it gave everybody working in the embassy cancer, breast cancers, leukemias whatever, and it was realised then that low level microwaves were the perfect stealth weapon to be used on dissident groups around the world, because you could make dissident groups sick, give them cancer, change their mental outlook on life without them even knowing they were being radiated.

    The electromagnetic spectrum is a band that goes from gamma rays and x-rays at one end, the very high energy waves, and it comes down through visible light, which is also some radiation, and then it goes through infrared microwaves, tv and radio. Now the only ones which really affect us in the communications industry are the microwaves, and microwaves have a special ability to interfere with water, which is how microwave ovens work, and we are made of water.

    All of our chemical and electrical signals involve water in the body, somehow, electrical communications in the body. So, the industry has picked the worst possible part of the electromagnetic spectrum to give to young children and to adults (with regards to cell phones).”

  121. Chuck Hagel has been fired by Obama from his position as Defense Secretary. Hagel, a former GOP Senator, was appointed by Obama in early 2013 and therefore was scheduled to serve for the entirety of Obama’s second term.

    Prior to his appointment, Hagel is said to have visited the White House in 2009, and personally warned Obama that he should look out for rogue elements within the Pentagon that were leading a ‘new world order’.

    This was not reported on some internet conspiracy forum, it was a leading report published shortly before Hagel’s appointment, by Bob Woodward, an award winning journalist and associate editor with The Washington Post.

    According to an account that Hagel gave, he told Obama: “We are at a time where there is a new world order.”

    “We don’t control it. You must question everything, every assumption, everything they” — the military and diplomats — “tell you. Any assumption 10 years old is out of date. You need to question our role. You need to question the military. You need to question what are we using the military for.” Hagel is said to have told the President.

  122. A sad state of affairs. I’m not saying that Micheal Brown should have been shot but the facts are, he was a 300 lb, 6′ 4″ out of control 18 year old that just jacked a convenience store for a pack of Swisher Sweets. A favorite for rolling blunts with. With no regard for the fact that he put himself in harms way in the first place. he set off a conflagration that ended his life.
    This video short suggests the powers used this, playing us for the total dupes most of us are. This reads that they’re preparing us for the revolt they’ve geared for, for a long time now.

    • Thank you Veri, for this important and timely video report!

      Yes, THE FERGUSON PSYOP … another to add to the historical roster. “Predictive Programming” is the effect created by obvious DESIGN, it is a technique of pumping tension in escalating stages. an essential part of this is indeed agents provocateur, the acts of violence cannot be left to the crowd to initiate if it is to happen at a precise moment as this clearly shows it was.

      And the obvious Hegelian “solution” to this contrived “problem” is the re-upping the Agenda, as per Obama’s new list of law being presented directly on the heels of these events. Yes as the narrator remarked the continuing exponential hardening of the Police State.

      The very fact of real-time counter analysis by researchers such as those producing this video present a pressing problem for the Deep State perpetrators. Now we await the “solution” to that “problem” – which will certainly come in the guise of euphemisms and rhetorical distraction.

  123. Did They Want More Violence In Ferguson? 10 ‘Coincidences’ Too Glaring To Ignore
    Posted: 24 Nov 2014 10:00 PM PST
    “Was it a conspiracy or was it incompetence? Those appear to be the only two alternatives that we are left with after the horrific violence that we witnessed in Ferguson on Monday night. The first round of Ferguson rioting back in August took everyone by surprise, but this time authorities had more than three months to prepare. They had the ability to control precisely when the grand jury decision would be announced and how many cops and National Guard troops would be deployed on the streets.” […]

  124. Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection

    25th November 2014

    By Ethan Indigo Smith and Andy Whiteley

    Contributing Writer and Founder of Wake Up World

    The complexity of nuclear experimentation is beyond the pale of postmodern human comprehension. It also reveals, although we would like to believe otherwise, our inability or unwillingness to consider the unseen. Whether it is invisible because of ethereal origins or because it is nano-sized poison does not matter; collectively we tend to obfuscate the unseen. Nuclear experimentation also reveals our collective inability to conceptualize time, and to understand just how long nuclear radiation lasts in our environment – and how long our karma lasts.

    This short-sightedness was not always the case. Indigenous cultures across Turtle Island, A.K.A. North America, knew they would one day return home to the spirit world, and that their stay here on earth was equivalent to the blink of an eye. So they considered the Rule of Seven Generations when implementing procedures that would alter the planet in any way, beginning with harvesting herbs, to ensure their society’s long term sustainability. In fact, the indigenous people were so considerate of their peoples’ future as to make sure there would be enough herbs left seven generations from the harvest. Understanding their place in the delicate ecosystem, the Turtle Islanders contemplated the unseen and the distant future, always.

    Today we have collectively foregone such considerations. And it was no accident that brought us here.

    The Seen and the Unseen
    In order for institutions to institute a military industrial complex, a prison industrial complex, a pharmacological industrial complex and so on, humanity had to become disconnected from its unseen reality. Whether ethereal or too small to fathom, we have been conditioned over time to disbelieve in the unseen, to trust only 5 of our senses, and to prize rational logic (which cannot itself perceive the unseen) over intuition. Then, with only ‘the seen’ at front of the collective mind, the unseen dangers of nuclear industry experimentation have become whitewashed in public discussion, and radiation monitors disabled by government, while unprecedented levels of radioactivity poisons our only world.

    It is an inarguable fact that nuclear radiation and life on our planet cannot co-exist in the same space. It is another inarguable fact that nuclear radiation takes hundreds of thousands of years to break down, creating life-threatening environmental conditions not just today, but for seven thousand generations to come. Yet, despite the industry’s inability to avoid total meltdowns every few years, nuke advocates continue to espouse nuclear as a “safe” energy alternative, employing a program of pseudo-science to confuse the logical minds of humanity, creating the scene for these dangerous yet financially profitable (to some) practices to continue. Many pro-nukers even go so far as to suggest that ‘low dose’ nuclear radiation is somehow good for us! But understand, this theory – known as the “Hormesis Effect” – is deliberate industry quackery, and anyone who tells you radiation is good for you is either an industry stooge, or has been conned by one.

    It is well proven through history that the human body (correctly) perceives radiation as a threat to its existence. If you don’t believe this premise, ask the good folks of Chernobyl, Hanford, Three Mile Island, and Fukushima (among myriad others). The external threat of radiation sends the human body’s immune response into overdrive. The short term result of this intense immune activity can be the improvement of other existing ailments, but our immune systems are not designed to run permanently in this state of stress so, over time, health inevitably deteriorates.

    Studies have clearly linked radiation exposure to increased rates of cancer, thyroid damage, skin complaints, endocrine disruption, pregnancy issues (such as miscarriage) and emotional trauma, which itself negatively impacts the body. In 2012, “nearly 36 per cent of children in the nuclear disaster-affected Fukushima Prefecture had abnormal thyroid growths.”

    “This leak is very serious,” said Dr. Janette Sherman, an Alexandria, Virginia-based physician who specializes in radioactive and toxic exposure. Dr. Sherman, who edited an in-depth study of health effects on cleanup workers in the 1986 Chernobyl nuclear disaster in the former Soviet Union, said she is concerned that the cleanup crew at Fukushima Daiichi may face long-term health risks. She also raised the prospect of the radiation’s as-yet unknown effects on fish and other marine life in the Pacific.

    Fukushima radioation test 2011 Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection
    A Greenpeace team member holding a Geiger counter displaying radiation levels of 5.78 microsievert per hour outside Fukushima city on March 27, 2011. Radiation levels far exceed exposure limits considered “safe” for the 400,000 strong human population below.

    In 1990, Dr. Keith F. Baverstock, Head of the Department for Radiation and Health at the European office of the WHO, visited the Gomel Region of Belarus, an area significantly affected by nuclear fall-out from the Chernobyl disaster. At the time, Dr. Baverstock noted the dramatic increase in disease, especially in very young children. Writes Baverstock:

    Children exposed to Chernobyl fallout were experiencing chronic adult diseases of the respiratory and blood systems, gastritis, nervous system diseases, cardiovascular diseases and other diseases of internal organs. In general, in 1991, the level of serious illness in children was about 6 to 7 times above normal.

    In reality, no one on this planet would engage in nuclear experimentation if they valued the unseen, the spiritual and the ethereal. No one would engage in nuclear experimentation if they practiced the Rule of Seven Generations. No one would engage in nuclear experimentation if they valued life on earth over unnecessary toxic energy systems and devices of war.

    We digress from our hypothesis, but feel it’s important to note how the following problem was allowed to occur — by the transformation of our collective mind state from a culture rooted in localized permaculture and sustainable practices into a barbarous war culture that knowingly poisons its environment in the name of energy and armory, and then wonders why ill health is so prevalent.

    It is also important to point out that nuclear experimentation knows no borders; it negatively impacts all life, and destroys entire sections of our planet’s interconnected ecosystem. Nuclear experimentation is therefore not a means to self-support, or self-defense, but an attack on everything — on life itself.

    The Effects of Radiation on Our Health

    The Nuclear Fallout
    There have been 2,000 atomic and nuclear detonations on every strata of earth since the first experiment in New Mexico, July, 1945 and the two most infamous devices dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki later that summer. That makes 69 years of radiological contamination from nuclear detonation experiments alone, each one inevitably releasing billions of atomic echoes we cannot comprehend entirely. The Manhattan Project scientists actually debated amongst themselves whether or not the detonation would cause a chain reaction igniting the entire atmosphere, but did it anyway. After the blast there was a radiated ‘blast zone’, an area destroyed forever, and also radioactive fallout that fell well beyond the designated blast zone; deadly dust kicked up by, and elements formed in, the detonations.

    Fallout defined:

    a) Radioactive particles that are carried into the atmosphere after a nuclear explosion and gradually fall back as dust or in precipitation.

    b) The adverse results of a situation or action.

    What is not realized about this definition is that not all of that nuclear garbage actually ‘falls out’. Some of the dust and radioactive elements are so light that they do not fall out and actually remain in our atmosphere. In fact the airborne radioactive waste from the era of nuclear detonation experiments has only now saturated the atmosphere, and spread out evenly. Meanwhile, the radiation that does fall from the atmosphere does not break down, but accumulates in soil and water, poisoning everything it touches in perpetuity.

    Meanwhile, the ongoing Fukushima disaster could further increase the problem of atmospheric contamination by continuing to spew radiation into the sea. When radioactive material hits the minerals in sea water, it creates a chemical reaction. Ultimately these elements may trigger so many reactions that they become nano sized particles, and when this occurs, the elements then mingle with all other elements, upsetting the natural balance of nature.

    Chemtrails the Nuclear Hypothesis Ocean Contamination Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection

    As we know, the oceans are a primary source of oxygen and other vital atmospheric components. According to a recent report, “most of Earth’s oxygen comes from tiny ocean plants – called phytoplankton – that live near the water’s surface and drift with the currents.” Now add to this environment at least 300 tons of radioactive waste per day, for over 3 ½ years and the ocean is now itself a source of radioactive elements, poisoning ocean life and reaching back into our breathable atmosphere.

    And again, the cycle continues, with some radiation falling out (through precipitation) into soil and water and some remaining in the atmosphere, where it will continue to cycle through our ecosystem for millennia – with disastrous affect.

    Alarmingly, Ken Buesseler, a senior scientist with the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution analyzed thousands of samples of fish from the Fukushima area in mid-2013, and found that the makeup of the radioactive material leaking from the ailing facility had changed since the initial 2011 disaster. He noted that the initial leak included a high concentration of cesium isotopes — which, like all radionuclides, results in increased risk of cancer — however the pollution now flowing into the North Pacific ocean is proportionally much higher in strontium-90, a substance that is considered one of the more hazardous constituents of nuclear wastes and is absorbed differently by the human body than cesium. Exposure to Sr-90 is linked to bone cancer, cancer of the soft tissue near the bone, and leukemia.

    Chemtrails – a Force Multiplier
    “Chemtrails” refers to the atmospheric aerosol spraying programs which inject highly toxic chemicals into the Earth’s atmosphere. Although this program is denied by government and military, overwhelming evidence has been gathered by independent researchers the world over, which thoroughly documents the means through which global weather patterns are deliberately being manipulated.

    “Contrails” by comparison are the short condensation trail that briefly follows commercial airliners. Contrails are characterized by a noticeable gap between the airline engine and the visible condensation, which forms after leaving the craft.

    Unlike contrails, chemtrails leave a thick plume of smoke that is visibly blown from nozzels, not engines, fitted to the wings of commercial airliners. Chemtrail clouds also linger in the atmosphere for long periods of time – hours – something that is not characteristic of water condensation.

    So let’s suspend judgment for a moment, disregard the “complacency theories”, and look at what we know…

    chemtrail or contrail the nuclear connection Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection

    In 1996, a research paper, dangerously entitled “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather by 2025” was presented to the United States Air Force “to comply with a directive from the chief of staff of the Air Force”. It explicitly outlines that the government’s motivation to engage in global weather modification practices (quaintly titled “geo-engineering”) is “to remain the dominant air and space force in the future”, built on the premise that if you control weather conditions, you better control the population. The chemtrail program is no more than a military “force multiplier”, developed at our expense and without our consent, by the world’s political/financial (the same thing) elite to further their agenda of control.

    But when it comes to weather modification and nuclear programs, that sense of “control” is a dangerous illusion. The untold effects of chemtrail spraying on human and environmental health mirror those of the failing nuclear experiment, while the cumulative damage created by both programs is potentially exponential. Meanwhile, institutional rhetoric and a deliberate public culture of ignorance dominate discussion of this issue (we can already hear the mindless chanting of the old “tin foil hats” chestnut) continues to serve this agenda.

    When the public is poorly educated, their minds are easily controlled – through fear and belittlement of the truth. This tactic has been successfully employed by complacency theorists for centuries. How much more do you want to be deceived?

    Thankfully, the scientific community isn’t just bending over and accepting these dangerous lies.

    Scientists Speak Out
    Retired USDA soil conservationist and wildlife biologist (and organic gardener) Francis Mangels worked for the U.S. Forest Service for over 35 years. He undertook a program of testing the soil in heavily chem-sprayed Lake Shasta area, and found dangerously high levels of aluminum, barium and strontium in soil samples. None of these metals should be present in our soil. Although Mangels noted that “the normal concentration [of these chemicals] in our rains should be zero”, he notes that “these levels are now 10,000 parts per billions [ppb]” in some soil tests.

    “Normal background levels of aluminum oxide in the Mt. Shasta snow is 1/2 unit. (In this case, ug/l). Allowable aluminum in drinking water is 50 units. Government action is required at 1,000 units of detected aluminum. The EPA-tested snow on Mt. Shasta shows aluminum at 61,100 units.” Mangels attributes pH over 10-times the alkalinity of normal soil on huge increases of aluminum oxide.

    [Click here to watch the full Shasta County Board of Supervisors Hearing on Chemtrails and Geoengineering, July 15, 2014]

    In the fall of 2002, a long-time landscaper for the City of Edmonton (David Dickie) began noticing that carefully tended flowers and trees were showing signs of severe nutrient deficiencies. City specifications call for Electrical Conductivity readings no higher than “1” in local soils, but soil samples tested for EC 4.6 to 7-times higher than this maximum permissible level. Dickie wondered if elevated levels of electricity-conducting metals in the soils could be leading to the plants’ “chlorosis” condition. A $33 lab test of snow samples collected in a sterilized container confirmed elevated levels of aluminum and barium.

    Norwest Labs lab report #336566 found:

    q aluminum levels: 0.148 milligrams/litre
    q barium levels: 0.006 milligrams/litre
    Chemtrails the Nuclear Hypothesis Fukushima radiation testing Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection

    So with such damning physical evidence in our skies soil and waterways, why are our governments still denying this practice? If their motivations are indeed benevolent, surely the popularist nature of modern politics suggests that those leaders responsible for such a “beneficial” program would step proudly forward to claim their political victory! But no. Despite a groundswell of pressure, governments refuse to issue formal statements on this matter. This alone should be a red-flag for any conscious and critical thinker.

    According to independent scientist Leuren Moret (MA, PhD ABD), former President of the Association for Women Geoscientists and former City of Berkeley Environmental Commissioner:

    “Scientific research is always sold to the public with a promise that the benefit will be for the people in order to get them to pay for it. Once the research is finished, the science is always perverted into a weapon used against the people and the environment that benefits the bankers”

    This statement was clearly echoed by former government nuclear scientists (and current lecturer for U.C.Davis Department of Chemistry) Dr. Andreas Toupadakis, Ph.D. in a recent Wake Up World article, Quitting the Nuclear Labs – a Scientist’s Plea for World Peace. According to Dr. Toupadakis:

    I resigned from a permanent, highly paid, classified position in the Stockpile Stewardship Program at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) in California. I went to LLNL believing that I would be useful in helping to dismantle nuclear weapons and in disposing of their deadly byproducts. That was my desire. Instead, very soon, I found myself expected to work on the maintenance of nuclear weapons. When I realized that within the Lab, environmental or nonproliferation work was but an illusion, I decided to resign. My conscience simply does not allow me to work for the development or maintenance of nuclear weapons.

    Looking back I know now that… purely academic projects are sustained in order to lure young scientists into the national labs. I heard this in plain language one Thanksgiving afternoon, sitting around the table with senior weapons scientists: “We need new blood to carry on our weapons research; we need new post-docs in purely basic research”.

    So, with considerable evidence of high-level intent, the next logical question is : Are these programs related? And if so, how?

    The Chemtrails Hypothesis
    Let’s consider a hypothesis…

    We know that “meteorological conditions associated with convection and vertical mixing over the Pacific Ocean promote [the] long-distance transport” of radioactive materials through the atmosphere. In fact, European Commission, Science for Environment Policy News Alert suggest that as much as 12.7% of iodine radionuclides from the Fukushima disaster reached the USA and Canada.

    Evidence shows that the chemtrail and nuclear experiments continue to pump into our atmosphere everything from living biological material to nano sized metallic particulate, the latter of which becomes ionized or electrically charged by sunlight. Therefore, the air in our atmosphere is altered into an electrically charged gas, which responds strongly to electromagnetic radiation such as that produced by Wifi and HAARP technologies, and ever-increasing numbers of cell-phone towers. Barium, found to be a major element in chemtrail spraying, is also known to conduct electromagnetic energy.

    When we take into account the increasing amount of radiological contamination in the upper atmosphere, the indefensible continuation of the failing nuclear experiment, the covert chemtrail and HAARP operations we now know are intended as a military “force multiplier”, and the short-term thinking endemic in modern governments, the next reasonable questions are…

    When radioactive nano sized particles make contact with the newly injected chemtrail “chemical X” (which is generally metallic) what is the reaction?

    Are these radioactive particles adhering, reacting, and then falling out of the atmosphere?

    What is the cumulative effect of airborne radioactivity and chemtrail spraying on human and environmental health?

    Are the nuclear and chemtrails programs all part of the same high-level agenda?

    Are scientific/military operations performing integrated experiments, covertly applying a combination of atmospheric alterations including chemical, radiation and electromagnetic elements?

    And what of the biological component of these chemtrails, known as bio-engineering?

    This is NOT what partly cloudy used to look like Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection
    Despite the institutional rhetoric, this is not what “partly cloudy” used to look like.

    Airborne Assault
    Ongoing atmospheric studies show that biological test agents including viruses, bacteria, fungi, mycoplasma, and other biological materials are routinely released as part of this covert spraying operation. According to Prof. James F. Tracy in an article for “The most well-known manifestation of such nano-biologicals is the oft-misunderstood Morgellons ailment, an especially unusual and disturbing condition marked by painful dermal lesions through which … nano-fibers [from bio-engineering] protrude.”

    In November 2013, French/English language newspaper The Connexion reported that “mysterious stringy filaments” we found falling from the sky over Drôme and Ardèche in Southern France, leaving residents and authorities “mystified”.

    Reports of the fibres were first raised on Thursday, but no one has yet been able to identify what they are – giving rise to theories that they are the by-product of plane exhausts.

    Inexplicably, “the prefecture for the Drôme said it did not know what the fibres were but said it was not worried and would not be sending them for analysis”.

    Clifford Carnicorn is staunch campaigner against chemtrails who, as a former federal employee of the United States government, served for 15 years within the Department of Defense, The Bureau of Land Management, and the United States Forest Service, earning himself the Defense Mapping Agency Aerospace Center Employee of the Year and Geodetic Sciences Departmental Award for outstanding technical, managerial, and cost effective performance. Carnicom also oversees the Morgellons Research Group, a body of concerned citizens, health care professionals, scientific researchers and microbiologists who devote their time to investigating this unfolding syndrome.

    According to Mr. Carnicom the presence of nanofibers – observable clumps of fibrous strands – “have now been discovered repeatedly across all major body systems and functions, including skin, blood, hair, saliva, dental(gum), digestive, ear and urinary samples”. Says Mr. Carnicorn:

    Is there a direct relationship between the alteration of living systems (us) and ecosystems (the environment)? My answer is unequivocally, ‘Yes.’

    When we understand the obvious scientific inter-connection between these programs, we can deduce that this is all part of an integrated atmospheric weapons system – a force multiplier. Although geoengineering is now touted by government as a benevolent weather modification program, the net effect — uncovered by the scientific community despite years of silence from government — is an airborne electromagnetic assault on humanity.

    Amy Worthington, independent researcher and writer, explained in her seminal article: Chemtrails: Aerosol and Electromagnetic Weapons in the Age of Nuclear War:

    Both the Pentagon’s aerosol operations and its limited nuclear wars are deeply interconnected. We can trace the beginnings of Operation Cloverleaf right to the Strangelove brain of Dr. Edward Teller, father of the hydrogen bomb and proponent of nuking inhabited coast lines to rearrange them for economic projects.[1] Before he died in 2003, Teller was director emeritus of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, where plans for nuclear, biological and directed energy weapons are crafted. In 1997, Teller publicly outlined his proposal to use aircraft to scatter in the stratosphere millions of tons of electrically-conductive metallic materials, ostensibly to reduce global warming.[2]

    Shortly after Teller’s presentation, the public began seeing frenetic chemtrailing. In 2000, CBS News admitted that scientists were “looking at drastic solutions for global warming, including manipulating the atmosphere on a massive scale.” CBS confirmed that the plan to load the air with tiny particles would “deflect enough sunlight to trigger global cooling.”[3]

    Teller estimated that commercial aircraft could be used to spew these particles at a cost of 33 cents a pound.[4] This gives credence to a report by an airline manager, forced by a compulsory non-disclosure agreement to remain anonymous, that commercial aircraft have been co-opted to assist the military in consummating Project Cloverleaf.[5]

    The heavy metals contained in chemtrail spraying include barium, aluminum, arsenic, lead, mercury, copper, manganese, and uranium . In the last 10 years, aluminum levels in rainwater have risen from 7 parts per billion to 3,400 parts per billion — an astounding, nearly 50,000 percent increase.

    The effects of heavy metal exposure (in isolation) on human health have been extensively documented:

    Heavy metals and their effects Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection

    Data Source: Heavy metals and living systems: An overview – Indian Journal of Pharmacology

    Elaborating on this point, research published in the Indian Journal of Pharmacology indicates that heavy metals poisoning associated with heavy metal spraying (and other industrial and environmental exposures) disrupts metabolic functions in two ways:

    They accumulate and thereby disrupt function in vital organs and glands such as the heart, brain, kidneys, bone, liver, etc.
    They displace the vital nutritional minerals from their original place, thereb, hindering their biological function. It is, however, impossible to live in an environment free of heavy metals. There are many ways by which these toxins can be introduced into the body such as consumption of foods, beverages, skin exposure, and the inhaled air.
    Add to this problem the fact that electromagnetic energy, including WIFI, has been shown to interfere with the human body and brain (which itself is electrical) in particular cell growth, neural activity, cardiac function, hormone production and fertility and we have the conditions for a global health crisis of unprecedented proportions.

    And that is exactly what we’re experiencing today.

    Enter the pharmacological industry to treat the symptoms of these conditions (but never the cause), the corporate-government-media complex to protect these unlawful covert operations and stifle public debate, and the pseudo-scientific (troll) community to vilify those who see through the deception.

    But frankly, we’re not buying it.

    In the words of prolific environmental researcher, author and activist (and Wake Up World contributor) the late Dr. Ilya Sandra Perlingieri:

    When we begin to connect the dots to the thousands of unsafe and often highly toxic chemicals, heavy metals, and hormone disruptors to which we are exposed daily, we then can collectively see that this is not just a one-issue health crisis we face. Rather, with corporations allowed free reign to poison us with impunity… we do not have any way to have any redress of decades of grievances. The ramifications of this are enormous.

    chemtrails on and off exhibits Chemtrails and the Nuclear Connection

    Looking Up, Looking Forward
    These nuclear, chemical and electromagnetic programs amount to an assault on our very existence. Given that threat it poses, and the questions it raises of those entrusted with our governance, this realization causes many people to go into fear, disbelief, and to shut down. The implications are simply too challenging for many to entertain, much less invest any real time and energy in trying to understand the problem in the level of detail it requires. And so, despite mountains of scientific, environmental and political evidence to the contrary, chemtrails are still written off by many as a “tin foil hat” fantasy.

    But let’s get real here… One has only to look up without fear or judgment to see the truth about chemtrails… Or to look at our unprecedented rates of physiological dysfunction and disease, for which the government and medical complex has no reasonable explanation. These vital elements of the big picture cannot reasonably be dismissed.

    Our health and our future depends on the health of our planet. Gambling with our collective future is violation of natural law.

    The only way to stop this assault is to dismantle these programs and the institutions that support them, to actively support scientific, educational, environmental and health research that is designed and executed in transparency, with public welfare in mind, and to educate pilots and scientists who are led to carry out these dangerous environmental programs.

    Peace on Earth… for real though.

  125. Upon Pondering Divide and Conquer

    Wednesday, November 26, 2014
    Ferguson and the False Promise of “Revolution”
    Build, don’t burn. Collaborate, don’t complain. Don’t simply “resist” the system, replace it altogether.

    Tony Cartalucci
    Activist Post

    When faced on the battlefield with a numerically superior enemy, one must attempt to divide his enemy into smaller, more easily dispatched opponents – or even more ideally, divide them against one another, and have them defeat each other without ever drawing your sword. For Wall Street’s 0.1%, divide and conquer is a way of life.

    Divide and Conquer

    Never in human history has there been a more effective way for tyrants to rule over large groups of people who, should they ever learn to cooperate, would easily throw off such tyranny.

    At the conclusion of the Anglo-Zulu War, the British despoiled Zululand, divided it into 14 separate chiefdoms, each led by a proxy obedient to the British Empire. The British ensured that these 14 chiefdoms harbored animosities toward one another and fostered petty infighting between them to ensure British interests would never again be challenged by a unified Zulu threat. Before the British, the Romans would employ similar tactics across Germania and Gaul.

    Image: Zululand lies in flaming ruins, its legendary army decimated, but the British were not about to take any chances of allowing them to unite and resit again. They divided the defeated nation into 14 chiefdoms each headed by leaders harboring dislike for the others ensuring perpetual infighting and a divided, weakened Zululand never again to rise and challenge British subjugation.
    In this way, the British Empire and the Romans managed to not only decimate their enemies, but by keeping them perpetually infighting, divided, and at war with one another, manged to keep them subservient to imperial rule for generations.

    But one would be mistaken to believe that imperialism is only waged abroad. Imperialism is as much about manipulating, controlling, and perpetuating subservience at home as it is projecting hegemony abroad. For the imperialist, all of humanity represents a sea of potential usurpers. The systematic division, weakening, and subjugation of various social groups along political, religious, class, or racial lines has proven an ageless solution for the elite.

    One remembers the infamous use of Christians as a scapegoat for the corruption of Roman Emperor Nero, deflecting public anger away from the ruling elite and unto others among the plebeians.

    This is a game that has continued throughout the centuries and continues on to this very day. While racial, religious, and political divisions are aspects of human nature, they are viciously exploited by the ruling elite to divide and destroy any capacity of the general public to organize, resist, or compete with established sociopolitical and economic monopolies.

    Ferguson – Playing America Like a Fiddle

    Before protests began breaking out in Ferguson, Missouri, and even after the first of the protests in August, many across America’s polarized “left/right” paradigm began to find a common ground, shocked at the level of militarization the police had undergone and the heavy-handed response they exercised amid protests. Even among the generally pro-police and military “right,” there was concern over what was finally recognized as a growing and quite menacing “police state” in America.

    Politicians, the corporate media, and security agencies set off to work, dividing America’s public down very predictable lines. Convenient “revelations” that the police were connected with the ultra-racist Ku Klux Klan, coupled with growing choruses across the right to circle the wagons in support of the militarized police attempted to place those who converged on this common ground back into their assigned places on the “right” and “left” of America’s ultimately Wall Street-controlled political order.

    Regardless of its success, attempts to intentionally provoke violence, confusion, and division on both sides is an attempt by the establishment to keep people divided and weak while maintaining their position of primacy over the country and the expansive “international order” it imposes globally. It was this establishment, in fact, that intentionally militarized the police, intentionally cultivates both institutional racism as well as sociopolitical and economic rot in America’s inner cities, creating breeding grounds of violence and crime. So busy is America managing the predictable conflict amongst themselves, they have neither the time nor the energy to recognize their true tormentors.

    In reality, the police and protesters and those across America and around the world “picking sides” have more in common with one another than the government and corporate-financier interests that reign in Washington and on Wall Street.

    Get Off the Hamster Wheel

    One cannot accomplish anything by burning down one’s own community, killing one another, or complaining and protesting endlessly. Real revolution is not taking to the streets and destroying a political order, it is creating a new order that displaces the old.

    The American Revolution, for instance, occurred after the colonies established their own economic system, as well as their own militias, political networks, and infrastructure. The violence broke out only after the British tried to reassert themselves amid the steady process of being displaced. By the time shots were being fired, the real revolution had already occurred – the subsequent war was to defend its success.

    Today, the establishment constitutes unchecked, unwarranted power and influence held by the corporate-financier elite – an establishment we are in fact paying into daily every time we patronize their businesses, use their services, associate with their institutions, and pay in attention and time to their propaganda and political agenda we ourselves should be setting and executing. Ironically many of both the police and protesters clashing in Ferguson on opposite sides of the “conflict” have homes full of Wall Street’s goods, and subscriptions to many of their services.

    Indeed, Walmart ends up filling our homes with most of the consumer products we depend on in America. A handful of agricultural giants feed us. A handful of pharmaceutical giants medicate us. A handful of energy monopolies light our homes and fuel our vehicles. You could fill a single sheet of paper with the names of corporate-financier interests that rule over nearly every aspect of our lives.

    Such monopolies exist because they have extinguished competitors. Ensuring that competition remains extinguished means creating a society that is incapable of producing individuals or paradigms capable of challenging their established order. This includes sabotaging the education system, creating a socioeconomic system that encourages unsustainable dependence rather than self-sufficiency and independence, and rigging rules, regulations, and laws against any potential upstarts.

    The notion of Ferguson protesters demanding justice from a system created of injustice, upon injustice, is as absurd as trying to squeeze apple juice from a lemon. It is the definition of fantastical futility.

    Instead of demanding justice, jobs, education, healthcare, food, and other necessities and desires from a system with no intention of ever empowering the people – a system that in order to continue perpetuating itself must by necessity never truly empower the people – we must begin working together locally to empower ourselves.

    Power stems from infrastructure and institutions – and locally this can be accomplished in innumerable ways. Already farmers’ markets, organic cooperatives, makerspaces, churches, community centers, community gardens, and charities along with innovative small businesses leveraging technology to do locally what once required global spanning industry to accomplish, all constitute the seeds of this shifting paradigm. For communities unlucky enough not to have one of these above institutions, or a lack of them, instead of baying for blood in the streets, burning down buildings, or clashing with police, build them.

    The alternative media itself is proof of what power people have when they stop depending on others, stop demanding others to do their jobs properly, and instead take up the responsibility themselves. Expanding this paradigm shift to other aspects of our daily lives, from agriculture to energy, to education, will be key to true and enduring change.

    Ferguson teaches us that real change in the mind of many is still far off. America isn’t on the edge of revolution. A hamster wheel endlessly spinning has no “edge.” Those picking sides and bickering over the events in Ferguson are playing into an elementary strategy of divide and conquer. We are divided, Wall Street has conquered.

    At the end of it all, Wall Street comes out even stronger. Because in the smoking remnants of our communities after all is said and done, we have even less with which to build an alternative to the system we live trapped within. Divided, we have half the people we should be joining together with, collaborating and building together with, to build the world we want to live in tomorrow.

    Build, don’t burn. Collaborate, don’t complain. Don’t simply “resist” the system, replace it altogether

  126. Interview 969 – Roundtable with Groningen Students
    Posted: 29 Nov 2014 06:43 AM PST
    On his tour of the Netherlands James talks with a group of students from the University of Groningen about their course examining the challenges of modern society and the concept of collaborative learning. We discuss the latest episode of The Corbett Report on “China and the New World Order” as well as the alt media and hierarchical structures of control.

    This is really good, that class reminds me of the humanities class I was in back in HS – mind expanding experience! Certainly a epistemological seed that blooms continuously and matures as life moves forward.

    I think a point that Corbett was trying to articulate is that global governance is already here, it is just not recognized as “the government”, because “the government” is just a hand puppet, and the way it is staged, the audience cannot see the puppeteers. Corbett’s Three Dimensional Chessboard is an allegory, as mine is, that speaks to that area below the stage, or below the surface.

    Thanks go to Veri for prompting me to listen fun chat/interview!

  127. Syria and the Grand Game.
    Gives a glimpse into the three dimensional perspective. Just doesn’t connect the dots about the corporatocracy already in China. The multinational elites have no loyalty to any flag and set the trends.
    It’s all about maintaining control run by a den of thieves that conspire amongst themselves but given getting the jump on the other would turn on them like a pride of jackals over a carcass. The law of the jungle.

    The Market Oracle

    Ukraine War Driven by Gas-Dollar Link – Defending Dollar Imperialism
    Politics / Ukraine Civil War
    Dec 01, 2014 – 09:28 PM GMT
    By: Mike_Whitney

    If there was a way the United States could achieve its long-term strategic objectives and, at the same time, avoid a war with Russia, it would do so. Unfortunately, that is not an option, which is why there’s going to be a clash between the two nuclear-armed adversaries sometime in the near future.

    Let me explain: The Obama administration is trying to rebalance US policy in a way that shifts the focus of attention from the Middle East to Asia, which is expected to be the fastest growing region in the coming century. This policy-change is called the “pivot” to Asia. In order to benefit from Asia’s surge of growth, the US plans to beef up its presence on the continent, expand its military bases, strengthen bilateral alliances and trade agreements, and assume the role of regional security kingpin. The not-so-secret purpose of the policy is China “containment”, that is, Washington wants to preserve its position as the world’s only superpower by controlling China’s explosive growth. (The US wants a weak, divided China that will do what it’s told.)

    In order to achieve its goals in Asia, the US needs to push NATO further eastward, tighten its encirclement of Russia, and control the flow of oil and gas from east to west. These are the necessary preconditions for establishing US hegemonic rule over the continent. And this is why the Obama administration is so invested in Kiev’s blundering junta-government; it’s because Washington needs Poroshenko’s neo Nazi shock troops to draw Russia into a conflagration in Ukraine that will drain its resources, discredit Putin in the eyes of his EU trading partners, and create the pretext for deploying NATO to Russia’s western border.

    The idea that Obama’s proxy army in Ukraine is defending the country’s sovereignty is pure bunkum. What’s going on below the surface is the US is trying to stave off irreversible economic decline and an ever-shrinking share of global GDP through military force. What we’re seeing in Ukraine today, is a 21st century version of the Great Game implemented by political fantasists and Koolaid drinkers who think they can turn the clock back to the post WW2 heyday of the US Empire when the world was America’s oyster. Thankfully, that period is over.

    Keep in mind, the glorious US military has spent the last 13 years fighting sheep herders in flip-flops in Afghanistan in a conflict that, at best, could be characterized as a stalemate. And now the White House wants to take on Russia?

    Can you appreciate the insanity of the policy?

    This is why Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel was sacked last week, because he wasn’t sufficiently eager to pursue this madcap policy of escalating the wars in Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria and Ukraine. Everyone knows it’s true, the administration hasn’t even tried to deny it. They’d rather stick with foam-at-the-mouth buffoons, like Susan Rice and Samantha Powers, then a decorated veteran who has more credibility and intelligence in his little finger than Obama’s whole National Security team put together.

    So now Obama is completely surrounded by rabid warmongering imbeciles, all of whom ascribe to the same fairytale that the US is going to dust-off Russia, remove Assad, redraw the map of the Middle East, control the flow of gas and oil from the ME to markets in the EU, and establish myriad beachheads across Asia where they can keep a tight grip on China’s growth.

    Tell me, dear reader, doesn’t that strike you as a bit improbable?

    But, of course, the Obama claque think it’s all within their grasp, because, well, because that’s what they’ve been told to think, and because that’s what the US has to do if it wants to maintain its exalted position as the world’s lone superpower when its economic significance in the world is steadily declining. You see, here’s the thing: The exceptional nation is becoming more unexceptional all the time, and that’s what has the political class worried, because they see the handwriting on the wall, and the writing says, “Enjoy it while it lasts, buddy, cuz you ain’t gonna be numero uno much longer.”

    And the US has allies in this wacky crusade too, notably Israel and Saudi Arabia. The Saudis have been particularly helpful lately by flooding the market with oil to push down prices and crush the Russian economy. (On Friday, Benchmark crude oil prices plummeted to a four-year low, with Brent crude sinking to $69.11 a barrel.) The Obama administration is using the classic one-two punch of economic sanctions and plunging oil revenues to bully Moscow into withdrawing from Crimea so Washington can move its nuclear arsenal to within spitting distance of Moscow. Here’s a bit of background from the Guardian:

    “Think about how the Obama administration sees the state of the world. It wants Tehran to come to heel over its nuclear programme. It wants Vladimir Putin to back off in eastern Ukraine. But after recent experiences in Iraq and Afghanistan, the White House has no desire to put American boots on the ground. Instead, with the help of its Saudi ally, Washington is trying to drive down the oil price by flooding an already weak market with crude. As the Russians and the Iranians are heavily dependent on oil exports, the assumption is that they will become easier to deal with.

    John Kerry, the US secretary of state, allegedly struck a deal with King Abdullah in September under which the Saudis would sell crude at below the prevailing market price. That would help explain why the price has been falling at a time when, given the turmoil in Iraq and Syria caused by Islamic State, it would normally have been rising.” (Stakes are high as US plays the oil card against Iran and Russia, Larry Eliot, Guardian)

    And here’s more from Salon’s Patrick L. Smith at Salon:

    “Less than a week after the Minsk Protocol was signed, Kerry made a little-noted trip to Jeddah to see King Abdullah at his summer residence. When it was reported at all, this was put across as part of Kerry’s campaign to secure Arab support in the fight against the Islamic State.

    Stop right there. That is not all there was to the visit, my trustworthy sources tell me. The other half of the visit had to do with Washington’s unabated desire to ruin the Russian economy. To do this, Kerry told the Saudis 1) to raise production and 2) to cut its crude price. Keep in mind these pertinent numbers: The Saudis produce a barrel of oil for less than $30 as break-even in the national budget; the Russians need $105.

    Shortly after Kerry’s visit, the Saudis began increasing production, sure enough — by more than 100,000 barrels daily during the rest of September, more apparently to come…

    Think about this. Winter is coming, there are serious production outages now in Iraq, Nigeria, Venezuela and Libya, other OPEC members are screaming for relief, and the Saudis make back-to-back moves certain to push falling prices still lower? You do the math, with Kerry’s unreported itinerary in mind, and to help you along I offer this from an extremely well-positioned source in the commodities markets: “There are very big hands pushing oil into global supply now,” this source wrote in an e-mail note the other day.” (What Really Happened in Beijing: Putin, Obama, Xi And The Back Story The Media Won’t Tell You, Patrick L. Smith, Salon)

    The Obama team managed to persuade our good buddies the Saudis to flood the market with oil, drive down prices, and put the Russian economy into a nosedive. At the same time, the US has intensified its economic sanctions, done everything in its power to sabotage Gazprom’s South Stream pipeline (that would bypass Ukraine and deliver natural gas to Europe via a southern route), and cajole the Ukrainian parliament into auctioning off 49 percent of the leasing rights and underground storage facilities to privately-owned foreign corporations.

    How do you like that? So the US has launched a full-blown economic war against Russia that’s been completely omitted in the western media. Are you surprised?

    Washington is determined to block further Russo-EU economic integration in order to collapse the Russian economy and put foreign capital in control of regional energy distribution. It’s all about the pivot. The big money guys figure the US has to pivot to Asia to be a player in the next century. All of these unprovoked attacks on Moscow are based on that one lunatic strategy.

    But aren’t people in the EU going to be angry when they can’t get the energy they need (at the prices they want) to run their businesses and heat their homes?

    Washington doesn’t think so. Washington thinks its allies in the Middle East can meet the EU’s energy needs without any difficulty. Check out this clip from an article by analyst F. William Engdahl:

    “…details are emerging of a new secret and quite stupid Saudi-US deal on Syria and the so-called IS. It involves oil and gas control of the entire region and the weakening of Russia and Iran by Saudi Arabian flooding the world market with cheap oil. ….

    On September 11, US Secretary of State Kerry met Saudi King Abdullah at his palace on the Red Sea. The King invited former head of Saudi intelligence, Prince Bandar to attend. There a deal was hammered out which saw Saudi support for the Syrian airstrikes against ISIS on condition Washington backed the Saudis in toppling Assad, a firm ally of Russia and de facto of Iran and an obstacle to Saudi and UAE plans to control the emerging EU natural gas market and destroy Russia’s lucrative EU trade. A report in the Wall Street Journal noted there had been “months of behind-the-scenes work by the US and Arab leaders, who agreed on the need to cooperate against Islamic State, but not how or when.

    The process gave the Saudis leverage to extract a fresh US commitment to beef up training for rebels fighting Mr. Assad, whose demise the Saudis still see as a top priority.”
    (The Secret Stupid Saudi-US Deal on Syria, F. William Engdahl, BFP)

    So the wars in Ukraine and Syria are not really separate conflicts at all. They’re both part of the same global resource war the US has been prosecuting for the last decade and a half. The US plans to cut off the flow of Russian gas and replace it with gas from Qatar which will flow through Syria and onto the EU market after Assad is toppled.

    Here’s what’s going on: Syria’s troubles began shortly after it announced that it was going to be part of an “Islamic pipeline” that would transfer natural gas from the South Pars gas field off the coast of Iran across Iraq and Syria, eventually connecting to Greece and the lucrative EU market. According to author Dmitri Minin:

    “A gas pipeline from Iran would be highly profitable for Syria. Europe would gain from it as well, but clearly someone in the West didn’t like it. The West’s gas-supplying allies in the Persian Gulf weren’t happy with it either, nor was would-be no. 1 gas transporter Turkey, as it would then be out of the game.” (The Geopolitics of Gas and the Syrian Crisis: Syrian “Opposition” Armed to Thwart Construction of Iran-Iraq-Syria Gas Pipeline, Dmitri Minin, Global Research)

    Two months after Assad signed the deal with Iraq and Iran, the rebellion broke out in Syria. That’s quite a coincidence, don’t you think? Funny how frequently those kinds of things happen when foreign leaders don’t march to Washington’s tune.

    Here’s more from Minin:

    “Qatar is doing all it can to thwart the construction of the pipeline, including arming the opposition fighters in Syria, many of whom come from Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and Libya…

    The Arabic newspaper Al-Akhbar cites information according to which there is a plan approved by the U.S. government to create a new pipeline for transporting gas from Qatar to Europe involving Turkey and Israel…

    This new pipeline is to begin in Qatar, cross Saudi territory and then the territory of Jordan, thus bypassing Shiite Iraq, and reach Syria. Near Homs the pipeline is to branch in three directions: to Latakia, Tripoli in northern Lebanon, and Turkey. Homs, where there are also hydrocarbon reserves, is the project’s main crossroads, and it is not surprising… that the fiercest fighting is taking place. Here the fate of Syria is being decided. The parts of Syrian territory where detachments of rebels are operating with the support of the U.S., Qatar and Turkey, that is, the north, Homs and the environs of Damascus, coincide with the route that the pipeline is to follow to Turkey and Tripoli, Lebanon. A comparison of a map of armed hostilities and a map of the Qatar pipeline route indicates a link between armed activities and the desire to control these Syrian territories. Qatar’s allies are trying to accomplish three goals: to break Russia’s gas monopoly in Europe; to free Turkey from its dependence on Iranian gas; and to give Israel the chance to export its gas to Europe by land at less cost.”

    How do you like that; another coincidence: “The fiercest fighting (in Syria) is taking place” where there’s massive “hydrocarbon reserves” and along the planned pipeline route.

    So the conflict in Syria isn’t really about terrorism at all. It’s about natural gas, competing pipelines and access to markets in the EU. It’s about money and power. The whole ISIS-thing is a big hoax to conceal what’s really going on, which is a global war for resources, more blood for oil.

    But how does the US benefit from all of this, after all, won’t the gas revenues go to Qatar and the transit countries rather than the US?

    Yep, they sure will. But the gas will also be denominated in dollars which will shore up demand for USDs thus perpetuating the petrodollar recycling system which creates a vast market for US debt and which helps to keep US stocks and bonds in the nosebleed section. And that’s what this is all about, preserving dollar supremacy by forcing nations to hold excessive amounts of USDs to use in their energy transactions and to service their dollar-denominated debts.

    As long as Washington can control the world’s energy supplies and force the world to trade in dollars, it can spend well in excess of what it produces and not be held to account. It’s like having a credit card you never have to pay off.

    That’s a racket Uncle Sam is prepared to defend with everything he’s got, even nukes.

    By Mike Whitney

  128. Interview 970 – Tjeerd Andringa on Conspiracy and Falsifiability

    Dr. Tjeerd Andringa of joins us to discuss a question James posed in the last subscriber video: are conspiracy theories falsifiable? We discuss Karl Popper’s famous “falsification” criteria for the demarcation of science and its potential applicability to geopolitical events. Dr. Andringa also details an approach for how to proceed in developing resilient hypotheses in an unstable, chaotic and non-closed system like global geopolitics.

  129. The malaise of the unsecured creditor meaning our bank accounts and pension funds. Talk about giving the jackals a trough to feed out of.

    New G20 Financial Rules: Cyprus-style Bail-ins to Confiscate Bank Deposits and Pension Funds

    By Ellen Brown
    Global Research, December 02, 2014
    Url of this article:

    On the weekend of November 16th, the G20 leaders whisked into Brisbane, posed for their photo ops, approved some proposals, made a show of roundly disapproving of Russian President Vladimir Putin, and whisked out again. It was all so fast, they may not have known what they were endorsing when they rubber-stamped the Financial Stability Board’s “Adequacy of Loss-Absorbing Capacity of Global Systemically Important Banks in Resolution,” which completely changes the rules of banking.

    Russell Napier, writing in ZeroHedge, called it “the day money died.” In any case, it may have been the day deposits died as money. Unlike coins and paper bills, which cannot be written down or given a “haircut,” says Napier, deposits are now “just part of commercial banks’ capital structure.” That means they can be “bailed in” or confiscated to save the megabanks from derivative bets gone wrong.

    Rather than reining in the massive and risky derivatives casino, the new rules prioritize the payment of banks’ derivatives obligations to each other, ahead of everyone else. That includes not only depositors, public and private, but the pension funds that are the target market for the latest bail-in play, called “bail-inable” bonds.

    “Bail in” has been sold as avoiding future government bailouts and eliminating too big to fail (TBTF). But it actually institutionalizes TBTF, since the big banks are kept in business by expropriating the funds of their creditors.

    It is a neat solution for bankers and politicians, who don’t want to have to deal with another messy banking crisis and are happy to see it disposed of by statute. But a bail-in could have worse consequences than a bailout for the public. If your taxes go up, you will probably still be able to pay the bills. If your bank account or pension gets wiped out, you could wind up in the street or sharing food with your pets.

    In theory, US deposits under $250,000 are protected by federal deposit insurance; but deposit insurance funds in both the US and Europe are woefully underfunded, particularly when derivative claims are factored in. The problem is graphically illustrated in this chart from a March 2013 ZeroHedge post:

    Deposits vs Reserves vs Derivs_0 #2

    More on that after a look at the new bail-in provisions and the powershift they represent.

    Bail-in in Plain English

    The Financial Stability Board (FSB) that now regulates banking globally began as a group of G7 finance ministers and central bank governors organized in a merely advisory capacity after the Asian crisis of the late 1990s. Although not official, its mandates effectively acquired the force of law after the 2008 crisis, when the G20 leaders were brought together to endorse its rules. This ritual now happens annually, with the G20 leaders rubberstamping rules aimed at maintaining the stability of the private banking system, usually at public expense.

    According to an International Monetary Fund paper titled “From Bail-out to Bail-in: Mandatory Debt Restructuring of Systemic Financial Institutions”:

    [B]ail-in . . . is a statutory power of a resolution authority (as opposed to contractual arrangements, such as contingent capital requirements) to restructure the liabilities of a distressed financial institution by writing down its unsecured debt and/or converting it to equity. The statutory bail-in power is intended to achieve a prompt recapitalization and restructuring of the distressed institution.

    The language is a bit obscure, but here are some points to note:

    What was formerly called a “bankruptcy” is now a “resolution proceeding.” The bank’s insolvency is “resolved” by the neat trick of turning its liabilities into capital. Insolvent TBTF banks are to be “promptly recapitalized” with their “unsecured debt” so that they can go on with business as usual.
    “Unsecured debt” includes deposits, the largest class of unsecured debt of any bank. The insolvent bank is to be made solvent by turning our money into their equity – bank stock that could become worthless on the market or be tied up for years in resolution proceedings.
    The power is statutory. Cyprus-style confiscations are to become the law.
    Rather than having their assets sold off and closing their doors, as happens to lesser bankrupt businesses in a capitalist economy, “zombie” banks are to be kept alive and open for business at all costs – and the costs are again to be to borne by us.
    The Latest Twist: Putting Pensions at Risk with “Bail-Inable” Bonds

    First they came for our tax dollars. When governments declared “no more bailouts,” they came for our deposits. When there was a public outcry against that, the FSB came up with a “buffer” of securities to be sacrificed before deposits in a bankruptcy. In the latest rendition of its bail-in scheme, TBTF banks are required to keep a buffer equal to 16-20% of their risk-weighted assets in the form of equity or bonds convertible to equity in the event of insolvency.

    Called “contingent capital bonds”, “bail-inable bonds” or “bail-in bonds,” these securities say in the fine print that the bondholders agree contractually (rather than being forced statutorily) that if certain conditions occur (notably the bank’s insolvency), the lender’s money will be turned into bank capital.

    However, even 20% of risk-weighted assets may not be enough to prop up a megabank in a major derivatives collapse. And we the people are still the target market for these bonds, this time through our pension funds.

    In a policy brief from the Peterson Institute for International Economics titled “Why Bail-In Securities Are Fool’s Gold”, Avinash Persaud warns, “A key danger is that taxpayers would be saved by pushing pensioners under the bus.”

    It wouldn’t be the first time. As Matt Taibbi noted in a September 2013 article titled “Looting the Pension Funds,” “public pension funds were some of the most frequently targeted suckers upon whom Wall Street dumped its fraud-riddled mortgage-backed securities in the pre-crash years.”

    Wall Street-based pension fund managers, although losing enormous sums in the last crisis, will not necessarily act more prudently going into the next one. All the pension funds are struggling with commitments made when returns were good, and getting those high returns now generally means taking on risk.

    Other than the pension funds and insurance companies that are long-term bondholders, it is not clear what market there will be for bail-in bonds. Currently, most holders of contingent capital bonds are investors focused on short-term gains, who are liable to bolt at the first sign of a crisis. Investors who held similar bonds in 2008 took heavy losses. In a Reuters sampling of potential investors, many said they would not take that risk again. And banks and “shadow” banks are specifically excluded as buyers of bail-in bonds, due to the “fear of contagion”: if they hold each other’s bonds, they could all go down together.

    Whether the pension funds go down is apparently not of concern.

    Propping Up the Derivatives Casino: Don’t Count on the FDIC

    Kept inviolate and untouched in all this are the banks’ liabilities on their derivative bets, which represent by far the largest exposure of TBTF banks. According to the New York Times:

    American banks have nearly $280 trillion of derivatives on their books, and they earn some of their biggest profits from trading in them.

    These biggest of profits could turn into their biggest losses when the derivatives bubble collapses.

    Both the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 2005 and the Dodd Frank Act provide special protections for derivative counterparties, giving them the legal right to demand collateral to cover losses in the event of insolvency. They get first dibs, even before the secured deposits of state and local governments; and that first bite could consume the whole apple, as illustrated in the above chart.

    The chart also illustrates the inadequacy of the FDIC insurance fund to protect depositors. In a May 2013 article in USA Today titled “Can FDIC Handle the Failure of a Megabank?”, Darrell Delamaide wrote:

    [T]he biggest failure the FDIC has handled was Washington Mutual in 2008. And while that was plenty big with $307 billion in assets, it was a small fry compared with the $2.5 trillion in assets today at JPMorgan Chase, the $2.2 trillion at Bank of America or the $1.9 trillion at Citigroup.

    . . . There was no possibility that the FDIC could take on the rescue of a Citigroup or Bank of America when the full-fledged financial crisis broke in the fall of that year and threatened the solvency of even the biggest banks.

    That was, in fact, the reason the US Treasury and the Federal Reserve had to step in to bail out the banks: the FDIC wasn’t up to the task. The 2010 Dodd-Frank Act was supposed to ensure that this never happened again. But as Delamaide writes, there are “numerous skeptics that the FDIC or any regulator can actually manage this, especially in the heat of a crisis when many banks are threatened at once.”

    All this fancy footwork is to prevent a run on the TBTF banks, in order to keep their derivatives casino going with our money. Warren Buffett called derivatives “weapons of financial mass destruction,” and many commentators warn that they are a time bomb waiting to explode. When that happens, our deposits, our pensions, and our public investment funds will all be subject to confiscation in a “bail in.” Perhaps it is time to pull our money out of Wall Street and set up our own banks – banks that will serve the people because they are owned by the people.

    Published: December 2, 2014

    U.S. President Barack Obama has blocked accountability, everywhere he can.

    (1) Obama did it for the top officials who had caused illegal tortures to be used by the Government.

    (2) Obama did it also for the top officials who had caused mega-banks to crash in 2008 (whose crimes have, in turn, led to taxpayer-bailouts of the banks that they ran and often still run, all courtesy of Bush-Obama). In order to keep their Ponzi-economy going, his Administration (including his Federal Reserve) is now letting Wall Street’s federally-backstopped mega-banks “Enron”-ize the commodities markets: oil, gas, coal, metals, even uranium, and (yet again) elect